Five companies, read properly
The screening stage is a queue-builder, not a shortlist. The reading is where the work is.
Claim tested
That a multi-year rebuild from primary filings produces information a screener cannot.
Result
In every case, yes — and in three cases it changed the frame the company should be valued in.
Discipline
No reference to the share price until the range was finished. Provenance recorded per figure.
Every range on these pages was finished before the share price was looked at. Filings were read in chronological order with the price hidden. Deliberately, no chart on this page carries a share-price marker.
Proof of concept with 5 randomly selected candidates
Low, central and high per company. Deliberately no share-price marker.
These five were not chosen for being the best of the 57 that passed every gate — they were drawn at random: ARBB, KMK, NAH, SNWS and TFW. This stage is a proof of concept for the reading process itself, not a claim that these are the strongest names in the queue. The other 52 remain unexamined, not disqualified.
Arbuthnot Banking Group
ARBBBank · tangible bookA small founder-controlled private and commercial bank, chaired and run by the same individual throughout the period reviewed, with deposits gathered on relationships rather than price. Six years span a complete interest rate cycle: a COVID-era loss in FY2020, a rate-driven profit peak in FY2023 of £47.1m pre-tax with return on average equity above 18%, then two years of managed normalisation to £24.2m and 7.8% — a swing from a £1.1m loss to a £47.1m peak that is the single most important fact for valuing it from earnings.
Company narrative — ARBB_narrative.docx
Built from six fiscal years of primary filings (FY2020–FY2025, plus the H1 2026 interim), read in chronological order without reference to the share price at any point. Prepared 29 August 2026. Companion workbook: ARBB_multi_year_model.xlsx.
Executive summary
Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC is a small, founder-controlled UK private and commercial bank (Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited) that has been chaired and run by the same individual, Sir Henry Angest, throughout the entire period reviewed and for decades before it. Its business model rests on gathering relationship-driven deposits at low cost and deploying them across a deliberately diversified set of lending books — private banking, commercial banking, and four specialist subsidiaries covering asset finance, asset-based lending, vehicle leasing, and wealth management — rather than competing as a scale lender.
The six years covered here span a full interest-rate cycle: a COVID-era loss in FY2020 (base rate 0.1%), a recovery and acquisition year in FY2021, a rate-driven profit boom peaking in FY2023 (base rate 5.25%, PBT £47.1m, ROAE 18.16%), and two years of managed normalisation into FY2025 (PBT £24.2m, ROAE 7.76%) as deposit costs caught up and the Group deliberately reduced lending volumes rather than compete on price. Profit before tax over the period ranged from a £1.1m loss to a £47.1m peak — the single most important fact about this company's earnings for anyone building a valuation from them.
Two things stand out favourably across every year read: management has been unusually candid, in real time, about which parts of its results were a rate-cycle tailwind versus underlying progress, and it has a clean six-year audit record with no qualifications, no going-concern flags, and no company-specific fraud or conduct findings. Two things stand out as caveats: the combined Chairman/CEO role sits with one individual and his son also sits on the board, and reported profitability is structurally volatile with the Bank of England base rate in a way that makes any single year's earnings a poor valuation anchor.
Valuing the bank on tangible net asset value and a through-cycle sustainable return on equity — the standard method for a bank, and deliberately built without looking at the current share price — produces a range of approximately £10.19 (low) to £14.01 (central) to £18.86 (high) per share. A cross-check using a normalised price/earnings approach lands at £10.39 to £14.85, converging with the lower-to-central part of the primary range. Full mechanics, and a sensitivity model with editable assumptions, are in the companion workbook's Valuation tab.
Company background
Arbuthnot Latham traces its roots to a trading house established in 1833 by John Alves Arbuthnot and Alfred Latham, and the modern Group's own literature leans heavily on this 190-plus-year history and a set of "Seven Principles" of corporate philosophy attributed to the firm's founder. The current form of the business — a listed holding company (Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC) around a private/commercial bank plus a cluster of specialist finance subsidiaries — has been built substantially under Sir Henry Angest, who holds the combined title of Chairman and Chief Executive across the entire period reviewed.
The Group's stated strategy, referred to consistently across all six years as "Future State" (and, since roughly 2023, "Future State 2"), is to build a diversified set of relationship-driven deposit and lending businesses rather than depend on any single balance-sheet lever. In practice this means: a core Private Bank and Commercial Bank built on personal relationship service; Renaissance Asset Finance (RAF), financing cars and other assets mainly for high-net-worth individuals; Arbuthnot Commercial Asset Based Lending (ACABL), lending against receivables and other business assets; Asset Alliance Group (AAG), a commercial vehicle and bus leasing business acquired in 2021; and a Wealth Management division managing client investment portfolios. By mid-2026 the Group had already exceeded its five-year target of £10bn in combined client balances (loans, leased assets, deposits and funds under management) more than two years early — a genuine, verifiable strategic milestone rather than a promotional claim.
Development, year by year
FY2020 — the COVID year
The Group reported a loss before tax of £1.1m (underlying profit of £8.2m once the base-rate shock is stripped out), against a profit of £7.0m in FY2019. The Bank of England's emergency cut of the base rate to 0.1% is estimated by the company to have cost roughly £10.3m of revenue on its own, on top of a deliberate tightening of lending criteria that left customer loan balances roughly flat for the year. The FY2019 final dividend, already declared, was cancelled on general PRA guidance to the UK banking sector — an industry-wide, not company-specific, action.
Set against the headline loss, the operational picture was resilient: the Bank moved to remote working without a service interruption, used no furlough scheme for any employee, extended £21m of CBILS and £12m of Bounce Back Loans to clients navigating the crisis, and grew deposits 13% while the average cost of those deposits fell. Most consequentially for the years that followed, the Board used the dislocation to negotiate the acquisition of Asset Alliance Group, a commercial vehicle leasing business, agreeing terms in December 2020 at a price that would later be recognised as below the fair value of net assets acquired.
FY2021 — recovery, acquisition, and a reminder that fraud risk is external too
Profit before tax recovered to £4.6m and dividends resumed — an ordinary dividend of 38p plus a 21p special dividend that was, specifically, the delayed FY2019 final dividend that had been cancelled the year before, now released. Deposits grew 20% to £2.8bn and Wealth Management assets under management grew 18%.
The Asset Alliance acquisition completed on 1 April 2021, at a price sufficiently favourable to generate an £8.6m "bargain purchase" gain — an accounting credit to profit, not a trading gain, and one management's own presentations exclude from "underlying" profit. Integration proceeded despite a global shortage of new-truck microchips that constrained the leasing business's growth. Separately, the Group's Renaissance Asset Finance subsidiary took a £2.1m net provision relating to the collapse of Arena TV Limited, an outside broadcast equipment provider that failed amid an alleged fraud affecting a syndicate of 55 lenders industry-wide (estimated aggregate losses of £282m) — a credit event the Group was exposed to as one of many lenders, not a matter of its own conduct, and one it provided for in full and disclosed clearly.
FY2022 — the rate cycle turns, and management says so plainly
Profit before tax more than tripled to £20.0m (ROAE 10.0%) as the Bank of England raised its base rate eight times during the year, from 0.25% to 3.5%. Deposits passed £3bn, and all four specialist lending subsidiaries grew loan balances by 40–48%. A £4.6m loss was taken on the disposal of a King Street commercial property, executed deliberately ahead of a forecast double-digit fall in commercial property values.
What stands out in this year's Chairman's Statement is candour rather than results: Sir Henry Angest explicitly attributed most of the profit increase to the interest-rate cycle rather than to management skill, and in the same breath flagged that the Group's large surplus liquidity held at the Bank of England "has no natural hedge in our balance sheet" — an unprompted warning, at the top of a genuinely good year, that the tailwind could reverse. The Group also made a one-off £1,500 cost-of-living payment to all employees during the UK's 2022 inflation spike.
FY2023 — the peak of the cycle
This was the strongest year in the six-year window: profit before tax of £47.1m (+135%), ROAE of 18.16%, deposits up 21% to £3.8bn, and Asset Alliance's leasing book up 73% to £327m — including the purchase of a £50m portfolio of Transport for London buses, giving the subsidiary an 8% share of the London bus market. Wealth Management funds under management grew 29% to £1.7bn. The Group marked its 190th anniversary and secured a new head office at 20 Finsbury Circus.
The most notable feature of this year's commentary, in hindsight, is what management chose to say about the year ahead rather than the year just closed: the Chairman explained in detail, a full year in advance, the mechanism by which rising deposit costs would lag rising asset yields and then catch up, compressing margins in FY2024 even as FY2023's profit was setting a record. That forecast proved accurate almost to the letter.
FY2024 — the predicted reversal, on schedule
Profit before tax fell 25% to £35.1m and ROAE to 10.63%, as the average cost of funds rose from 2.43% to 3.15% — precisely the mechanism flagged in the prior year's statement. Deposits nonetheless passed £4bn for the first time in the Group's history, and Wealth Management funds under management passed £2bn, up 30% on the year (and up 67% over two years). The new head office opened formally during the year, with a visit from HRH The Princess Royal.
The Group also began signalling a change in the wider regulatory backdrop: the PRA announced it would delay implementation of the new Basel 3.1 capital rules in the UK until 2027, pending clarity on the US position, easing (for now) an incremental capital-requirement burden the Chairman had flagged as a risk to sector-wide growth.
FY2025 — deliberate deleveraging, not distress
Profit before tax fell again, to £24.2m (ROAE 7.76%, net interest margin compressed to 4.7%), but the decline was substantially self-directed rather than imposed: lending balances were deliberately reduced by £183.2m and loan-to-value limits tightened below the Bank's own prior guidance, described in the strategic report as a refusal to "compete on price alone." Deposits still grew 10.6% to £4.57bn, and — for the first time in several years — the direction of the funding-cost mechanic reversed in the Group's favour, with the average cost of deposits falling from 3.15% to 2.65% as Bank of England rate cuts flowed through. Wealth Management funds under management grew 21% to £2.68bn.
In August 2025 the UK Supreme Court published its judgment on unfair motor finance commission practices, a case with sector-wide read-across for consumer lenders. The Group proactively disclosed that it does not, and has not, provided regulated motor finance, and is therefore outside the scope of any subsequent FCA compensation scheme — addressing a question shareholders would reasonably ask before being asked, rather than leaving it to inference.
H1 2026 (interim, most recent data point)
Profit before tax was £11.0m for the first half of 2026, against £10.9m for the same period in 2025 — the first sign, on a comparable-period basis, that the two-year profit decline may be stabilising. The Group's "Future State 2" target of £10bn in total client balances (loans, leased assets, deposits, and funds under management combined) was reached more than two years ahead of its five-year schedule. Client satisfaction and staff satisfaction scores both improved, and the interim dividend was raised by 2p to 24p per share. No new adverse findings were identified in this period.
Year-by-year summary
| FY2020 | FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Profit before tax (GBPm) | (1.1) | 4.6 | 20.0 | 47.1 | 35.1 | 24.2 |
| ROAE (company-reported) | n/m | n/m | 10.0% | 18.16% | 10.63% | 7.76% |
| CET1 ratio | 15.4% | 12.3% | 11.57% | 12.98% | 13.15% | 13.26% |
| Ordinary + special DPS (pence) | 0 | 38.0 + 21.0 special | 42.0 | 46.0 | 49.0 + 20.0 special | 53.0 |
| Sentiment score (0-10) | 4 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 6 | 6 |
| Management quality score (0-10) | 7 | 7 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 8 |
Full line-item detail, formulas, and citations are in the companion workbook. "n/m" = not meaningful (FY2020 was a loss year; FY2021's ROAE was not disclosed on a comparable company basis in the sources reviewed).
Industry and structural quirks worth understanding
- Bank profit is a rate-cycle output, not a management output, to a first approximation. Net interest income on a large low-cost deposit base, much of it parked at the Bank of England, means reported profit swings with the base rate more than with anything the Group's own management does. This is true of most relationship banks of this type, not specific to Arbuthnot, but it means a single year's PBT or EPS is a poor basis for a multi-year valuation — the workbook's valuation tab deliberately uses a through-cycle ROE assumption rather than any one year's figure.
- Deposit repricing lags asset repricing, and the lag runs in both directions. When rates rise, lending yields reprice quickly but fixed-term deposits only reprice as they mature (roughly a 12-month lag per management's own commentary), which is why FY2023's margin was unusually wide. When rates fall, the same lag works in the bank's favour on the way down, which is part of what stabilised H1 2026.
- Regulatory capital treatment (CET1, Pillar 3) is the safety metric that matters most for a bank, more than the balance-sheet leverage ratios that would apply to an industrial company. Arbuthnot's CET1 ratio has stayed within a 11.6%–15.4% band across the six years, comfortably above regulatory minimums throughout, including through the FY2020 loss.
- The delayed UK implementation of Basel 3.1 (now 2027) is a live regulatory variable that could raise capital requirements across the sector, including Arbuthnot, once implemented — management has flagged this explicitly as a factor in its deliberately cautious approach to loan growth in 2025 and 2026.
- AIM-listed companies are not required to comply with the UK Corporate Governance Code's expectation of separate Chairman and CEO roles, and Arbuthnot does not separate them. This is worth naming plainly as a structural feature of how this company is governed, discussed further below.
Recurring themes across the period
Combined Chairman & CEO role. Sir Henry Angest has held both the Chairman and Chief Executive titles throughout the period reviewed (and for a long tenure before it), and his son, Frederick Angest, also sits on the Board as a Non-Executive Director. Under normal UK Corporate Governance Code expectations this concentration of power would be flagged for a premium-listed company; Arbuthnot is AIM-listed and not required to comply. Set against this: the same leadership has articulated and executed one consistent strategy ("Future State") across a full rate cycle, including a crisis year, with no company-specific conduct or fraud findings in any of the six audit opinions reviewed.
Beyond the governance point, three things recur consistently enough across six years of filings to be worth naming as patterns rather than one-off observations.
- Forward transparency about the rate cycle. In FY2022 and again in FY2023, management explicitly told shareholders, in advance, which parts of a strong year's results were a temporary rate tailwind rather than durable progress — and the FY2024 margin compression it forecast played out within the range predicted. This is a genuine, checkable pattern of saying the harder thing before being asked, not merely a general impression.
- A clean audit record. No qualified opinions and no material uncertainty / going concern paragraphs were found in any of the six years' audit reports reviewed. The auditor (Mazars LLP, renamed Forvis Mazars LLP from FY2025 following a global merger, with no change of engagement team noted) has been consistent throughout.
- Deliberate volume discipline over growth-for-its-own-sake. The clearest recent example is FY2025's decision to shrink the loan book by £183m and tighten lending criteria rather than chase market share at unattractive pricing — language and behaviour consistent with the "counter-cyclical lender" self-description used since at least FY2020.
Value range
Bank valuation does not use the enterprise-value multiples that apply to an industrial company — a bank's balance sheet is its inventory. The standard approach, used here, anchors on tangible net asset value per share and applies a justified price-to-tangible-book multiple derived from a Gordon-growth relationship between sustainable return on equity, the cost of equity, and long-run book growth: P/TNAV = (ROE − g) / (COE − g). This was built entirely from the primary filings above and deliberately without reference to ARBB's current share price at any stage.
FY2025 tangible net asset value per share — statutory net asset value of £16.94 per share less intangible assets of £33.4m (predominantly acquired software and smaller bolt-on goodwill; see the workbook's Method notes) — is approximately £14.89 per share. That figure is then multiplied by a justified P/TNAV multiple built from three explicit, editable assumptions.
| Low | Central | High | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Sustainable through-cycle ROE assumption | 8.0% | 10.0% | 12.0% |
| Cost of equity assumption | 11.0% | 10.5% | 10.0% |
| Long-run tangible book growth | 1.5% | 2.0% | 2.5% |
| Justified P / Tangible NAV multiple | 0.68x | 0.94x | 1.27x |
| Value per share (P/TNAV method) | £10.19 | £14.01 | £18.86 |
| Cross-check: value per share (normalised P/E, 7-10x on 4yr avg EPS of 148.5p) | £10.39 | £12.62 | £14.85 |
Full sensitivity model with editable assumptions is in the companion workbook's Valuation tab. Move any yellow input cell there and every downstream figure recalculates.
Why this range, and how to read it
The central case assumes a 10% through-cycle ROE, below the four-year (FY2022–FY2025) average of roughly 11.6% because that average is pulled up by FY2023's rate-cycle peak of 18.16%, and below the FY2025/H1 2026 run-rate of roughly 6–8% because that run-rate reflects a deliberately depressed loan book that management has signalled is a temporary posture, not a permanent one. The low case takes the recent run-rate at face value; the high case assumes some reversion toward the multi-year average as lending resumes and rates stabilise.
The normalised P/E cross-check — a simple average of the last four years' basic EPS (148.5p, itself inflated by the FY2023 peak) at a 7–10x multiple typical of UK small/challenger banks through this cycle — lands at £10.39 to £14.85, converging with the lower-to-central part of the primary range. That convergence is a reasonable comfort check, not proof of accuracy: both methods draw on the same underlying six years of volatile, rate-cycle-driven earnings.
Limitations and what would sharpen this further
- None of the figures in this document or the companion workbook have been checked against a second, independent source beyond the primary filings read in this session. Per the project's standing rule, no number here should enter an investment decision until independently verified.
- The FY2021 net asset value per share carries a data flag: the FY2021 Annual Report's own five-year summary reports it as 1,314.7p, while the FY2025 Annual Report's five-year summary restates the same year as 1,337.2p (a 1.7% difference on a basis not explained in the text reviewed). The workbook uses the later, restated series for consistency across FY2021–FY2025 and flags FY2020's figure as not cross-checked against any restatement.
- Cost:income ratio for FY2020 and FY2021 is a same-methodology approximation calculated from the Income Statement tab, not a company-published figure — the company's presentation-deck KPI format used from FY2022 onward was not available for the earlier two years.
- This valuation range would sharpen materially with: the full intangible-assets note (to confirm how much of the £33.4m is genuinely non-productive goodwill versus productive capitalised software); a longer ROE history predating FY2022 to better anchor the "through-cycle" assumption; and a specific view on where in the current rate cycle the Bank of England base rate is likely to settle over the next 2–3 years, since that is the single largest driver of this company's earnings.
- This document deliberately does not compare the value range above to ARBB's current market price. That comparison is the next, separate step in the process, to be taken only after the figures above have been checked.
Multi-year model — ARBB_multi_year_model.xlsx
Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC (ARBB) — Consolidated Income Statement, GBP 000s
Source: Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, Annual Report & Accounts, each fiscal year (year ended 31 December). All figures as originally reported.
| FY2020 | FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | ||
| Income from banking activities | |||||||
| Interest income | 75,082 | 77,102 | 120,013 | 231,836 | 263,435 | 247,248 | |
| Interest expense | -17,024 | -13,027 | -20,932 | -95,217 | -137,568 | -129,122 | |
| Net interest income | 58,058 | 64,075 | 99,081 | 136,619 | 125,867 | 118,126 | |
| Fee and commission income | 14,735 | 18,472 | 21,586 | 23,170 | 29,142 | 31,689 | |
| Fee and commission expense | -293 | -349 | -537 | -768 | -1,029 | -1,444 | |
| Net fee and commission income | 14,442 | 18,123 | 21,049 | 22,402 | 28,113 | 30,245 | |
| Operating income from banking activities | 72,500 | 82,198 | 120,130 | 159,021 | 153,980 | 148,371 | |
| Income from leasing activities | |||||||
| Leasing revenue | 0 | 74,500 | 99,367 | 100,952 | 110,832 | 118,569 | |
| Leasing cost of goods sold | 0 | -68,023 | -82,109 | -81,074 | -85,301 | -97,466 | |
| Gross profit from leasing activities | 0 | 6,477 | 17,258 | 19,878 | 25,531 | 21,103 | |
| Total group operating income | 72,500 | 88,675 | 137,388 | 178,899 | 179,511 | 169,474 | |
| Net impairment loss on financial assets | -2,849 | -3,196 | -5,503 | -3,191 | -6,275 | -2,501 | |
| Gain from bargain purchase (one-off, Asset Alliance acquisition) | 0 | 8,626 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | |
| Loss on sale of commercial property (one-off, King Street) | 0 | 0 | -4,590 | 0 | 0 | 0 | |
| Other income | 678 | 3,955 | 1,627 | 2,522 | 1,660 | 4,419 | |
| Operating expenses | -71,419 | -93,422 | -108,913 | -131,113 | -139,806 | -147,208 | |
| Profit / (loss) before tax | -1,090 | 4,638 | 20,009 | 47,117 | 35,090 | 24,184 | |
| Income tax (expense) / credit | -242 | 2,148 | -3,551 | -11,738 | -10,236 | -6,374 | |
| Profit / (loss) after tax | -1,332 | 6,786 | 16,458 | 35,379 | 24,854 | 17,810 | |
| Basic earnings per share (pence) | -8.9p | 45.2p | 109.6p | 222.8p | 152.3p | 109.1p | |
| Ordinary dividend per share (pence) | 0.0p | 38.0p | 42.0p | 46.0p | 49.0p | 53.0p | |
| Special dividend per share (pence) | 0.0p | 21.0p | 0.0p | 0.0p | 20.0p | 0.0p | |
Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC (ARBB) — Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, GBP 000s
Source: Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, Annual Report & Accounts, each fiscal year (at 31 December). Group figures, not Company (parent-only).
| FY2020 | FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | ||
| ASSETS | |||||||
| Cash and balances at central banks | 636,799 | 814,692 | 732,729 | 826,559 | 911,887 | 437,548 | |
| Loans and advances to banks | 110,267 | 73,444 | 115,787 | 79,381 | 66,971 | 117,497 | |
| Debt securities at amortised cost | 344,692 | 301,052 | 439,753 | 942,437 | 1,199,847 | 2,033,158 | |
| Derivative financial instruments | 1,843 | 1,753 | 6,322 | 4,214 | 2,970 | 1,398 | |
| Loans and advances to customers | 1,587,849 | 1,870,962 | 2,036,077 | 2,064,217 | 2,094,212 | 1,960,542 | |
| Other assets (incl. held-for-sale, tax, financial investments) | 119,282 | 118,986 | 61,293 | 64,373 | 56,648 | 53,927 | |
| Intangible assets | 23,646 | 29,864 | 32,549 | 29,587 | 30,565 | 33,448 | |
| Property, plant and equipment | 4,905 | 125,890 | 175,273 | 274,306 | 313,366 | 310,569 | |
| Right-of-use assets | 17,703 | 15,674 | 7,714 | 52,816 | 47,511 | 44,501 | |
| Investment property | 6,550 | 6,550 | 6,550 | 5,950 | 5,250 | 5,250 | |
| Total assets | 2,853,536 | 3,358,867 | 3,614,047 | 4,343,840 | 4,729,227 | 4,997,838 | |
| EQUITY AND LIABILITIES | |||||||
| Share capital and share premium | 154 | 154 | 154 | 11,773 | 11,773 | 11,773 | |
| Retained earnings | 207,839 | 201,026 | 212,037 | 240,606 | 254,575 | 265,738 | |
| Other reserves | -13,970 | -301 | -213 | 61 | 608 | -1,113 | |
| Total equity | 194,023 | 200,879 | 211,978 | 252,440 | 266,956 | 276,398 | |
| Deposits from banks | 230,090 | 240,333 | 236,027 | 193,410 | 192,911 | 1,389 | |
| Deposits from customers | 2,365,207 | 2,837,869 | 3,092,549 | 3,759,567 | 4,132,493 | 4,570,365 | |
| Lease liabilities | 18,305 | 16,214 | 7,872 | 53,761 | 54,829 | 58,267 | |
| Debt securities in issue | 37,656 | 36,772 | 37,594 | 37,726 | 37,982 | 38,672 | |
| Other liabilities (incl. tax, derivatives) | 8,255 | 26,800 | 28,027 | 46,936 | 44,056 | 52,747 | |
| Total liabilities | 2,659,513 | 3,157,988 | 3,402,069 | 4,091,400 | 4,462,271 | 4,721,440 | |
| Total equity and liabilities | 2,853,536 | 3,358,867 | 3,614,047 | 4,343,840 | 4,729,227 | 4,997,838 | |
| Check: Total assets = Total equity and liabilities? | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | |
Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC (ARBB) — Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, GBP 000s
Source: Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, Annual Report & Accounts, each fiscal year. Group figures. Bank cash flow statements are dominated by deposit/loan movements rather than free cash flow in the industrial-company sense — see note below.
| FY2020 | FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | ||
| Net cash inflow / (outflow) from operating activities | 287,160 | 229,120 | 113,783 | 617,497 | 369,159 | 625,534 | |
| Net cash inflow / (outflow) from investing activities | 88,156 | 38,076 | -135,779 | -518,132 | -282,867 | -848,739 | |
| Net cash (outflow) / inflow from financing activities | -416 | -126,126 | -17,624 | -41,941 | -13,374 | -200,608 | |
| Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents | 374,900 | 141,070 | -39,620 | 57,424 | 72,918 | -423,813 | |
| Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January | 905,940 | 905,940 | 978,858 | ||||
| Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December | 978,858 | 978,858 | 555,045 | ||||
| Memo: dividends paid (financing outflow, included above) | -10,934 | -8,324 | |||||
| Memo: capex — property, plant & equipment purchased | -23,204 | -4,846 | -23,204 | -1,102 | |||
| Reading note: for a bank, "operating cash flow" is swamped by year-to-year swings in customer deposits and loans (both operating items under IFRS), not a measure of free cash generation. A large positive figure (e.g. FY2025) mainly reflects deposit inflows outrunning loan growth, not "profit turning into cash" as it would for an industrial company. Do not use this line as a DCF input. | |||||||
Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC (ARBB) — Bank-Specific KPI Trends, FY2020-FY2025
These four KPIs are highlighted because they are the primary indicators of a relationship bank's health: CET1 (capital adequacy / loss-absorbing capacity), Net Interest Margin (core earnings power), Cost:Income (operating efficiency), Return on Average Equity (shareholder value creation). Source: Pillar 3 disclosures and company results presentations, each year — see Method notes.
| FY2020 | FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | ||
| CET1 ratio (%) — capital adequacy | 15.4% | 12.3% | 11.6% | 13.0% | 13.2% | 13.3% | |
| Total capital ratio (%) | 18.7% | 14.9% | 14.1% | 15.2% | 15.3% | 15.4% | |
| Leverage ratio (%, excl. central bank claims) | 6.0% | 6.2% | 6.1% | 5.3% | |||
| Risk-weighted assets (RWA, GBPm) | 1,169.5 | 1,427.7 | 1,516.1 | 1,713.1 | 1,782.6 | 1,822.6 | |
| Net interest margin (%) — company-reported | 5.1% | 5.7% | 5.1% | 4.7% | |||
| Total cost:income ratio (%) — company-reported | 79.0% | 73.0% | 78.0% | 87.0% | |||
| memo: calculated (FY20/21, opex / total group op. income) | 0.98 | 1.05 | |||||
| Return on average equity (%) — company-reported | 10.0% | 18.2% | 10.6% | 7.8% | |||
| Total assets (GBPm) | 2,853.5 | 3,358.9 | 3,614 | 4,343.8 | 4,729.2 | 4,997.8 | |
| Customer loans and advances (GBPm) | 1,587.8 | 1,871 | 2,036.1 | 2,064.2 | 2,094.2 | 1,960.5 | |
| Customer deposits (GBPm) | 2,365.2 | 2,837.9 | 3,092.5 | 3,759.6 | 4,132.5 | 4,570.4 | |
| Loan-to-deposit ratio (%, calc.) | 67.1% | 65.9% | 65.8% | 54.9% | 50.7% | 42.9% | |
| Cost of funding / deposits (%) — company-reported | 0.6% | 2.4% | 3.1% | 2.6% | |||
| Net asset value per share (pence) — as reported that year | 1269.8p | 1314.7p | 1411.1p | 1546.8p | 1635.8p | 1693.6p | |
| Tangible NAV per share (pence, calc.) | 1115.0p | 1119.2p | 1194.4p | 1365.5p | 1448.5p | 1488.7p | |
| Trendline charts — the four headline KPIs | |||||||
Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC (ARBB) — Year-by-Year Sentiment and Management Quality Assessment
Subjective scores assigned by the analyst (Claude) after reading each year's Chairman's Statement, Strategic Report and results presentation in chronological order, without reference to the share price. Sentiment: 0=bad, 10=extremely positive. Management quality: 0=fraud/convictions, 10=outstanding/management saved the day. These are judgment calls, not derived from any formula -- read the rationale column, not just the score.
| Year | Sentiment (0-10) | Mgmt Quality (0-10) | Reported PBT (£m) | Rationale | |||
| FY2020 | 4 | 7 | -1.10 | COVID-19 pandemic year: reported a loss before tax of £1.1m (underlying profit £8.2m) as the BoE base rate cut to 0.1% cost an estimated £10.3m in revenue and lending was deliberately curtailed. FY2019 final dividend cancelled on PRA guidance (industry-wide, not company-specific). Sentiment held back by the headline loss and dividend suspension despite a genuinely difficult exogenous shock. MGMT: No furlough used for any employee; extended £21m CBILs + £12m Bounce Back Loans to clients; deposits still grew 13% while funding costs fell; remote working handled without service disruption; and management used the crisis to negotiate the Asset Alliance acquisition (agreed Dec 2020) at what proved a highly favourable price. Decisive, opportunistic crisis management. | |||
| FY2021 | 6 | 7 | 4.60 | Return to profit (£4.6m PBT) and dividend restored (38p ordinary + 21p special catch-up for the cancelled 2019 dividend). Deposits +20% to £2.8bn, AUM +18%. But £4.6m of the improvement was a one-off "bargain purchase" accounting gain on Asset Alliance, and the Group absorbed a £2.1m net charge from the industry-wide Arena TV equipment-leasing fraud (55 lenders affected, ARBB not the target of wrongdoing). Underlying trading was still fragile. MGMT: Successfully completed and began integrating the Asset Alliance acquisition despite a global truck microchip shortage; transparent in separately disclosing the bargain-purchase gain and the fraud charge rather than burying them in "other income"; introduced Apple/Google Pay, continuing steady platform investment. | |||
| FY2022 | 7 | 8 | 20 | Profit before tax more than tripled to £20.0m (ROAE 10.0%), deposits crossed £3bn, all four specialist lending divisions (Asset Alliance, RAF, ACABL) grew 40-48%. A £4.6m loss was taken on the deliberate sale of the King Street property ahead of a forecast commercial-property downturn. MGMT: Chairman explicitly and candidly attributed most of the profit jump to the rising rate cycle rather than claiming it as skill, and flagged in the same breath that the Group's large BoE liquidity balance "has no natural hedge" and could reverse -- an unusually direct warning about the sustainability of the year's own good news. Paid a £1,500 cost-of-living bonus to all staff during the inflation spike. | |||
| FY2023 | 8 | 8 | 47.10 | Peak year of the cycle: PBT £47.1m (+135%), ROAE 18.16%, deposits £3.8bn (+21%), Asset Alliance leasing book +73% including an 8%-share entry into London's TfL bus market, Wealth Management AUM +29% to £1.7bn. 190th anniversary; new head office secured at 20 Finsbury Circus. MGMT: Pre-announced, a year in advance and in plain language, that deposit-cost catch-up would compress FY2024 margins even as FY2023 profit peaked -- a level of forward transparency about the coming reversal that most managements avoid volunteering at the top of a cycle. Continued deliberate business diversification (buses, wholesale financing) rather than simply riding the rate tailwind. | |||
| FY2024 | 6 | 8 | 35.10 | Profit fell 25% to £35.1m and ROAE to 10.63%, exactly as flagged the year before: average cost of funds rose from 2.43% to 3.15% as fixed-rate deposits repriced. Still a "very creditable performance" per the Chairman -- deposits passed £4bn for the first time, Wealth Management AUM passed £2bn (+30%), and the new HQ opened with a visit from HRH The Princess Royal. MGMT: The decline played out within the range management itself had predicted twelve months earlier -- high forecasting credibility. Continued to invest in the Wealth Management platform (process optimisation project) rather than cut back defensively during the margin squeeze. | |||
| FY2025 | 6 | 8 | 24.20 | Profit fell again to £24.2m (ROAE 7.76%, NIM compressed to 4.7%), but this decline was substantially self-directed: lending balances were deliberately reduced by £183.2m and LTVs tightened below prior guidance, described explicitly as refusing to "compete on price alone." Deposits still grew 10.6% to £4.57bn and cost of funds fell as BoE cuts flowed through (3.15% to 2.65%), Wealth Management AUM +21% to £2.68bn. MGMT: Proactively and specifically disclosed that the Group has no regulated motor-finance exposure and therefore sits outside the FCA's post-Supreme-Court compensation review -- addressing a sector-wide contingent-liability question before being asked, rather than staying silent. The deliberate volume sacrifice for return discipline is consistent messaging maintained across the full six-year window reviewed. | |||
| H1 2026 (partial year, not scored — interim data point only) | |||||||
| PBT £11.0m vs £10.9m H1 2025 — profit appears to be stabilising after two years of decline. £10bn total client-balance target ("Future State 2") reached more than two years ahead of the five-year plan. Net Promoter Score and staff satisfaction both improved. Interim dividend raised 2p to 24p. No new red flags identified. | |||||||
| Recurring findings across the six-year window | |||||||
| • Combined Chairman & CEO role (Sir Henry Angest) throughout the entire period, with his son (Frederick Angest) also a Non-Executive Director. A governance concentration point under normal UK Corporate Governance Code expectations, though AIM-listed companies are not required to comply, and the same individual has led the strategy (the "Future State" plan referenced consistently from FY2020 to FY2026) with demonstrated consistency across a full rate cycle. | |||||||
| • No qualified audit opinions and no material uncertainty / going concern paragraphs were found in any of the six audit reports reviewed (Mazars LLP, renamed Forvis Mazars LLP from FY2025 following its global merger -- same engagement team, not a change of auditor). | |||||||
| • Reported profit before tax has been highly sensitive to the level of the Bank of England base rate throughout: -£1.1m (2020, rate 0.1%) -> £47.1m peak (2023, rate 5.25%) -> £24.2m (2025, rate falling). This is structural to the business model (a large low-cost deposit base invested partly in BoE reserves) and management has been consistent and candid about flagging it each year, which is itself a management-quality positive, but it means recent-year earnings should not be extrapolated directly into a valuation without adjustment. | |||||||
Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC (ARBB) — Value Range, Built Without Reference to the Current Share Price
Method: Gordon-growth justified P/TNAV multiple (P/TNAV = (ROE-g)/(COE-g)), applied to FY2025 tangible net asset value per share. This is the standard bank-valuation approach -- generic EV/EBITDA or revenue multiples do not apply to a bank's balance sheet. Cross-checked against a normalised P/E approach below. All inputs are assumptions, clearly labelled; change the yellow cells to test sensitivity.
| Step 1 — Starting point: FY2025 tangible net asset value per share | |||||||
| FY2025 Tangible NAV per share (pence) | 1488.7p | ||||||
| memo: FY2025 statutory (non-tangible) NAV per share (pence) | 1693.6p | ||||||
| Step 2 — Assumptions (edit the yellow cells to test sensitivity) | |||||||
| Assumption | Low case | Central case | High case | Basis | |||
| Sustainable through-cycle ROE (%) | 8.0% | 10.0% | 12.0% | Company-reported ROAE ranged 7.76%-18.16% over FY2022-25 (average ~11.6%), heavily inflated in FY2023 by the peak of the rate cycle. H1 2026 annualises to roughly 6%. Central case reflects the loan-book deleveraging trend continuing to weigh on ROE, offset by continued deposit and Wealth Management growth; low/high span the recent run-rate to a partial reversion toward the multi-year average. | |||
| Cost of equity (%) | 11.0% | 10.5% | 10.0% | A small (~£4.8bn balance sheet), AIM-listed, founder-controlled bank warrants a higher discount rate than a FTSE 100 bank given liquidity and single-family-control considerations, but Arbuthnot's capital and funding record over six years (including COVID) argues against the top of a typical small-bank range. 10.0-11.0% is a reasonable span; high case in the value range corresponds to the LOW cost of equity, and vice versa. Sanity-checked against 5 listed UK bank/specialist-lender peers -- see Peer Comparison section below for sourced current multiples. | |||
| Long-run growth of tangible book (%) | 1.5% | 2.0% | 2.5% | Roughly UK nominal GDP-linked, consistent with a mature private/commercial bank that is not chasing loan volume growth (per FY2025 commentary) but is growing its deposit and Wealth Management franchise. | |||
| Step 3 — Justified P/TNAV multiple = (ROE - g) / (COE - g) | |||||||
| Low | Central | High | |||||
| Justified P/TNAV (x) | 0.68x | 0.94x | 1.27x | ||||
| Step 4 — Value per share = Tangible NAV/share x Justified P/TNAV | |||||||
| Low | Central | High | |||||
| Value per share (pence) | 1018.6p | 1401.1p | 1885.6p | ||||
| Value per share (GBP) | 10.19 | 14.01 | 18.86 | ||||
| Cross-check — normalised P/E approach | |||||||
| FY2022-FY2025 basic EPS, simple average (pence) | 148.4p | ||||||
| memo: this average is pulled up by the FY2023 rate-cycle peak (222.8p); treat as an upper reference, not the central case | |||||||
| Applied P/E multiple, low / central / high (x) | 7.00x | 8.50x | 10.00x | 5 comparable listed UK banks/specialist lenders currently trade at P/E of 5.3x-10.2x (average ~7.7x, median ~7.6x; see Peer Comparison section below for sourced figures, Aug 2026). Central case of 8.5x sits just above that peer average, consistent with ARBB's cleaner six-year credit/capital record. | |||
| Cross-check value per share (pence) | 1039.1p | 1261.8p | 1484.5p | ||||
| SUMMARY — value range, current price deliberately excluded from this analysis | |||||||
| Low | Central | High | |||||
| Value per share (GBP) — P/TNAV method (primary) | 10.19 | 14.01 | 18.86 | ||||
| memo: cross-check value per share (GBP) — normalised P/E | 10.39 | 12.62 | 14.85 | ||||
| • This is a mechanical output of the stated assumptions, not a target price. Move the yellow cells and the range moves with them -- that is deliberate, so you can see exactly what each judgment call is worth. | |||||||
| • Deliberately excludes the current share price throughout, per the brief. Compare this range to the market price yourself as a separate step. | |||||||
| • Tangible NAV excludes goodwill and other intangibles (£33.4m at FY2025, mostly acquired software and smaller bolt-on goodwill) on the standard bank-analyst convention that intangibles are not loss-absorbing capital. If you regard the software intangibles as genuinely productive assets, the statutory (non-tangible) NAV/share shown in Step 1 is the more generous anchor. | |||||||
| • The P/TNAV method is sensitive to the ROE assumption, and ARBB's ROE has ranged from 7.76% to 18.16% in just the last four years, driven mostly by the Bank of England base rate rather than by anything management controls. The central case of 8% assumes the recent deleveraging/lower-rate environment persists rather than a return to 2023-style conditions. | |||||||
| • Not verified against any primary document beyond what was read in this session -- treat every figure as provisional until independently checked, per the project's standing rule that no number enters a decision without primary-source verification. | |||||||
| • The peer comparison below is a sanity check on the ROE/COE/P-E assumptions, not a pricing mechanism -- no peer's business mix (funding model, product mix, ownership structure) maps exactly onto ARBB's combination of private bank, commercial bank, and specialist lending subsidiaries, and none of the peer figures have been cross-checked against a second independent source. | |||||||
| PEER COMPARISON — sanity-checking the assumptions against 5 listed UK peers | |||||||
| Why this section exists: P/TNAV = (ROE-g)/(COE-g) is the standard bank-valuation framework, but the specific ROE/COE numbers used above were originally set from ARBB's own six-year history and general priors about small-bank discount rates -- not checked against what comparable listed banks actually trade at. This section closes that gap with current market data (as of 28 Aug 2026) for 5 structurally similar UK banks/specialist lenders, each cited to a source. ARBB is deliberately excluded from this table -- the point is to check the assumptions against the market, not to price ARBB directly off peer multiples. | |||||||
| Why these 5, specifically | |||||||
| Close Brothers Group (CBG) | |||||||
| Closest STRUCTURAL match of the five: a merchant bank combining relationship deposit-taking with specialist lending divisions (asset, motor, premium finance), the same basic architecture as ARBB's private bank + commercial bank + specialist subsidiaries. Included despite currently being a stressed comparable -- a GBP135m H1 FY26 motor-finance redress provision has depressed its statutory returns -- because that distortion is itself a useful reminder of why a through-cycle ROE assumption (not a single year's snapshot) is the right basis for valuing any bank, ARBB included. | |||||||
| Secure Trust Bank (STB) | |||||||
| Closest SCALE match: a similarly small (sub-GBP2bn), AIM-adjacent-sized UK specialist bank with a retail-deposit funding model, so its P/TNAV and P/E sit in a genuinely comparable liquidity and size bracket rather than being diluted by a much larger balance sheet. | |||||||
| Paragon Banking Group (PAG) | |||||||
| Closest LENDING-MIX match on the specialist-lending side: buy-to-let, structured/development finance, SME asset finance and motor finance, funded predominantly by retail deposits -- the same 'gather deposits cheaply, deploy across a diversified specialist lending book' model ARBB describes as its own strategy, just larger and Main Market listed rather than AIM. | |||||||
| OSB Group (OSB) | |||||||
| A second, larger specialist mortgage/SME lender on the same retail-deposit funding model as Paragon, included to avoid the ROE/multiple comparison resting on a single specialist-lender data point -- OSB's book is more mortgage-concentrated (buy-to-let/residential plus SME) than ARBB's more diversified lending mix, so it anchors one end of the comparable range rather than being a precise mix match. | |||||||
| S&U (SUS) | |||||||
| Weakest FUNDING-MODEL match of the five (motor HP and property bridging, no deposit-taking, not a bank) but the single best GOVERNANCE match: family-controlled (the Coombs family, via Wiseheights Ltd, hold roughly 19.9%), which is structurally the closest thing on the London market to ARBB's own combined Chairman/CEO and majority-shareholder-controlled setup. Included specifically to sanity-check whether family/founder control carries a visible multiple discount or premium in the market, not for its lending mix. | |||||||
| Peer (ticker) | P/TNAV or P/B (x) | P/E (x) | ROE / ROTE (%) | Business mix | Data as of | ||
| Close Brothers Group (CBG) | 0.47 | 7.60 | 6.3% | Merchant bank: asset/motor/premium finance banking + asset management (Winterflood sold 2026) | H1 FY26 (31 Jan 2026) | ||
| Secure Trust Bank (STB) | 0.72 | 5.30 | 14.3% | Retail finance (point-of-sale consumer lending) + commercial finance (real estate/asset/invoice), retail deposit funded | H1 2026 (30 Jun 2026) | ||
| Paragon Banking Group (PAG) | 1.05 | 8.60 | 16.1% | Buy-to-let/residential mortgages + structured/development finance + SME asset finance + motor finance, retail deposit funded | H1 FY26 (31 Mar 2026) | ||
| OSB Group (OSB) | 0.88 | 6.80 | 13.7% | Buy-to-let/residential + SME/commercial + asset finance mortgage lending (Kent Reliance, InterBay), deposit funded | H1 2026 (30 Jun 2026) | ||
| S&U (SUS) | 0.98 | 10.20 | 9.7% | Non-prime motor HP finance (Advantage Finance) + property bridging (Aspen Bridging); family-controlled (Coombs family / Wiseheights Ltd, ~19.9%) | FY to 5 Feb 2026 | ||
| Peer average (all 5) | 0.82 | 7.70 | 12.0% | ||||
| Peer median (all 5) | 0.88 | 7.60 | 13.7% | ||||
| memo: peer average excl. CBG (redress-affected outlier) | 0.91 | 7.72 | 13.5% | ||||
| ARBB — assumption-implied multiples, central case (for comparison to the peer rows above) | |||||||
| Justified P/TNAV (from Step 3) / Applied P/E (from cross-check) / Sustainable ROE assumption (from Step 2) | 0.94x | 8.5x | 10.0% | ||||
| How this squares: ARBB's central-case justified P/TNAV of ~0.94x sits within the peer range of 0.47x-1.05x, above the all-5 average (~0.82x) and close to the median (~0.88x) -- and above the ex-CBG average of ~0.90x. That is a reasonable place for ARBB to sit given its cleaner six-year capital and funding record than CBG's (currently redress-affected) and OSB's mono-line mortgage concentration, though it implies ARBB should NOT trade materially above STB (0.72x) despite STB's much higher reported ROE (14.3% vs ARBB's 10% through-cycle central case) -- STB's premium return partly reflects a smaller, higher-margin consumer/commercial lending book rather than a relationship-deposit private-bank franchise, so the two are not a clean like-for-like on returns even if their multiples are comparable. The P/E cross-check range (7.0x-10.0x, central 8.5x) also brackets the peer average of ~7.7x/median ~7.6x sensibly, though CBG's and STB's peer P/E figures above are the least reliable of the five (see comments) so this should be read as directional support, not precision confirmation. Net effect: the peer check does not suggest the existing assumptions need to move -- it moves them from 'reasoned from priors' to 'consistent with 5 sourced current market data points', which is the actual gap this section closes. | |||||||
| ASSUMPTIONS vs MARKET EXPECTATIONS — how each input was checked, and where judgment diverges | |||||||
| The peer table above checks the ROE/COE assumptions against what comparable banks trade at. This section checks them a different way -- against macro rate consensus and analyst coverage, as of 28-29 Aug 2026 -- and is explicit about where the assumption is a reasoned judgment rather than something independently confirmed by a market data point. | |||||||
| Assumption | Where this diverges from a strict market read, and why | ||||||
| Sustainable through-cycle ROE (8% / 10% / 12%) | Two checks, not one. (1) Peer ROTE/ROAE currently range 6.3%-16.1% across the 5 comparables above (average ~12.0%, or ~13.5% excluding the redress-affected CBG outlier) -- the 10% central case sits inside that range, toward the lower-middle. (2) Macro: BoE base rate is 3.75% as of 30 Jul 2026 (down from the FY2023 peak of 5.25%, well above the FY2020 trough of 0.1% -- i.e. genuinely mid-cycle). A Reuters poll of 64 economists found ~87% expect the MPC to hold at 3.75% through end-2026; views diverge further out (ING sees cuts resuming in 2027, Oxford Economics sees a hold well into 2027). No consensus points to a return to 2023-style rate levels, which is the key assumption embedded in the 10% central case. | No ARBB-specific analyst consensus exists to check this against directly -- confirmed via stockanalysis.com and Investing.com, both show no covering analysts, no price target, no EPS consensus for ARBB. (One apparent hit, a 'Maxim downgrades ARBB' headline, was checked and is about ARB IOT Group Ltd, an unrelated Singapore-listed company sharing the same ticker -- a ticker-collision false positive, not a real ARBB downgrade.) In the absence of any consensus to match or fade, the 10% central case is a reasoned judgment, deliberately held below the FY2022-25 average of ~11.6% because H1 2026 annualises to roughly 6%. If the deposit-repricing lag ARBB itself describes (fixed-term deposits reprice slower than loan yields) continues resolving in the bank's favour under a now-stable rate environment, 10% could prove conservative rather than aggressive -- that risk sits in the high case, not the central case. | |||||
| Cost of equity (11% / 10.5% / 10%) | No independent, published cost-of-equity or beta figure exists for ARBB (illiquid AIM stock, no analyst coverage to derive an implied COE from a target price). As an indirect check, the peer group's current P/TNAV multiples, run back through the same (ROE-g)/(COE-g) formula using each peer's own disclosed ROE and a common ~2% growth assumption, imply peer-level COEs loosely clustered in the high-single-digit to low-double-digit range -- broadly consistent with, not tightly confirming, the 10.0-11.0% range used here. | This is the least market-validated of the three assumptions, and that is stated plainly rather than dressed up as more rigorous than it is. The 10.0-11.0% range reflects general reasoning about small-cap/illiquidity and single-family-control premia for a ~GBP4.8bn AIM bank, not a market-observed number. The peer comparison above (Peer Comparison section) is the closest thing to independent grounding available. | |||||
| Long-run growth of tangible book (1.5% / 2.0% / 2.5%) | Set at roughly UK nominal-GDP-linked levels, consistent with a mature bank not chasing loan-book growth (per FY2025 commentary, which explicitly describes deliberate deleveraging). Not independently checked against a specific market or consensus GDP forecast for this exercise. | None -- this is the lowest-stakes of the three assumptions (a 1 percentage point change here moves the justified multiple by far less than an equivalent change in ROE or COE) and was not judged to warrant the same level of market-checking as the other two. | |||||
| Sources: BoE base rate and Reuters economist poll via HomeOwners Alliance rate-forecast roundup (28 Aug 2026); ARBB analyst coverage checked via stockanalysis.com and Investing.com consensus-estimates pages (both showed no covering analysts as of 28 Aug 2026); ARB IOT Group Ltd identification via GuruFocus (confirms the ticker-collision false positive). | |||||||
Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC (ARBB) — Ownership & Governance Structure
Primary source: FY2025 Annual Report & Accounts, Group Directors' Report (Beneficial Interests and Substantial Shareholders tables, both dated as at 3 March 2026) and Note 37 (share capital), Note 14 to the Notice of AGM (total voting rights, as at 25 March 2026). Secondary source (institutional breakdown only, undated, cross-checked and flagged where it disagrees with the primary source): MarketScreener. For small/thinly-covered companies, ownership concentration is often as important a risk factor as anything on the balance sheet -- this tab exists to make it explicit and to separate insiders from funds.
| A. Share capital & voting rights structure | |||||||
| Ordinary (voting) shares in issue | 16,576,619 | 31 Dec 2025 | |||||
| less: held in Treasury (no vote while held) | -390,274 | 31 Dec 2025, Note 37 | |||||
| Total voting rights (TVR) -- the denominator for all Ordinary % figures below | 16,186,345 | 25 Mar 2026 | |||||
| Ordinary Non-Voting shares in issue (no vote, same dividend rights) | 152,621 | 31 Dec 2025 | |||||
| less: held in Treasury (no rights while held) | -19,040 | 31 Dec 2025, Note 37 | |||||
| Non-Voting shares in public hands -- the denominator for all Non-Voting % figures below | 133,581 | calc. | |||||
| note: Note 37 discloses 390,274 Ordinary shares and 19,040 Ordinary Non-Voting shares held in Treasury (carried at ~GBP1,299k combined cost) -- held by the Company, not cancelled, and carrying no vote/right while held. Both denominators above are net of their respective Treasury holdings, which is what makes the calculated %s in Sections C-E tie back to the Company-reported %s. | |||||||
| B. Board roster and independence classification, as at FY2025 Annual Report | |||||||
| Name | Role | Classification | Appointed | Notes | |||
| Sir Henry Angest | Chairman and Chief Executive | Executive; majority shareholder | Dec 1985 | Combined Chairman/CEO role -- see Recurring Themes in the narrative document. Also President of Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited. | |||
| James Cobb FCA | Group Finance Director | Executive | Nov 2008 | Also Finance Director and Deputy CEO of Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited. | |||
| Andrew Salmon FCA | Chief Operating Officer | Executive | Mar 2004 | Also CEO of Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited. | |||
| Frederick Angest | Non-Executive Director | Non-independent (Sir Henry Angest's son) | Sep 2022 | Works as a Senior Banker within Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited -- an executive role at the subsidiary alongside a non-exec seat at the parent. No personal shareholding shown in the FY2025 beneficial interests table. | |||
| The Hon Sir Nigel Boardman | Independent Non-Executive Director | Independent | Jun 2019 | Chairman of Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited (the banking subsidiary). | |||
| Jayne Almond | Independent Non-Executive Director | Independent | Sep 2023 | Audit Committee member. Announced 21 Jul 2026 that she will step down effective 1 Sep 2026, citing other commitments -- no successor named in that notice. | |||
| Angela Knight CBE | Independent Non-Executive Director | Independent | Sep 2023 | Former Treasury Minister; former CEO of the British Bankers' Association. | |||
| Lord Sassoon FCA | Independent Non-Executive Director | Independent | Sep 2023 | Chairman of the Audit Committee. | |||
| Richard Gabbertas FCA | Independent Non-Executive Director | Independent | Jul 2024 | Chairman of the Board Risk Committee of Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited. | |||
| Charlotte Crosswell OBE | Independent Non-Executive Director | Independent | Jul 2025 | Most recently appointed director. | |||
| Also: Nicholas Jennings FCA is Company Secretary (not a Board director). I.A. Dewar and Sir Alan Yarrow retired from the Board on 21 May 2025 and are not current directors. | |||||||
| Board composition: 3 executive (all also hold executive roles at the Arbuthnot Latham subsidiary), 1 non-independent non-executive (the Chairman's son), 6 independent non-executive -- a majority-independent board by head count, though independence of oversight is a separate question from the 58% economic and voting control held by the Chairman personally (Section D). | |||||||
| C. Directors' beneficial interests in shares (FY2025 Annual Report, Group Directors' Report) | |||||||
| Only directors with a nonzero holding are listed in the FY2025 Annual Report source table (reproduced below). Five of the ten current directors from Section B -- Frederick Angest, Charlotte Crosswell, Richard Gabbertas, Angela Knight, and Lord Sassoon -- do not appear in it, which the Annual Report presents as nil/no disclosed personal shareholding rather than an omission; this has not been independently confirmed beyond the Annual Report itself. | |||||||
| Ordinary (voting) shares | |||||||
| Director | Shares (3 Mar 2026) | % of TVR (calc.) | % as reported by Company | ||||
| Sir Henry Angest | 9,392,185 | 58.0% | 58.0% | ||||
| Sir Nigel Boardman | 26,062 | 0.2% | 0.2% | ||||
| Jayne Almond (JD Almond) | 11,617 | 0.1% | 0.1% | ||||
| James Cobb (JR Cobb) | 6,000 | 0.0% | 0 | ||||
| Andrew Salmon (AA Salmon) | 51,699 | 0.3% | 0.3% | ||||
| Total, directors (Ordinary) | 9,487,563 | 58.6% | |||||
| Ordinary Non-Voting shares | |||||||
| Director | Shares (3 Mar 2026) | % of Non-Voting class (calc.) | % as reported by Company | ||||
| Sir Henry Angest | 86,674 | 64.9% | 64.9% | ||||
| James Cobb (JR Cobb) | 60 | 0.0% | 0 | ||||
| Andrew Salmon (AA Salmon) | 516 | 0.4% | 0.4% | ||||
| Total, directors (Non-Voting) | 87,250 | 65.3% | |||||
| D. Substantial shareholders (non-director) | |||||||
| D1. Company-disclosed (FY2025 Annual Report, as at 3 March 2026) -- the primary source for this section: | |||||||
| Holder | Ordinary shares | % of TVR | |||||
| Liontrust Asset Management | 1,375,156 | 8.5% | |||||
| Slater Investments | 825,919 | 5.1% | |||||
| Total, company-disclosed substantial holders | 2,201,075 | 13.6% | |||||
| D2. Supplementary institutional breakdown (MarketScreener, undated as sourced -- SECONDARY, not company-filed) -- shown for colour on the wider institutional base, not relied on for the Section E totals below: | |||||||
| Holder | Shares (undated) | % | Type | ||||
| Janus Henderson Investors UK | 370,000 | 2.3% | Institutional fund manager | ||||
| Hargreaves Lansdown Fund Managers | 132,000 | 0.8% | Institutional / platform fund | ||||
| HSBC Global Asset Management (UK) | 86,000 | 0.5% | Institutional fund manager | ||||
| Chelverton Asset Management | 78,709 | 0.5% | Institutional fund manager (UK small-cap specialist) | ||||
| IG Markets | 62,000 | 0.4% | Likely CFD/spread-betting nominee aggregation, not a fundamental holder -- flagged, not counted as "smart money" | ||||
| Rathbones Investment Management | 46,000 | 0.3% | Institutional / wealth manager | ||||
| Caveat -- this secondary source disagrees with the primary source on two rows it overlaps with: it shows Sir Henry Angest at 9,692,185 shares (59.88%) vs 9,392,185 (58.0%) company-disclosed at 3 Mar 2026 -- a 300,000-share gap that could reflect purchases since March not yet in a fresh RNS, or could be a stale/different-dated snapshot; and Slater Investments at 1,119,026 shares (6.91%) vs 825,919 (5.1%) company-disclosed -- a larger, unresolved gap. Its Liontrust figure (1,375,156) matches the company-disclosed figure exactly, which is reassuring but doesn't resolve the other two discrepancies. Treat Section D1 as the reliable figure and D2 as indicative colour only -- a live TR-1/RNS search would be needed to settle which is more current. | |||||||
| E. Ownership concentration summary (Ordinary/voting shares, based on Section D1 company-disclosed data) | |||||||
| Shares | % of TVR | ||||||
| Directors, in total (Section C) | 9,487,563 | 58.6% | |||||
| of which: Sir Henry Angest alone | 9,392,185 | 58.0% | |||||
| Company-disclosed institutional holders (Section D1) | 2,201,075 | 13.6% | |||||
| Identified total (directors + disclosed institutions) | 11,688,638 | 72.2% | |||||
| Implied free float / unidentified holders (balance) | 4,497,707 | 27.8% | |||||
| F. Why this matters for governance, in plain terms | |||||||
| • Sir Henry Angest personally controls a majority of the votes (58.0%) as well as being Chairman and Chief Executive. That is not just a titles-on-paper governance flag -- at 58%, he can pass any ordinary resolution unilaterally regardless of how every other shareholder votes, including the two named institutional holders combined (13.6%). Board independence by head count (6 of 10 directors) does not change this arithmetic. | |||||||
| • Outside Sir Henry Angest, no other director holds an economically meaningful stake -- the next largest director holding (Andrew Salmon, COO) is 0.3% of voting shares. Board alignment with shareholders, beyond the Chairman himself, is symbolic rather than financially significant. | |||||||
| • Frederick Angest (Sir Henry's son) sits on the Board as a non-independent non-executive director and holds an executive Senior Banker role at the operating subsidiary, but has no separately disclosed personal shareholding -- family influence runs through Sir Henry's stake directly, not through a separate, diversified family shareholding. | |||||||
| • The two disclosed institutional holders (Liontrust 8.5%, Slater 5.1%) are long-established, well-known UK equity managers, not activist or event-driven funds -- their presence is a mild positive signal (informed capital has chosen to hold this name over a multi-year period) but they hold nowhere near enough, even combined, to contest a resolution the Chairman opposes. | |||||||
| • A currently-vacant Audit Committee seat is coming: Jayne Almond's departure (effective 1 Sep 2026) was announced without a named successor. Worth checking whether a replacement has been announced by the time this is read. | |||||||
| • None of this is a reason to avoid the name on its own -- founder/family control with a long, clean capital-management record (as documented in the narrative document) is a defensible governance model, not an automatic red flag. It does mean that any minority shareholder is, in practice, relying on Sir Henry Angest's continued good judgment and alignment of interest rather than on any check-and-balance the share register itself provides. | |||||||
| Sources: FY2025 Annual Report & Accounts (Group Directors' Report, Note 37, Notice of AGM Note 14); RNS "Directorate Change" 21 Jul 2026 (Jayne Almond departure) via Investegate; MarketScreener company-shareholders page (secondary, undated, discrepancies flagged above). Not independently verified beyond these two sources -- a live Companies House PSC search and a fresh TR-1 search were not performed for this pass. | |||||||
Provenance table — ARBB_provenance.md
Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC · LSE AIM: ARBB · Research prepared 29 August 2026
Built from six fiscal years of primary filings, read in chronological order without reference to the share price at any point. Every figure in the companion workbook traces to a row in the tables below. Where a figure is derived, assumed or taken from a secondary source, it is identified as such rather than presented alongside reported figures.
Document set
| Document | Period | Role |
|---|---|---|
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2020 | Year ended 31 December 2020 | Primary |
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2021 | Year ended 31 December 2021 | Primary |
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2022 | Year ended 31 December 2022 | Primary |
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2023 | Year ended 31 December 2023 | Primary |
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2024 | Year ended 31 December 2024 | Primary |
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2025 | Year ended 31 December 2025 | Primary |
| H1 2026 interim report | Six months ended 30 June 2026 | Primary, most recent position |
| Pillar 3 disclosures, each year | FY2020–FY2025 | Primary, capital adequacy |
| Results presentations, each year | FY2020–FY2025 | Primary, KPI series |
| Notice of AGM, Note 14 | Total voting rights as at 25 March 2026 | Primary, share count |
Statement-level provenance
| Workbook tab | Source statement | Document | Notes |
|---|---|---|---|
| Income Statement | Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income | Each fiscal year's own Annual Report | All figures as originally reported. No restatements applied |
| Balance Sheet | Consolidated Statement of Financial Position | Each fiscal year's own Annual Report, at 31 December | Group figures throughout, not parent-only Company figures |
| Cash Flow | Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows | Each fiscal year's own Annual Report | Group figures. Bank cash flow statements are dominated by deposit and loan movements rather than free cash flow in the industrial sense, and are read accordingly |
| Bank KPIs | CET1, net interest margin, cost:income, return on average equity | Pillar 3 disclosures and results presentations, each year | Four KPIs selected as the primary indicators of a relationship bank's health |
| Sentiment & Mgmt Quality | Chairman's Statement, Strategic Report, results presentations | Each fiscal year's own Annual Report | Not sourced figures. Subjective 0–10 scores assigned after reading each year in chronological order without reference to the share price. Rationale recorded per year |
| Valuation | FY2025 tangible net asset value per share | FY2025 Annual Report | Gordon-growth justified P/TNAV multiple, P/TNAV = (ROE−g)/(COE−g). Cross-checked against normalised P/E. All inputs are assumptions, individually labelled and adjustable |
| Ownership | Group Directors' Report: Beneficial Interests and Substantial Shareholders tables; Note 37 (share capital) | FY2025 Annual Report | Both tables dated as at 3 March 2026. Total voting rights from Notice of AGM Note 14, as at 25 March 2026 |
Non-primary and flagged items
| Item | Source | Status |
|---|---|---|
| Institutional ownership breakdown | MarketScreener | Secondary, undated. Cross-checked against the primary Substantial Shareholders table and flagged in the workbook wherever the two disagree. Used for breakdown detail only, never to override a primary figure |
Bank-specific KPIs are drawn from Pillar 3 disclosures and results presentations rather than the financial statements, so the definitions are the company's own and are not directly comparable to another institution's without adjustment.
The valuation tab is a set of labelled assumptions applied to one audited input. It is a range, not an estimate.
Kromek Group
KMKMethods divergeA Durham-based manufacturer of cadmium zinc telluride radiation-detector materials, loss-making and cash-consuming for most of the period and funded through equity raises, a convertible loan note and a secured shareholder loan. FY2025 changed the picture for one identifiable reason: £16.5m of licensing revenue and a $25.0m cash receipt under a four-year, non-exclusive, single-modality arrangement worth up to $37.5m, nearly doubling gross margin to 80.9% — and because profitability now rests on a fixed-term licensing deal, the two valuation methods diverge sharply rather than average out.
Company narrative — KMK_narrative.docx
Built from five fiscal years of primary filings (FY2021-FY2025, year ended 30 April, plus the 12 May 2026 FY2026 trading update), read in chronological order without reference to the share price at any point. Prepared 29 August 2026. Companion workbook: KMK_multi_year_model.xlsx.
Executive summary
Kromek Group plc is a small, Durham-based UK technology company that designs and manufactures Cadmium Zinc Telluride (CZT) radiation-detector materials and modules, sold either as components to larger OEM systems integrators or built into its own end products, across three principal markets: medical imaging (chiefly SPECT/CT nuclear-medicine cameras), CBRN (chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear) threat detection, and biological-threat detection. For most of the five years reviewed here it was a persistently loss-making, cash-consuming small-cap, funding continued R&D capitalisation through a mix of equity raises, a convertible loan note, and — across FY2024-FY2025 — a secured loan from a significant shareholder. FY2025 changed that picture materially, and did so for a specific, identifiable reason rather than a broad-based turnaround.
Revenue grew from £10.4m in FY2021 to £26.5m in FY2025 (a 2.6x increase), but the FY2025 step-change specifically — revenue +37% year-on-year, gross margin nearly doubling to 80.9%, adjusted EBITDA of £10.3m and the company's first full-year statutory profit before tax (£3.1m) in the period reviewed — is substantially attributable to a single transaction: £16.5m of licensing revenue and a $25.0m cash receipt under Enablement and Patent Licensing Agreements signed with Siemens Healthineers in January 2025, part of a four-year, non-exclusive, SPECT-only agreement worth up to $37.5m. That cash was used to repay in full a related-party secured loan the company had drawn from Polymer N2 Ltd, an affiliate of Polymer Holdings, one of Kromek's largest shareholders.
Two things stand out favourably across the five years read: no annual report carried a qualified audit opinion or a formal going-concern material uncertainty, despite several years running close to facility-renewal deadlines; and the Siemens transaction is a genuine, verifiable commercial and technical validation of Kromek's detector technology by a major medical-imaging OEM, not merely an accounting or financing manoeuvre. Two things stand out as caveats for anyone valuing the business from these filings: FY2025's headline profitability is concentrated in one large, largely non-recurring item, and the relationship between Kromek and its largest shareholder — who has also, through an affiliate, been its secured lender — is a governance fact that sits independently of anything on the income statement.
Valuing the company on revenue and earnings multiples appropriate to a small radiation-detection technology business — deliberately built without looking at the current share price — produces a primary (EV/Revenue-based) range of approximately 2.3p (low) to 3.9p (central) to 6.4p (high) per share, and a cross-check (EV/EBITDA-based) range of approximately 9.9p to 21.1p. These two methods diverge sharply, for a specific and identifiable reason discussed in full below and in the companion workbook's Valuation tab — that divergence is reported as a finding, not smoothed into a single blended number.
Company background
Kromek listed on AIM in 2013 and describes itself as a supplier of detection technology solutions built around its own proprietary CZT (Cadmium Zinc Telluride) semiconductor material — a room-temperature radiation detector material that, unlike some competing technologies, does not require cryogenic cooling, which is one of the company's stated technical differentiators. The Group organises its activity around three principal end markets: medical imaging (supplying detector modules to OEM manufacturers of SPECT and SPECT/CT nuclear-medicine cameras, and pursuing photon-counting CT detector development), CBRN detection (radiation and nuclear-threat detection systems for security, defence and critical-infrastructure customers), and biological-threat detection (automated, wide-area detection of airborne biological agents).
For statutory reporting purposes the company's segmentation basis has itself changed over the period: FY2021-FY2024 annual reports split revenue geographically between UK Operations and US Operations (reflecting that the US unit has historically focused more on advanced imaging and the UK unit more on CBRN and biological-threat detection, though the company is explicit that this split is not rigid). From the FY2025 Annual Report, Kromek began reporting on a two-division basis instead -- Advanced Imaging and CBRN/Bio-detection -- first previewed at a Capital Markets Day investor presentation in June 2025. This is a genuine improvement in how the business explains itself to investors, but it also means a clean five-year like-for-like segment history does not exist in the primary filings; the Company KPIs tab in the companion workbook uses the restated FY2024 comparator plus approximate, investor-presentation-sourced figures for FY2022-FY2023 and flags FY2021 as unavailable on this basis.
A structural feature of the business worth understanding from the outset: Kromek has historically capitalised a large share of its R&D spend on the balance sheet as an intangible asset (in accordance with IAS 38) rather than expensing all of it through the income statement, and has run at or near break-even-to-loss on an adjusted EBITDA basis for most of the period. R&D capitalisation fell steadily from 52.8% of revenue in FY2021 to 16.5% in FY2025 as revenue grew far faster than R&D spend -- a genuine sign of operating leverage, discussed further below.
Development, year by year
FY2021 — pandemic disruption, continued losses
Revenue fell to £10.4m (FY2020: £13.1m) as COVID-19 disrupted customer order patterns and shipments in the first four months of the year, with a resumption of activity in the second half. Gross margin held at 48.4%. Adjusted EBITDA loss widened to £1.7m (FY2020: £0.4m loss) and the statutory loss before tax was £6.3m -- though this compares favourably on paper to FY2020's £18.3m loss largely because FY2020 carried a large exceptional impairment charge, a base-effect comparison rather than genuine year-on-year operating improvement. A £12.2m net equity raise funded continued R&D capitalisation (£5.5m) through a year in which operating cash flow remained negative.
Revenue mix shifted notably toward R&D contract revenue (44% of the total, up from 21% in FY2020), which management attributed primarily to biological-threat detection development activity -- a reminder that "revenue growth" and "product sales growth" are not always the same thing for this company.
FY2022 — steady execution against a difficult supply-chain backdrop
Revenue grew 16% to £12.1m, but gross margin was squeezed to 46.8% (from 48.4%) by global supply-chain inflation, and the adjusted EBITDA loss narrowed only modestly to £1.16m. Cash fell sharply, from £15.6m to £5.1m, as the prior year's equity raise was consumed by continued R&D capitalisation (£5.6m) and working capital -- moving the balance sheet from a net cash position of £7.4m to a net debt position of £1.4m within a single year, the first such swing in the period reviewed.
This was also the one year in the five-year window where the directors' own going-concern disclosure used language that could "cast significant doubt" on the Group's ability to continue as a going concern, tied to a forecast breach of a bank net debt:EBITDA covenant and a conditional waiver from the lender. The auditor's own opinion did not, in the event, treat this as a formal material uncertainty, and no liquidity crisis in fact developed -- but the gap between the directors' risk language and the auditor's conclusion is worth noting as a point of internal tension in that year's reporting.
FY2023 — a genuine, broad-based operating improvement
Revenue grew 44% to a then-record £17.3m, described by the company as record performance in both its advanced imaging and CBRN detection business lines. Gross margin recovered to 51.6% and the adjusted EBITDA loss narrowed further to £1.0m, with the second half of the year alone adjusted-EBITDA-positive (£1.7m), more than offsetting a weaker first half (£2.7m loss). A £2.8m convertible loan note issue supplemented financing during the year, and a post-year-end £7.4m placing, subscription and open offer -- backed by a financial-support letter from a large shareholder -- underpinned the going-concern basis; the balance sheet nonetheless ended the year in a £7.8m net debt position.
Unlike FY2022, this year's improvement was broad-based rather than a single-item effect: both principal business lines grew, gross margin expanded, and the business achieved second-half adjusted-EBITDA profitability for the first time in the period reviewed.
FY2024 — the adjusted-EBITDA milestone, and a related-party refinancing
Revenue rose 12% to £19.4m and gross margin improved further to 55.2%. Adjusted EBITDA turned positive for the first time in the five years reviewed, at £3.1m, which the company states came in ahead of market expectations -- a genuine, disclosed milestone. A statutory loss before tax of £3.5m was nonetheless still reported. On the divisional basis later restated in the FY2025 Annual Report, this year's adjusted-EBITDA milestone was carried by the CBRN/Bio-detection division (£4.2m adjusted EBITDA) while Advanced Imaging ran an operating loss of £4.3m -- the opposite pattern to FY2025, discussed below.
During the year, the Group's £5.0m HSBC revolving credit facility was refinanced with a new £5.5m secured term loan from Polymer N2 Ltd, described by the company as an affiliate of "an existing and significant shareholder in the Company." The loan carried a fixed 9.5% interest rate, payable quarterly, with Kromek holding the option to settle interest through the issue of new ordinary shares rather than cash. Refinancing a facility with a related-party lender, on terms that include a potentially dilutive share-settlement option, is a governance point independent of the P&L -- discussed fully in the companion workbook's Ownership tab.
FY2025 — the transformational year, driven by a single transaction
Revenue jumped 37% to £26.5m, gross margin nearly doubled to 80.9%, adjusted EBITDA reached £10.3m, and the Group reported its first full-year statutory profit before tax (£3.1m) in the five years reviewed. This step-change is substantially attributable to £16.5m of licensing revenue and a $25.0m cash receipt recognised under the Enablement and Patent Licensing Agreements signed with Siemens Healthineers in January 2025 (part of a four-year, non-exclusive, SPECT-only agreement worth up to $37.5m in total, of which a further $2.5m milestone payment was received in August 2026 and $5.0m remains outstanding, expected by April 2029). That cash was used to repay the Polymer N2 Ltd related-party loan in full.
On the restated divisional basis, Advanced Imaging swung from a £4.3m operating loss in FY2024 to a £7.8m operating profit in FY2025 -- substantially licensing-revenue-driven -- while CBRN/Bio-detection moved the other way, from a £2.9m operating profit to a £3.0m operating loss. Excluding the Siemens item, the company's own commentary at the 12 May 2026 trading update describes "good underlying growth" in CBRN Detection and Advanced Imaging growth of "over 200% year-on-year," which is a genuinely positive underlying signal -- but the reported headline profit for FY2025 as a whole is not representative of a repeatable run-rate, which is the central reason the companion workbook's Valuation tab treats FY2025 earnings with caution.
FY2026 (trading update only, 12 May 2026 — most recent data point, full-year results due September 2026)
The company stated it expects to report FY2026 revenue and profit before tax "in line with market expectations," explicitly citing consensus estimates of £27.2m revenue and £2.15m PBT. CBRN Detection delivered revenue growth despite delays in some governmental contracts reaching the procurement stage; Advanced Imaging faced supply-chain and order-timing disruption in the first half, offset by a large new customer order in the second half. Kromek's sole broker, Cavendish Capital Markets (also its Nominated Adviser), reiterated a Buy rating the same day with a 26p price target and its own estimates of £27.1m revenue and £2.3m adjusted PBT. FY2026 full-year results had not been published as of this document's preparation.
Year-by-year summary
| FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Revenue (£m) | 10.4 | 12.1 | 17.3 | 19.4 | 26.5 |
| Gross margin (%) | 48.4% | 46.8% | 51.6% | 55.2% | 80.9% |
| Adjusted EBITDA (£m) | (1.7) | (1.2) | (1.0) | 3.1 | 10.3 |
| Profit/(loss) before tax (£m) | (6.3) | (6.1) | (7.3) | (3.5) | 3.1 |
| Sentiment score (0-10) | 4 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 8 |
| Management quality score (0-10) | 6 | 5 | 6 | 6 | 6 |
Full line-item detail, formulas, and citations are in the companion workbook. Figures in £m are rounded from the £'000 figures in the Income Statement tab; PBT figures in parentheses denote losses.
Industry and structural quirks worth understanding
- R&D capitalisation, not just R&D spend, is the number that matters for cash flow. Kromek capitalises a large share of its development spend as an intangible asset under IAS 38 rather than expensing it -- this flatters reported operating profit relative to a company that expenses all R&D, but the cash actually leaves the business either way. The workbook's Company KPIs tab tracks R&D capitalised as a % of revenue specifically because it fell from 52.8% to 16.5% over five years, a genuine and meaningful operating-leverage signal that a glance at the income statement alone would not reveal.
- Licensing and milestone revenue from OEM partners can be lumpy and transformational in a way that ordinary product revenue is not. The Siemens Healthineers agreement is the clearest example in this five-year window, but the structure (upfront/milestone cash payments plus a smaller ongoing royalty stream) is common in this industry for companies that license detector IP into larger systems businesses rather than selling finished systems directly -- it means a single new OEM agreement can move the P&L more than a full year of incremental product sales.
- CBRN and nuclear-security end markets are heavily influenced by government procurement cycles, which the company itself describes as subject to timing delays ("delays in certain governmental contracts progressing to the procurement stage," per the FY2026 trading update) -- a demand-timing risk that is largely outside the company's control and can shift revenue between financial years without changing the underlying commercial pipeline.
- Small-cap AIM technology companies in this space are frequently financed through a mix of instruments not seen in larger, self-funding businesses -- equity placings, convertible loan notes, and related-party or shareholder-provided secured debt (as with Polymer N2 Ltd here) are all part of Kromek's five-year financing history, and each carries different dilution and governance implications worth distinguishing rather than treating as interchangeable "financing."
- A statutory segment-reporting basis can change even for a company with a consistent underlying business -- Kromek moved from geographic (UK/US) to divisional (Advanced Imaging/CBRN-Bio) segment reporting between FY2024 and FY2025, which is a genuine improvement in investor communication but also means a clean five-year like-for-like segment series does not exist without combining sources of varying precision, as the companion workbook's Company KPIs tab does explicitly and transparently.
Recurring themes across the period
A shareholder that has also been the company's secured lender. Polymer Holdings has been a Kromek shareholder since at least FY2021 (5.08% then; 15.29% as at 31 August 2025, the most recent date disclosed), and its affiliate Polymer N2 Ltd was Kromek's secured term-loan lender across FY2024-FY2025 (£5.5m plus a further £3.4m tranche, at a fixed 9.5% rate with a share-settlement option on interest), fully repaid in FY2025 from Siemens Healthineers proceeds. This is not, on its own, evidence of any wrongdoing -- a large, supportive shareholder providing financing when a company needs it can be a genuinely aligned, stabilising relationship, and the company disclosed the arrangement clearly as a related-party transaction throughout. But a shareholder that is simultaneously a secured creditor, with an interest-settlement option that can be dilutive at the lender's discretion, has a structurally different relationship with the company than a passive institutional holder of the same size, and is worth tracking specifically -- see the companion workbook's Ownership tab for the full picture, including the dispersed remainder of the share register.
Beyond the ownership point, three further patterns recur consistently enough across five years of filings to be worth naming.
- Persistent reliance on external financing to fund R&D capitalisation. Every year but FY2025 involved either an equity raise (FY2021, FY2024), a convertible loan note (FY2023), or shareholder-affiliated secured debt (FY2024-FY2025) to fund continued development spend and working capital. FY2025 was the first year the business substantially funded itself from operations and a single large commercial transaction rather than a capital markets or lender transaction.
- A clean audit record despite recurring near-term liquidity pressure. No qualified audit opinions and no formal material-uncertainty/going-concern paragraphs were issued in any of the five years reviewed, notwithstanding several years running close to covenant thresholds or facility-renewal deadlines, and one year (FY2022) where the directors' own risk disclosure used "significant doubt" language that the auditor's own opinion did not, in the end, adopt.
- Concentration of FY2025's improvement in one division and one transaction. Advanced Imaging swung from a £4.3m operating loss (FY2024) to a £7.8m operating profit (FY2025) substantially on the back of the Siemens licensing item, while CBRN/Bio-detection moved from profit to loss over the same period -- a valuation built on FY2025 run-rate earnings without adjustment would materially overstate normalised, repeatable profitability, which is the central reason the companion workbook's Valuation tab uses revenue rather than earnings as its primary multiple base.
Value range
Kromek is valued here using EV/Revenue as the primary multiple, cross-checked against EV/EBITDA -- the standard framework for a small, sub-scale technology/hardware company without a multi-year track record of stable earnings to normalise, and for which a bank-style asset-based or P/E approach is not appropriate. Both methods were checked against 5 sourced peer/transaction multiples (Detection Technology Oyj, Mirion Technologies, OSI Systems, Teledyne Technologies, and the Smiths Detection sale to CVC Capital Partners) and, separately, against Kromek's own sell-side broker coverage and guidance. This was built entirely from the primary filings above and deliberately without reference to KMK's current share price at any stage.
The central EV/Revenue multiple of 0.9x is set to match Detection Technology Oyj, the closest technology and scale comparable of the five (the peer group ranges 0.89x-4.79x, median ~2.27x) -- a deliberately conservative anchor given Kromek's much smaller scale, thin free float, single-broker coverage, and the one-off composition of a meaningful share of FY2025 revenue. Applied to FY2025 revenue of £26.5m, plus FY2025 net cash of £1.2m, divided across 641.5m shares in issue, this produces the primary value range below.
| Low | Central | High | |
|---|---|---|---|
| EV/Revenue multiple assumption (primary method) | 0.5x | 0.9x | 1.5x |
| Value per share (EV/Revenue method) | 2.3p | 3.9p | 6.4p |
| EV/EBITDA multiple assumption (cross-check) | 6.0x | 9.0x | 13.0x |
| Value per share (EV/EBITDA cross-check) | 9.9p | 14.7p | 21.1p |
Full sensitivity model with editable assumptions, and the full 5-peer comparison with sourced multiples, is in the companion workbook's Valuation tab. Move any yellow input cell there and every downstream figure recalculates.
Why the two methods diverge, and how to read that
The EV/Revenue and EV/EBITDA ranges do not overlap (2.3-6.4p versus 9.9-21.1p) and are deliberately not blended into one number here -- that divergence is reported as a finding, not resolved by picking a number in between. The reason is specific: FY2025 adjusted EBITDA (£10.3m, up from a £1.2m loss the year before excluding rounding) is heavily inflated by the one-off Siemens licensing recognition, so applying even a conservative peer-level EBITDA multiple to that base assumes a level of repeatable profitability the business has not yet demonstrated over a full cycle. Revenue, while it also includes the one-off licensing amount, is a somewhat less distorted base because the underlying £10.0m of FY2025 product and R&D-contract revenue sits alongside it without being run through a profit multiple. This is why EV/Revenue is used as the primary method and EV/EBITDA only as a cross-check and upper reference point.
Applying the same central 0.9x multiple to the company's own FY2026 consensus revenue figure (£27.2m) rather than FY2025 actual revenue (£26.5m) moves the central estimate only marginally, to approximately 4.0p -- the range is not especially sensitive to which of these two similar revenue bases is used. Kromek's own broker, Cavendish, carries a 26p price target, roughly 4-11x this workbook's primary range; that gap is stated plainly rather than closed, and most likely reflects an earnings-multiple or discounted-cash-flow approach that capitalises continuing Siemens royalty/option value and a re-rating case for the CBRN pipeline that this deliberately conservative, revenue-multiple-only approach does not attempt to capture.
Limitations and what would sharpen this further
- None of the figures in this document or the companion workbook have been checked against a second, independent source beyond the primary filings read in this session. Per the project's standing rule, no number here should enter an investment decision until independently verified.
- Kromek's divisional (Advanced Imaging / CBRN-Bio) revenue split is only available on a statutory, restated basis for FY2024-FY2025; the FY2022-FY2023 figures used in the companion workbook are approximate, investor-presentation-sourced numbers, and FY2021 is not available on this basis at all.
- The FY2025 Annual Report itself contains two different, non-reconciling FY2024 comparative figures for Advanced Imaging revenue in different sections of the same document (£9.0m in the Highlights and the statutory segment note versus £9.4m in the CFO's Review narrative) -- a drafting inconsistency in the source document, not an extraction error here, and a reminder to rely on the primary tables over any single narrative sentence.
- Board changes announced in the FY2025 Annual Report (the departure of two long-serving Non-Executive Directors and the appointment of a new one at the AGM) were not confirmed as completed in any later document reviewed for this exercise -- treat them as announced intent, not confirmed fact, until checked against a subsequent filing.
- This valuation range would sharpen materially with: audited FY2026 full-year results (due September 2026), which would show whether FY2025's underlying (ex-Siemens) growth in both divisions continued; more granular disclosure of the ongoing royalty economics of the Siemens agreement beyond the milestone payments disclosed to date; and a second, independent sell-side view to triangulate against Cavendish's coverage, given Kromek's broker coverage is effectively single-source.
- This document deliberately does not compare the value range above to KMK's current market price. That comparison is the next, separate step in the process, to be taken only after the figures above have been checked.
Multi-year model — KMK_multi_year_model.xlsx
Kromek Group plc (KMK) — Consolidated Income Statement, GBP 000s
Source: Group Statement of Comprehensive Income, Annual Report & Accounts, each fiscal year (year ended 30 April). All figures as originally reported; no restatement applied except where the FY2025 Annual Report itself restated the FY2024 comparative business-segment view (see Bank/Company KPIs tab note).
| FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | |
| Revenue | 10,352 | 12,055 | 17,309 | 19,403 | 26,506 |
| Cost of sales | -5,346 | -6,419 | -8,374 | -8,693 | -5,075 |
| Gross profit | 5,006 | 5,636 | 8,935 | 10,710 | 21,431 |
| Other operating income | 379 | 1,410 | 121 | 0 | 0 |
| Distribution costs | -287 | -551 | -612 | -456 | -470 |
| Administrative expenses | -10,935 | -12,208 | -14,570 | -12,146 | -16,224 |
| Change in fair value of derivative | 0 | 0 | 77 | 517 | 0 |
| Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items | -5,837 | -5,713 | -6,049 | -1,375 | 4,737 |
| Exceptional items (impairment reversals/refinancing costs) | 52 | 132 | 0 | -246 | 0 |
| Operating result (post exceptional items) | -5,785 | -5,581 | -6,049 | -1,621 | 4,737 |
| Finance income | 2 | 34 | 2 | 40 | 107 |
| Finance costs | -548 | -582 | -1,245 | -1,874 | -1,765 |
| Profit/(loss) before tax | -6,331 | -6,129 | -7,292 | -3,455 | 3,079 |
| Tax credit | 978 | 1,211 | 1,192 | 162 | 675 |
| Profit/(loss) for the year | -5,353 | -4,918 | -6,100 | -3,293 | 3,754 |
| Basic EPS (pence) | -1.5p | -1.1p | -1.4p | -0.6p | 0.6p |
| Diluted EPS (pence) | -1.5p | -1.1p | -1.4p | -0.6p | 0.6p |
Kromek Group plc (KMK) — Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, GBP 000s
Source: Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, Annual Report & Accounts, as at 30 April each year.
| FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | |||
| Non-current assets | |||||||
| Goodwill | 1,275 | 1,275 | 1,275 | 1,275 | 1,275 | ||
| Other intangible assets | 24,144 | 28,375 | 30,554 | 32,726 | 33,422 | ||
| Property, plant and equipment | 11,200 | 10,944 | 9,831 | 8,675 | 7,066 | ||
| Right-of-use asset | 4,076 | 3,874 | 3,758 | 3,400 | 2,778 | ||
| Deferred tax assets | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 474 | ||
| Total non-current assets | 40,695 | 44,468 | 45,418 | 46,076 | 45,015 | ||
| Current assets | |||||||
| Inventories | 6,202 | 10,503 | 10,894 | 10,295 | 12,108 | ||
| Trade and other receivables | 6,644 | 6,429 | 5,529 | 12,983 | 6,436 | ||
| Current tax assets | 1,015 | 942 | 940 | 372 | 608 | ||
| Cash and bank balances | 15,602 | 5,081 | 1,097 | 466 | 1,704 | ||
| Total current assets | 29,463 | 22,955 | 18,460 | 24,116 | 20,856 | ||
| Total assets | 70,158 | 67,423 | 63,878 | 70,192 | 65,871 | ||
| Current liabilities | |||||||
| Trade and other payables | -6,174 | -7,855 | -7,436 | -7,475 | -8,821 | ||
| Borrowings (current) | -5,387 | -5,716 | -8,318 | -7,573 | -12 | ||
| Derivative financial instruments | 0 | 0 | -517 | 0 | 0 | ||
| Lease obligation (current) | -399 | -375 | -405 | -452 | -387 | ||
| Total current liabilities | -11,960 | -13,946 | -16,676 | -15,500 | -9,220 | ||
| Net current assets | 17,503 | 9,009 | 1,784 | 8,616 | 11,636 | ||
| Non-current liabilities | |||||||
| Deferred income | -1,071 | -1,131 | -1,021 | -920 | -819 | ||
| Lease obligation (non-current) | -4,256 | -4,161 | -4,089 | -3,736 | -3,173 | ||
| Borrowings (non-current) | -2,816 | -749 | -568 | -526 | -481 | ||
| Deferred tax liability | 0 | 0 | 0 | -156 | 0 | ||
| Total non-current liabilities | -8,143 | -6,041 | -5,678 | -5,338 | -4,473 | ||
| Total liabilities | -20,103 | -19,987 | -22,354 | -20,838 | -13,693 | ||
| Net assets | 50,055 | 47,436 | 41,524 | 49,354 | 52,178 | ||
| Equity | |||||||
| Share capital | 4,319 | 4,319 | 4,319 | 6,410 | 6,415 | ||
| Share premium account | 72,943 | 72,943 | 72,943 | 81,480 | 81,511 | ||
| Merger reserve | 21,853 | 21,853 | 21,853 | 21,853 | 21,853 | ||
| Translation reserve | 0 | 2,063 | 1,897 | 1,905 | -83 | ||
| Accumulated losses | -49,060 | -53,742 | -59,488 | -62,294 | -57,518 | ||
| Total equity | 50,055 | 47,436 | 41,524 | 49,354 | 52,178 | ||
| Check: Net assets = Total equity | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | ||
Kromek Group plc (KMK) — Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, GBP 000s
Source: Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, Annual Report & Accounts, year ended 30 April. FY2023 operating cash flow: the face of the FY2023 Annual Report's own cash flow statement and its note 31 reconciliation disagree (GBP(3,530)k vs GBP197k) -- this is an internal inconsistency in that document, not an extraction error here. The FY2024 Annual Report's own FY2023 comparative column confirms GBP197k, which is the figure used below.
| FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | |||
| Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities | -1,309 | -3,530 | 197 | -2,802 | 15,901 | ||
| Interest received | 2 | 34 | 2 | 40 | 107 | ||
| Purchases of property, plant and equipment | -454 | -651 | -269 | -146 | -186 | ||
| Purchases of patents and trademarks | -156 | -179 | -183 | -252 | -106 | ||
| Capitalisation of development costs | -5,463 | -5,619 | -4,821 | -4,644 | -4,369 | ||
| Net cash used in investing activities | -6,071 | -6,415 | -5,271 | -5,002 | -4,554 | ||
| Net proceeds on issue of shares | 12,216 | 0 | 0 | 7,479 | 0 | ||
| New borrowings | 3,215 | 760 | 1,100 | 7,000 | 4,400 | ||
| Proceeds from issue of convertible loan notes | 0 | 0 | 2,840 | 0 | 0 | ||
| Payment of borrowings | -595 | -1,340 | -1,258 | -5,822 | -11,438 | ||
| Payment of lease liability | -395 | -646 | -692 | -678 | -660 | ||
| Interest paid | -309 | -340 | -703 | -699 | -1,440 | ||
| Financing/refinancing costs | 0 | 0 | 0 | -102 | -55 | ||
| Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities | 14,132 | -1,566 | 1,287 | 7,178 | -9,193 | ||
| Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | 6,752 | -11,511 | -3,787 | -626 | 2,154 | ||
| Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year | 9,444 | 15,602 | 5,081 | 1,097 | 466 | ||
| Effect of foreign exchange rate changes | -594 | 990 | -197 | -5 | -916 | ||
| Cash and cash equivalents at end of year | 15,602 | 5,081 | 1,097 | 466 | 1,704 | ||
| Reading note: Kromek is a capitalising-R&D, cash-consuming small-cap for most of this period -- operating cash flow was negative in 4 of the 5 years shown, and the business relied on external financing (equity raises in FY2021 and FY2024, convertible loan notes in FY2023, and a related-party secured loan from Polymer N2 Ltd across FY2024-25 -- see Ownership tab) to fund both R&D capitalisation and working-capital swings. FY2025's large positive operating cash flow (GBP15.9m) is dominated by the $25.0m Siemens Healthineers cash receipt and should not be read as a newly-achieved steady-state cash generation rate. | |||||||
Kromek Group plc (KMK) — Company-Specific KPI Trends, FY2021-FY2025
These KPIs are highlighted because they are the clearest lens on Kromek's story: a capitalising-R&D, loss-making small-cap through FY2021-2023 that inflects into profitability and positive cash generation in FY2024-2025, driven substantially by the Siemens Healthineers licensing deal. Source: Chief Financial Officer's Review and Note 4 (Operating Segments) of each year's Annual Report & Accounts, year ended 30 April.
| FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | |||
| Gross margin (%) — calc., ties to Income Statement tab | 48.4% | 46.8% | 51.6% | 55.2% | 80.9% | ||
| Adjusted EBITDA (£'000) — company-reported | -1,687 | -1,157 | -978 | 3,107 | 10,333 | ||
| Net cash/(debt) (£'000, calc. — cash less all borrowings) | 7,399 | -1,384 | -7,789 | -7,633 | 1,211 | ||
| R&D capitalised in the year (£'000) | 5,463 | 5,619 | 4,821 | 4,644 | 4,369 | ||
| R&D capitalised, % of revenue (calc.) | 0.53 | 0.47 | 0.28 | 0.24 | 0.16 | ||
| Average headcount (Group, excl. Non-Executive Directors) | 139 | 154 | 173 | 162 | 162 | ||
| Trendline charts — the three headline KPIs | |||||||
| Revenue by type — Product sales / R&D contract revenue / Licensing | |||||||
| Source: 'Revenue Mix' table in the CFO's/Financial Review each year (FY2021-FY2024) and Note 4 'Revenues from major products and services' (FY2025 AR, which also restates FY2024 on the same three-way basis). All rows reconcile exactly to total revenue on the Income Statement tab. | |||||||
| FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | |||
| Product sales | 5,836 | 9,935 | 14,768 | 16,351 | 7,006 | ||
| R&D contract revenue | 4,516 | 2,120 | 2,541 | 3,052 | 3,006 | ||
| Licensing revenue (Siemens Healthineers Enablement/Patent agreements) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 16,494 | ||
| Total (calc., ties to Income Statement Revenue row) | 10,352 | 12,055 | 17,309 | 19,403 | 26,506 | ||
| Revenue and operating result by business division — Advanced Imaging vs. CBRN/Bio-detection | |||||||
| Kromek began reporting revenue on a divisional basis only from the FY2025 Annual Report (Note 4); FY2024 is restated there on the same basis. FY2022 and FY2023 divisional splits are not in the statutory segment note (which reported by UK/US geography only in those years) -- the figures below for FY2022-FY2023 are management's own approximate figures from the 18 June 2025 Capital Markets Day investor presentation (rounded to the nearest £0.1m; they sum to within ~£10k of statutory total revenue, an immaterial rounding gap). FY2021 divisional split: NOT AVAILABLE on any basis reviewed. | |||||||
| FY2022 (approx.) | FY2023 (approx.) | FY2024 (restated) | FY2025 | ||||
| Advanced Imaging — external sales | 4,700 | 8,700 | 9,021 | 20,274 | |||
| CBRN/Bio-detection — external sales | 7,300 | 8,600 | 10,382 | 6,232 | |||
| Segment operating result before exceptional items — profit/(loss) | |||||||
| FY2024 (restated) | FY2025 | ||||||
| Advanced Imaging | -4,291 | 7,760 | |||||
| CBRN/Bio-detection | 2,916 | -3,023 | |||||
| Total segment operating result (calc.) | -1,375 | 4,737 | |||||
| Check vs. Income Statement operating profit before exceptional items (FY2024, FY2025) | OK | OK | |||||
| Reading note: the segment note's own row header ('Segment result -- operating loss/(profit) before exceptional items') orders the two words unusually (loss before profit), which can read as implying a reversed plain/parenthesis sign convention. It does not: parentheses mean negative throughout, exactly as everywhere else in these accounts -- the figures above tie out exactly to the Income Statement (see check row). What the numbers actually show is a genuine and striking swing: Advanced Imaging ran an operating LOSS of £4.3m in FY2024 while CBRN/Bio was profitable (£2.9m); in FY2025 this fully reversed -- Advanced Imaging swung to a £7.8m operating PROFIT (substantially licensing-revenue-driven) while CBRN/Bio moved into a £3.0m operating loss. Read alongside the Sentiment & Mgmt Quality tab: FY2025's group-level profit inflection is heavily concentrated in one division and one largely non-recurring revenue item, not a broad-based improvement across the business. | |||||||
| Revenue by customer destination (geographic), FY2024-FY2025 | |||||||
| Source: Note 4, FY2025 Annual Report. This is a newer disclosure basis (by customer destination) that supersedes the older 'UK Operations / US Operations' segment split used in FY2021-FY2024 annual reports (that older UK/US split is not shown here to avoid a confusing third basis, but is available in the Income Statement tab's source workpapers if needed). North America's 68% share of FY2025 revenue is significantly influenced by the Siemens Healthineers licensing revenue. | |||||||
| FY2024 | FY2025 | ||||||
| United Kingdom | 3,023 | 6,055 | |||||
| North America | 5,937 | 18,134 | |||||
| Asia | 1,374 | 118 | |||||
| Europe | 8,950 | 2,178 | |||||
| Other | 119 | 21 | |||||
| Total (calc.) | 19,403 | 26,506 | |||||
Kromek Group plc (KMK) — Year-by-Year Sentiment and Management Quality Assessment
Subjective scores assigned by the analyst (Claude) after reading each year's Chairman's Statement, Strategic Report, CFO/Financial Review and Note 4 segment disclosures in chronological order, without reference to the share price. Sentiment: 0=bad, 10=extremely positive. Management quality: 0=fraud/convictions, 10=outstanding/management saved the day. These are judgment calls, not derived from any formula -- read the rationale column, not just the score.
| Year | Sentiment (0-10) | Mgmt Quality (0-10) | Reported PBT (£m) | Rationale | |||
| FY2021 | 4 | 6 | -6.30 | Revenue fell to £10.4m (2020: £13.1m) with COVID-19 disruption in the first four months; adjusted EBITDA loss widened to £1.7m (2020: £0.4m). Loss before tax narrowed sharply to £6.3m (2020: £18.3m), but that comparison is flattered by a large FY2020 exceptional impairment base effect, not by underlying improvement. £12.2m net proceeds from a share issue funded continued R&D capitalisation (£5.5m) through a year when operating cash flow was still negative. MGMT: Steered the business through a genuine external shock (pandemic-disrupted customer order patterns) without a going-concern qualification, and was transparent that the R&D-contract revenue mix shift (44% of revenue, up from 21%) partly reflected timing rather than a strategic pivot. A £5.5m equity raise diluted shareholders but kept the capitalisation programme funded rather than cutting R&D to preserve cash -- a reasonable trade-off for a technology company, but one that has recurred nearly every year reviewed. | |||
| FY2022 | 4 | 5 | — | Revenue grew to £12.1m (+16%) but adjusted EBITDA loss only narrowed modestly to £1.16m (2021: £1.69m) as gross margin was squeezed by supply-chain inflation (46.8% vs 48.4%). Cash fell sharply to £5.1m (2021: £15.6m) as the FY2021 equity raise was consumed by continued R&D capitalisation (£5.6m) and working capital, moving the balance sheet from net cash of £7.4m to a net debt position of £1.4m within the year -- the first year of the five reviewed where Kromek ended the year in a net debt position. MGMT: No major red flags, but no major positive catalysts either -- a year of steady, unspectacular execution against a difficult supply-chain and inflation backdrop common to the whole sector at the time. The FY2022 Annual Report was also the one year in this five-year window where the directors' own going-concern disclosure used explicit "may cast significant doubt" language (tied to a conditional bank covenant waiver), even though the auditor's own opinion did not treat it as a formal material uncertainty -- a point of internal tension worth noting for a management-quality read, though it did not, in the event, develop into an actual liquidity crisis. | |||
| FY2023 | 5 | 6 | — | Record revenue of £17.3m (+44%), described by the company as record performance in both the Advanced Imaging and CBRN detection segments. Gross margin improved to 51.6% and adjusted EBITDA loss narrowed further to £1.0m, with H2 2023 alone adjusted-EBITDA-positive (£1.7m) offsetting a weaker H1 (-£2.7m loss). The HSBC revolving credit facility was extended to 31 August 2023, and a post-year-end £7.4m placing/subscription/open offer (plus a financial-support letter from a large shareholder) underpinned the going-concern basis -- the balance sheet remained in a net debt position (£7.8m) throughout the year. MGMT: Genuine, broad-based operating improvement (both divisions grew, gross margin expanded, second-half profitability achieved on an adjusted-EBITDA basis) rather than a one-off item doing the work. Continued reliance on shareholder-support letters and near-term facility extensions to underpin going concern for the third year running is a recurring pattern worth tracking rather than a one-off concern. | |||
| FY2024 | 6 | 6 | -3.50 | Revenue rose to £19.4m (+12%), gross margin improved further to 55.2%, and adjusted EBITDA turned positive for the first time in the five years reviewed (£3.1m, ahead of market expectations per the company's own account), though a statutory loss before tax of £3.5m was still reported. The £5.0m HSBC revolving credit facility was refinanced during the year with a new £5.5m secured term loan from Polymer N2 Ltd -- described by the company as 'an existing and significant shareholder in the Company' -- at a fixed 9.5% interest rate, with interest payable in cash or new shares at the lender's option. On a divisional basis (restated in the FY2025 AR), Advanced Imaging actually ran an operating LOSS of £4.3m in FY2024 while CBRN/Bio carried the group to its adjusted-EBITDA milestone -- the opposite pattern from FY2025 (see Company KPIs tab). MGMT: The adjusted-EBITDA inflection is a real, disclosed milestone and management was explicit that it beat market expectations. But refinancing an arm's-length bank facility with a related-party loan from a significant shareholder, on terms that include the option to settle interest in new shares (potentially dilutive, and priced at the lender's discretion rather than at a market-tendered rate), is a governance point that deserves scrutiny rather than being read as simply "a financing choice" -- see the Ownership tab for the full related-party picture. | |||
| FY2025 | 8 | 6 | 3.10 | Transformational year: revenue jumped to £26.5m (+37%), gross margin nearly doubled to 80.9%, adjusted EBITDA reached £10.3m and the Group reported its first full-year statutory profit before tax (£3.1m) in the five years reviewed. The step-change is substantially attributable to a single item: £16.5m of licensing revenue and a $25.0m cash receipt under the Siemens Healthineers Enablement and Patent Licensing Agreements (a $37.5m, 4-year, non-exclusive SPECT-only deal). That cash was used to repay the Polymer N2 Ltd related-party loan in full. On an underlying basis, excluding Siemens, the CFO's own commentary describes 'good underlying growth' in the CBRN Detection division and Advanced Imaging growth of over 200% (per the 12 May 2026 trading update commentary), which is a genuinely positive underlying signal, but the reported headline profit is not representative of a repeatable run-rate. MGMT: Successfully negotiated and delivered a major strategic licensing agreement with a large medical-imaging OEM (Siemens Healthineers) -- a significant commercial and technical validation of Kromek's CZT detector IP -- and used the resulting cash to delever and exit a related-party financing arrangement, which is the right capital-allocation sequencing. The FY2026 trading update (12 May 2026) also shows management proactively disclosing that results would be "in line with market expectations" and explicitly citing the specific consensus figures (£27.2m revenue / £2.15m PBT) rather than leaving the market to guess -- a transparency practice worth noting. Set against this: the FY2025 Annual Report itself contains two different, non-reconciling FY2024 comparative figures for Advanced Imaging revenue in different sections of the same document (£9.0m vs £9.4m) -- a drafting/QA lapse, not a substantive issue, but the kind of small inconsistency that argues for care in relying on any single narrative sentence over the primary tables. | |||
| FY2026 (trading update only, 12 May 2026 -- not scored, interim/guidance data point) | |||||||
| Company expects FY2026 revenue and PBT 'in line with market expectations,' explicitly citing consensus of £27.2m revenue and £2.15m PBT. CBRN Detection division delivering revenue growth despite some governmental-contract procurement delays; Advanced Imaging division affected by supply-chain/order-timing disruption in H1 but supported by a large new customer order in H2. Full-year results due September 2026 (not yet published as of this workbook's compilation). Kromek's sole broker (Cavendish, also its nominated adviser) reiterated a Buy rating on the same day with a 26p price target and its own FY26 estimates of £27.1m revenue / £2.3m adjusted PBT -- noted here as a market data point for the Valuation tab's assumptions-check, not used to set the value range. | |||||||
| Recurring findings across the five-year window | |||||||
| • Persistent reliance on external financing to fund R&D capitalisation: equity raises in FY2021 (£12.2m net) and FY2024 (£7.5m net), a convertible loan note issue in FY2023 (£2.8m), and a related-party secured term loan from Polymer N2 Ltd spanning FY2024-FY2025 (£5.5m plus a further £3.4m tranche, both fully repaid in FY2025 from Siemens proceeds). Only in FY2025 did the business fund itself from operations and a single large customer transaction rather than a capital raise. | |||||||
| • A recurring change in revenue recognition/segmentation basis makes long-run like-for-like comparison harder: geographic (UK/US) segment reporting through FY2021-2024, replaced by a two-division (Advanced Imaging / CBRN-Bio) and customer-destination geographic basis from the FY2025 Annual Report, with FY2022-FY2023 divisional figures available only as approximate investor-presentation numbers rather than restated statutory data. | |||||||
| • No qualified audit opinions and no formal material-uncertainty/going-concern paragraphs were issued in any of the five years reviewed, despite several years running close to covenant or facility-renewal deadlines and one year (FY2022) where the directors' own risk language crossed into 'may cast significant doubt' territory. | |||||||
| • The related-party financing relationship with Polymer Holdings (a shareholder since at least FY2021, growing from 5.1% to 15.3% of the register by 31 August 2025) and its affiliate Polymer N2 Ltd (KMK's secured lender through FY2024-FY2025) is a structural governance fact independent of the P&L -- see the Ownership tab for the full picture. | |||||||
| • FY2025's headline profitability is heavily concentrated in a single licensing transaction (Siemens Healthineers) and, within that year, in a single division (Advanced Imaging, which swung from a £4.3m operating loss in FY2024 to a £7.8m operating profit in FY2025 while CBRN/Bio moved the other way) -- a valuation built on FY2025 run-rate earnings without adjustment would materially overstate normalised profitability, which is the central reason the Valuation tab uses revenue rather than earnings as its primary multiple base. | |||||||
Kromek Group plc (KMK) — Value Range, Built Without Reference to the Current Share Price
Method: EV/Revenue as the PRIMARY multiple, cross-checked against EV/EBITDA. This is the standard framework for valuing a small, sub-scale technology/hardware company with a recent history of thin or negative earnings and a single large one-off item in its most recent year's EBITDA -- generic P/E or asset-based approaches are not appropriate here (KMK has no meaningful multi-year earnings track record to normalise, and its balance sheet, unlike a bank's, is not the value driver). Cross-checked below against 5 sourced peer/transaction multiples. All inputs are assumptions, clearly labelled; change the yellow cells to test sensitivity.
| Step 1 — Starting point: FY2025 revenue, adjusted EBITDA and net cash | |||||||
| FY2025 revenue (£'000) | 26,506 | ||||||
| FY2025 adjusted EBITDA (£'000) | 10,333 | ||||||
| memo: excluding £1.4m of one-off costs the company itself flags, adjusted EBITDA would be £13.1m -- not used below, shown for context only. | |||||||
| FY2025 net cash/(debt) (£'000, calc.) | 1,211 | ||||||
| Ordinary shares in issue (30 April 2025; no shares held in Treasury) | 641,546,326 | ||||||
| memo: a further 13,440,514 shares were issued post-year-end (Aug/Sep 2025) to settle Polymer N2 Ltd interest -- not included above, since this is a FY2025-dated snapshot; using the higher post-year-end count would dilute all per-share results below by a further ~2%. | |||||||
| Step 2 — Assumptions: multiples applied (edit the yellow cells to test sensitivity) | |||||||
| Assumption | Low case | Central case | High case | Basis | |||
| EV/Revenue multiple (x) — primary method | 0.50x | 0.90x | 1.50x | The cheapest and closest-scale/technology peer (Detection Technology Oyj) currently trades at ~0.89x EV/Revenue -- the central case of 0.9x sets KMK at essentially that level. Low case (0.5x) applies roughly a 45% discount to that peer for KMK's much smaller scale (£26.5m vs ~€104m revenue), thin free float, AIM illiquidity, single-broker coverage, and the fact that a large share of FY2025 revenue is a one-off licensing receipt rather than recurring product/R&D revenue. High case (1.5x) sits below the Smiths Detection transaction multiple (~2.08x) and OSI Systems (2.27x), i.e. does not assume KMK re-rates to a scaled, diversified peer's level. | |||
| EV/EBITDA multiple (x) — cross-check | 6.00x | 9.00x | 13.00x | Central case (9x) again roughly tracks Detection Technology's ~8.9x. Low case (6x) sits below every peer in the table, reflecting that FY2025 EBITDA is heavily inflated by the one-off Siemens licensing recognition and is not a repeatable run-rate -- applying a full peer-level multiple to a distorted earnings base would overstate value. High case (13x) approaches the Smiths Detection transaction multiple (12.5x, the one explicitly-disclosed EBITDA multiple in the peer set). | |||
| Step 3 — Implied enterprise value, equity value and value per share | |||||||
| Low | Central | High | |||||
| PRIMARY -- EV/Revenue method | |||||||
| Implied enterprise value (£'000) | 13,253 | 23,855.4 | 39,759 | ||||
| + net cash / (debt), = implied equity value (£'000) | 14,464 | 25,066.4 | 40,970 | ||||
| Value per share (pence) | 2.3p | 3.9p | 6.4p | ||||
| CROSS-CHECK -- EV/EBITDA method | |||||||
| Implied enterprise value (£'000) | 61,998 | 92,997 | 134,329 | ||||
| + net cash / (debt), = implied equity value (£'000) | 63,209 | 94,208 | 135,540 | ||||
| Value per share (pence) | 9.9p | 14.7p | 21.1p | ||||
| SUMMARY — value range, current price deliberately excluded from this analysis | |||||||
| Low | Central | High | |||||
| Value per share (pence) — EV/Revenue method (primary) | 2.3p | 3.9p | 6.4p | ||||
| memo: cross-check value per share (pence) — EV/EBITDA method | 9.9p | 14.7p | 21.1p | ||||
| • This is a mechanical output of the stated assumptions, not a target price. Move the yellow cells and the range moves with them -- that is deliberate, so you can see exactly what each judgment call is worth. | |||||||
| • Deliberately excludes the current share price throughout, per the brief. Compare this range to the market price yourself as a separate step. | |||||||
| • The two methods diverge sharply and deliberately are NOT reconciled into one blended number here -- reported honestly as a finding, not smoothed over. EV/Revenue (primary) gives roughly 2-6p; EV/EBITDA (cross-check) gives roughly 10-21p. The gap exists because FY2025 EBITDA (£10.3m, an 8.4x jump from FY2024's £1.2m loss... i.e. £3.1m) is heavily inflated by a one-off Siemens Healthineers licensing recognition that will not recur at that scale, while revenue -- though it also includes the one-off licensing amount -- is a less distorted base because the underlying product/R&D business (£10.0m of FY2025 revenue) still sits alongside it undiluted by a multiple. Put differently: the EV/EBITDA method implicitly assumes FY2025's profit margin is more repeatable than it likely is, which is why EV/Revenue is used as the primary anchor. | |||||||
| • Applying the same central 0.9x multiple to the company's own FY2026 consensus revenue figure (£27.2m, per the 12 May 2026 trading update) rather than FY2025 actual revenue (£26.5m) changes the central estimate only marginally, to approximately 4.0p -- i.e. the valuation is not especially sensitive to which of these two very similar revenue bases is used. | |||||||
| • Net cash/(debt) and share count are both taken as at 30 April 2025 (FY2025 year end) for internal consistency with the EBITDA and revenue figures used; a further ~13.4m shares issued shortly after year-end (to settle Polymer N2 Ltd interest) are excluded, which very slightly overstates the per-share results above (by roughly 2%). | |||||||
| • Not verified against any primary document beyond what was read in this session -- treat every figure as provisional until independently checked, per the project's standing rule that no number enters a decision without primary-source verification. | |||||||
| • The peer comparison below is a sanity check on the multiple assumptions, not a pricing mechanism -- none of the five comparables matches Kromek's exact combination of scale, technology, end-markets and one-off revenue composition, and Kromek's own analyst coverage is effectively a single broker (Cavendish, who is also its Nominated Adviser), which is itself a research-quality caveat worth carrying forward. | |||||||
| PEER COMPARISON — sanity-checking the multiple assumptions against 5 sourced comparables | |||||||
| Why this section exists: EV/Revenue and EV/EBITDA are the standard frameworks for valuing a small, sub-scale technology/hardware business with limited earnings history -- but the specific multiples used above were originally set from general priors about micro-cap AIM discounts, not checked against what comparable radiation-detection/security-screening companies actually trade at. This section closes that gap with current market data (as of 28 Aug 2026) for 5 comparables, each cited to a source. Kromek is deliberately excluded from this table -- the point is to check the assumptions against the market, not to price Kromek directly off peer multiples (none of the five is a precise like-for-like). | |||||||
| Why these 5, specifically | |||||||
| Detection Technology Oyj (Helsinki: DETEC) | |||||||
| Closest TECHNOLOGY match of the five: a small-cap designer/manufacturer of X-ray and gamma-ray detector modules (CMOS, a-Si, CdTe sensors) sold to OEM customers across medical, security and industrial markets -- the same 'sell detector technology into larger systems' business model as Kromek's CZT detector IP, at a similar revenue scale (~€104m vs Kromek's £26.5m, so roughly 4x rather than 30-200x). The cheapest of the five on both multiples, which is itself informative: even the closest comparable trades at a modest multiple, supporting a disciplined central case rather than a generous one. | |||||||
| Mirion Technologies (NYSE: MIR) | |||||||
| Closest END-MARKET match: radiation detection, measurement and monitoring instruments for medical (radiotherapy dosimetry/QA), nuclear power and defense/homeland-security markets -- directly overlapping two of Kromek's three principal markets (medical imaging, CBRN/nuclear). Included specifically as the upper reference point: at ~$1bn revenue (roughly 38x Kromek's scale) with a more diversified, recurring-revenue business mix and post-SPAC leverage, its premium multiple (4.3x revenue, 20x EBITDA) shows what scale and recurring-revenue quality are worth in this space -- not a multiple Kromek should be expected to command. | |||||||
| OSI Systems (NASDAQ: OSIS) | |||||||
| Direct product overlap via its Rapiscan Security division (baggage/cargo X-ray screening and radiological/CBRN threat detection at borders and airports) -- the same end-use case as Kromek's CBRN Detection division, at a much larger scale. Included as a diversified-conglomerate reference point (Security is only ~55-60% of group revenue alongside Healthcare and Optoelectronics divisions), so its multiple is a blended one, not a pure detection-business read. | |||||||
| Teledyne Technologies (NYSE: TDY) | |||||||
| Weakest fit of the five on business mix (a large diversified digital-imaging/instrumentation conglomerate spanning aerospace/defense, marine and environmental instrumentation, with detector/imaging sensor technology as one slice of one segment) but included deliberately as a scaled 'premium imaging-technology' ceiling -- useful for showing that even a best-in-class, professionally-run imaging/detection-adjacent business tops out around 19-20x EBITDA, which bounds how aggressive the high case above should be. | |||||||
| Smiths Detection — sale to CVC Capital Partners (transaction multiple) | |||||||
| The single closest END-MARKET AND PRODUCT match of the five: X-ray baggage/cargo screening, explosives trace detection, and CBRN/nuclear threat detection systems for aviation security and borders -- almost exactly Kromek's CBRN Detection division's market, just at industrial/systems-integrator scale (£963m revenue vs Kromek's £26.5m). Smiths Group plc agreed to sell the division to CVC Capital Partners for a £2.0bn enterprise value (announced 3 Dec 2025, completed 30 Jun 2026) at an explicitly disclosed 12.5x headline EBITDA. Included as a private-market, control-premium reference point rather than a public trading multiple -- it should read as an upper bound, not a like-for-like. | |||||||
| Peer / transaction | EV/Revenue (x) | EV/EBITDA (x) | Revenue base | Business mix | Data as of | ||
| Detection Technology Oyj (DETEC) | 0.89 | 8.90 | €104.0m (TTM) | X-ray/gamma-ray detector modules (CMOS/a-Si/CdTe), sold to medical, security and industrial OEMs | 28 Aug 2026 | ||
| Mirion Technologies (MIR) | 4.33 | 20.02 | $1.02bn (TTM) | Radiation detection/measurement/monitoring: medical dosimetry, nuclear power, defense/CBRN | 28 Aug 2026 | ||
| OSI Systems (OSIS) | 2.27 | 15.11 | $1.786bn (FY2026, ended 30 Jun 2026) | Diversified: Rapiscan security/CBRN screening (~55-60% of revenue) + Spacelabs healthcare + Optoelectronics | 28 Aug 2026 | ||
| Teledyne Technologies (TDY) | 4.79 | 19.16 | $6.37bn (TTM) | Large diversified digital-imaging/instrumentation conglomerate (aerospace/defense, marine, environmental, imaging sensors incl. FLIR/DALSA) | 28 Aug 2026 | ||
| Smiths Detection — sale to CVC (transaction) | 2.08 | 12.50 | £963m (FY ended 31 Jul 2025) | X-ray baggage/cargo screening, explosives trace detection, CBRN/nuclear threat detection for aviation security and borders | Announced 3 Dec 2025; completed 30 Jun 2026 | ||
| Peer average (all 5) | 2.87 | 15.14 | |||||
| Peer median (all 5) | 2.27 | 15.11 | |||||
| memo: cheapest peer (Detection Technology Oyj) — the closest scale/technology match | 0.89 | 8.90 | |||||
| KMK — assumption-implied multiples, central case (for comparison to the peer rows above) | |||||||
| 0.90 | 9 | ||||||
| How this squares: KMK's central-case EV/Revenue assumption of 0.9x sits almost exactly on Detection Technology's 0.89x -- the closest technology/scale comparable -- and well below the peer average (~2.87x) and median (~2.27x), which are pulled up by the three much larger, more diversified names (Mirion, OSI, Teledyne). The same pattern holds on EV/EBITDA: KMK's 9x central case sits just above Detection Technology's 8.9x and far below the peer average (~15.1x). This is the intended read, not a coincidence -- Kromek is closest in kind to Detection Technology (a small-cap detector-technology component supplier) and should not be expected to trade like a $1bn+ diversified, recurring-revenue business such as Mirion or Teledyne, nor like a private-equity-acquired, industrial-scale systems integrator such as Smiths Detection. The high case (1.5x revenue / 13x EBITDA) leaves room for a re-rating toward the Smiths Detection transaction multiple if Kromek's CBRN/nuclear business scales, without assuming it gets there. Net effect: the peer table does not suggest the assumptions need to move -- it moves them from 'reasoned from priors about micro-cap AIM discounts' to 'anchored specifically on the one closest comparable, with the other four bounding the range,' which is the actual gap this section closes. | |||||||
| ASSUMPTIONS vs MARKET EXPECTATIONS — how each input was checked, and where judgment diverges | |||||||
| The peer table above checks the multiple assumptions against what comparable companies trade at. This section checks them a different way -- against Kromek's own sell-side broker coverage and the company's own guidance, as of 28-29 Aug 2026 -- and is explicit about where the assumption is a reasoned judgment rather than something independently confirmed by a market data point. Unlike ARBB, Kromek DOES have visible analyst coverage, which changes what 'checking against the market' can mean here. | |||||||
| Assumption | Where this diverges from a strict market read, and why | ||||||
| EV/Revenue multiple (0.5x / 0.9x / 1.5x) | Checked directly against 5 sourced peer/transaction multiples (Peer Comparison section above), ranging 0.89x-4.79x with a median of ~2.27x. The central case is deliberately set at the bottom of that range, matching only the closest technology/scale peer (Detection Technology Oyj), not the group average. | This diverges materially from the peer median (0.9x vs 2.27x) and from Kromek's own broker: Cavendish Capital Markets' 26p price target (12 May 2026, same-day note alongside the trading update) is roughly 4-11x this workbook's 2.3-6.4p EV/Revenue-based range. That gap is stated plainly rather than closed: Cavendish's target almost certainly reflects an earnings-multiple or DCF approach capturing the value of continuing Siemens royalty/option payments and a re-rating case for the CBRN pipeline, which this deliberately conservative, revenue-multiple-only approach does not attempt to capture. Kromek's coverage is effectively single-broker (Cavendish is also its Nominated Adviser) -- a second, independent view does not exist to triangulate against. | |||||
| EV/EBITDA multiple (6x / 9x / 13x) | Checked against the same 5 peers (8.9x-20.0x, median ~15.1x) and against the FY2026 consensus PBT figure the company itself discloses (£2.15m) -- applying a rough consensus-implied margin to £27.2m consensus revenue suggests the market is pricing in continued (not one-off) profitability into FY2026, at a materially smaller scale than FY2025's Siemens-inflated £10.3m EBITDA. | Central case (9x) sits at the bottom of the peer range for the same 'closest comparable only' reason as the EV/Revenue assumption. The larger divergence here is about the EBITDA BASE, not the multiple: this workbook applies the chosen multiples to FY2025's actual, licensing-inflated £10.3m adjusted EBITDA, which most market participants would treat as unrepresentative -- which is precisely why EV/EBITDA is presented only as a cross-check, not the primary method, and why its resulting range (10-21p) sits well above the primary EV/Revenue range (2-6p). | |||||
| FY2026 outlook / consensus (used as context, not as a valuation input) | The company's own 12 May 2026 trading update states FY2026 will come in 'in line with market expectations,' explicitly citing consensus of £27.2m revenue and £2.15m PBT; Cavendish's own same-day estimates are £27.1m revenue and £2.3m adjusted PBT. Both are broadly consistent with each other and with continued (smaller-scale) profitability beyond FY2025's one-off-driven peak. | Not used to set the value range, consistent with the standing instruction to build the range without reference to current price or forward consensus multiples, and because FY2026 full-year results were not yet published as of this workbook's compilation (due September 2026) -- so FY2026 remains guidance, not an audited outcome, at the time of writing. | |||||
| Sources: peer/transaction data as tabulated above (stockanalysis.com snapshots, OSI Systems FY2026 results release, Smiths Group/CVC transaction announcements, all as of 28 Aug 2026 or transaction dates stated); Kromek FY2026 trading update, 12 May 2026 (Investegate); Cavendish Capital Markets note via Yahoo Finance UK, 12 May 2026; Kromek RNS "Delivery of Third Milestone and Grant of Options," 6 Aug 2026 (Investegate). | |||||||
Kromek Group plc (KMK) — Ownership & Governance Structure
Primary source: FY2025 Annual Report & Accounts, Directors' Report (Substantial Shareholders table, dual-dated 30 April 2025 and 31 August 2025) and Remuneration Committee Report (Directors' Beneficial Interests table, dated 30 April 2025), Note 35 (related parties) and the Share Capital note. Supplementary: Chairman's Statement (board changes) and RNS filings for the Polymer N2 Ltd financing detail. For a thinly-traded AIM micro-cap, ownership concentration and related-party financing arrangements are often as important a risk factor as anything on the balance sheet -- this tab exists to make both explicit.
| A. Share capital structure | |||||||
| FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | |||
| Ordinary shares in issue, £0.01 nominal each (year end) | 431,851,820 | 431,851,820 | 431,851,820 | 641,019,234 | 641,546,326 | ||
| Shares held in Treasury | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||
| None disclosed in any of the five Share Capital notes reviewed; the 3 Oct 2025 AGM Notice confirms explicitly that "the Company does not currently hold any such shares." All % figures below therefore use total shares in issue as the denominator, with no Treasury adjustment needed (unlike some peers in this project). | |||||||
| A further 13,440,514 shares were issued shortly after the FY2025 year-end (Aug/Sep 2025) to settle accrued interest on the Polymer N2 Ltd loan in shares rather than cash -- not reflected in the FY2025 year-end count above; see Section D for the post-year-end substantial-holdings date this affects. | |||||||
| B. Board roster and independence classification, as at the FY2025 Annual Report (signed 15 Sept 2025) and subsequent announced changes | |||||||
| Name | Role | Classification | Appointed | Notes | |||
| Dr Arnab Basu | Chief Executive Officer | Executive | Founder/long-serving CEO (date not stated in files reviewed) | Founder-CEO. | |||
| Rakesh Sharma | Chairman (Non-Executive) | Classified by the Company as Independent Non-Executive | Director from 8 Oct 2020; Chairman from 1 Jan 2021 | Sits on the Audit Committee. Separating the Chairman and CEO roles is a stronger structural governance setup than a combined Chair/CEO -- but the Company's own classification of the Chairman himself as "independent" (rather than simply non-executive) is worth a second look under stricter governance codes, even though Kromek applies the (less prescriptive) QCA Code 2023, not the UK Corporate Governance Code. | |||
| Claire Burgess | Chief Financial Officer | Executive | Appointed 1 June 2025 | Succeeded Paul Farquhar. Not yet in the FY2025 beneficial-interests table (dated 30 April 2025, before her appointment). | |||
| Paul Farquhar | Former Chief Financial Officer | Executive (until resignation) | Director from 31 Oct 2020; resigned as CFO 1 June 2025 | Thanked by the Chairman for his contribution on departure. | |||
| Berry Beumer | Chief Commercial Officer; President, Advanced Imaging Division | Executive | Appointed 16 Dec 2020 | Holds a divisional P&L leadership role (Advanced Imaging) alongside his Group executive seat. | |||
| Lawrence Kinet | Non-Executive Director | Independent (per Company) | On the Board "over 12 years," since shortly before Kromek's IPO; exact date NOT FOUND in the reports reviewed | Announced (FY2025 AR, Sept 2025) as intending to step down at the forthcoming AGM. NOT CONFIRMED as completed in any later document reviewed (no AGM outcome RNS in the file set) -- treat as announced intent, not a confirmed departure. | |||
| Jerel Whittingham | Non-Executive Director; Remuneration Committee Chair | Independent (per Company) | On the Board since September 2013 | Same AGM stand-down intent and same NOT CONFIRMED caveat as Lawrence Kinet, above. | |||
| Christopher Wilks | Non-Executive Director; Audit Committee Chair | Independent (per Company) | Exact date NOT FOUND in the reports reviewed | No departure announced. | |||
| Matt Boyle OBE | Incoming Non-Executive Director (announced, not yet confirmed) | n/a — not yet appointed as of the documents reviewed | Intended "at the conclusion of the forthcoming AGM" (announced Sept 2025) | NOT CONFIRMED as completed in any later document reviewed. | |||
| Board composition (as at FY2025 AR signing, before any AGM changes): 3 executive (CEO, CFO, CCO), 4 non-executive, ALL FOUR of whom -- including the Chairman -- are classified by the Company as independent. If the announced AGM changes complete as described, the post-AGM board would be 3 executive + 3 non-executive (Sharma, Wilks, Boyle), a net reduction of one NED. | |||||||
| C. Directors' beneficial interests in ordinary shares (Remuneration Committee Report, FY2025 Annual Report) | |||||||
| Table "as at 30 April 2025" (with the 30 April 2024 comparator, both from the same source table). Claire Burgess does not appear -- she was appointed CFO on 1 June 2025, after this table's date. | |||||||
| Director | Shares, 30 Apr 2025 | % of shares in issue (calc.) | % as reported by Company | Shares, 30 Apr 2024 (comparator) | |||
| Dr Arnab Basu (CEO) | 3,088,750 | 0.5% | 0.5% | 3,088,750 | |||
| Rakesh Sharma (Chairman) | 1,207,539 | 0.2% | 0.2% | 1,207,539 | |||
| Paul Farquhar (former CFO) | 166,500 | 0.0% | 0 | 166,500 | |||
| Berry Beumer (CCO) | 80,000 | 0.0% | 0 | 80,000 | |||
| Lawrence Kinet (NED) | 750,000 | 0.1% | 0.1% | 750,000 | |||
| Jerel Whittingham (NED) | 664,890 | 0.1% | 0.1% | 664,890 | |||
| Christopher Wilks (NED) | 277,941 | 0.0% | 0 | 277,941 | |||
| Total, all directors with a disclosed holding | 6,235,620 | 1.0% | |||||
| D. Substantial shareholders (non-director) — Directors' Report, FY2025 Annual Report | |||||||
| The Directors' Report itself gives BOTH dates side by side: "As at 30 April 2025 and 31 August 2025 (the latter being the latest date for which this information was available prior to approving this report), shareholders holding more than 3% of the share capital were:" — both are shown below, both are company-disclosed primary-source figures (no secondary/estimated source was needed for this section, unlike some peers in this project). | |||||||
| Holder | Shares, 30 Apr 2025 | % | Shares, 31 Aug 2025 | % | Nature of holder | ||
| Polymer Holdings | 86,686,849 | 13.5% | 100,127,363 | 15.3% | Corporate shareholder; also the parent/affiliate of Polymer N2 Ltd, the Group's FY2024-25 secured related-party lender -- see Section F. | ||
| Hargreaves Lansdown Asset Management | 82,926,410 | 12.9% | 85,884,773 | 13.1% | Retail investment platform nominee account -- almost certainly aggregates many thousands of small individual retail holders, not a single concentrated beneficial owner. | ||
| Interactive Investor | 63,376,200 | 9.9% | 75,704,835 | 11.6% | Retail investment platform nominee account -- same caveat as above. | ||
| A J Bell Securities | 27,685,729 | 4.3% | 31,840,138 | 4.9% | Retail investment platform nominee account -- same caveat as above. | ||
| Mr David Newlands and Mrs Monique Newlands | 30,370,000 | 4.7% | 31,670,000 | 4.8% | Named individuals -- a genuine concentrated personal holding, not a nominee aggregation. | ||
| Halifax Share Dealing | 29,783,966 | 4.6% | 29,285,718 | 4.5% | Retail investment platform nominee account -- same caveat as above. | ||
| Canaccord Genuity Wealth Management (London) | 38,810,000 | 6.0% | 25,393,000 | 3.9% | Discretionary wealth manager -- a real, if diversified-client, institutional holder; declining position between the two dates. | ||
| Barclays Wealth | 19,992,606 | 3.1% | 21,063,394 | 3.2% | Wealth-management nominee account -- likely aggregates multiple underlying private-client holdings. | ||
| Herald Investment Management | 27,529,648 | 4.3% | 13,444,648 | 2.1% | UK smaller-companies specialist fund manager -- a genuine institutional holder; sharply reduced its position between the two dates (halved). | ||
| Total, all disclosed substantial holders | 407,161,408 | 63.5% | 414,413,869 | 64.6% | |||
| memo: of which, retail-platform nominee accounts only (Hargreaves Lansdown, Interactive Investor, A J Bell, Halifax, Barclays Wealth) | 223,764,911 | 34.9% | 243,778,858 | 38.0% | |||
| memo: of which, other real/concentrated holders (Polymer Holdings, the Newlands, Canaccord, Herald) | 183,396,497 | 28.6% | 170,635,011 | 26.6% | |||
| E. Ownership concentration summary (as at 31 August 2025, the most recent date disclosed) | |||||||
| Shares | % of shares in issue | ||||||
| Directors, in total (Section C — dated 30 Apr 2025, no later date disclosed) | 6,235,620 | 1.0% | |||||
| Real/concentrated non-director holders (Polymer Holdings, Newlands, Canaccord, Herald) | 170,635,011 | 26.6% | |||||
| of which: Polymer Holdings alone | 100,127,363 | 15.6% | |||||
| Retail-platform nominee accounts (memo — NOT concentrated beneficial ownership; see note below) | 243,778,858 | 38.0% | |||||
| Identified total, directors + real/concentrated holders (excl. nominee platforms) | 176,870,631 | 27.6% | |||||
| Implied free float / unidentified + nominee-platform-held (balance) | 464,675,695 | 72.4% | |||||
| F. Why this matters for governance, in plain terms | |||||||
| • Kromek's ownership structure is genuinely dispersed -- unlike ARBB (this project's previous company, where a single individual controlled 58% of the vote), no single shareholder or director controls anywhere close to a blocking stake, let alone a majority. Directors collectively hold under 1% of the shares in issue. This is a structurally different risk profile: less concentrated-control risk, but correspondingly less of a single accountable, skin-in-the-game owner steering the business through cycles. | |||||||
| • The single most important governance fact is Polymer Holdings: the largest disclosed shareholder, growing from 13.51% (30 Apr 2025) to 15.29% (31 Aug 2025), which is ALSO -- via its affiliate Polymer N2 Ltd -- the counterparty that provided the Group's £5.5m (plus a further £3.4m tranche) secured term loan across FY2024-2025, at a fixed 9.5% rate with the option to settle interest in new shares at the lender's discretion. A shareholder that is simultaneously a secured creditor with share-settlement optionality has a materially different, and potentially more influential, relationship with the company than a passive institutional holder of the same size -- worth watching closely even though the loan itself was fully repaid in FY2025 from Siemens Healthineers proceeds and the relationship could in principle recur. | |||||||
| • A large share of the remaining register (roughly 33-34% of shares in issue, per the memo rows above) sits in retail investment-platform nominee accounts (Hargreaves Lansdown, Interactive Investor, A J Bell, Halifax, Barclays Wealth) -- these are custodian/nominee structures aggregating many individual retail investors' holdings, not concentrated economic control by the platform itself. Treating this bloc as 'institutional ownership' would overstate how much of the register is professionally-managed, concentrated capital versus diffuse retail participation. | |||||||
| • Board structure separates the Chairman (Rakesh Sharma, Non-Executive) from the CEO (Dr Arnab Basu) -- a stronger starting governance position than a combined Chair/CEO role. That said, the Company's own classification of the Chairman as 'independent' (rather than simply non-executive) is a point worth a second look, and a CFO transition (Farquhar to Burgess, June 2025) plus the announced-but-unconfirmed departure of two NEDs with over a decade of tenure each (Kinet, Whittingham) alongside one incoming NED (Matt Boyle OBE) represents meaningful board turnover to monitor as it completes. | |||||||
| • None of this is, on its own, a reason to avoid the name -- dispersed ownership with active retail participation and no dominant controlling shareholder is a defensible structure, and Polymer Holdings' willingness to provide secured financing when the company needed it (rather than merely holding shares passively) can also be read as a supportive, aligned long-term investor. It does mean a minority shareholder should watch Polymer Holdings' combined shareholder-and-lender relationship specifically, and should treat the still-unconfirmed board changes announced for the FY2025 AGM as an open item until confirmed in a later filing. | |||||||
| Sources: FY2025 Annual Report & Accounts (Directors' Report substantial-shareholdings table; Remuneration Committee Report beneficial-interests table; Note 35 related parties; Share Capital note; Chairman's Statement); FY2024 Annual Report Note 36 and CFO Review (Polymer N2 Ltd loan origination terms); 3 October 2025 AGM Notice (Treasury-shares confirmation). Board-change completion (Kinet/Whittingham departure, Boyle appointment) NOT independently confirmed beyond the FY2025 Annual Report's forward-looking announcement -- a live RNS/Companies House check would be needed to verify these completed as described. | |||||||
Provenance table — KMK_provenance.md
Kromek Group plc · LSE AIM: KMK · Research prepared 29 August 2026
Built from five fiscal years of primary filings, read in chronological order without reference to the share price at any point. Every figure in the companion workbook traces to a row in the tables below. Where a figure is derived, assumed or taken from a secondary source, it is identified as such rather than presented alongside reported figures.
Document set
| Document | Period | Role |
|---|---|---|
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2021 | Year ended 30 April 2021 | Primary |
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2022 | Year ended 30 April 2022 | Primary |
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2023 | Year ended 30 April 2023 | Primary |
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2024 | Year ended 30 April 2024 | Primary |
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2025 | Year ended 30 April 2025 | Primary |
| FY2026 trading update, 12 May 2026 | Year ended 30 April 2026 | Primary, most recent position |
| RNS announcements | Polymer N2 Ltd financing arrangements | Primary, related-party detail |
Statement-level provenance
| Workbook tab | Source statement | Document | Notes |
|---|---|---|---|
| Income Statement | Group Statement of Comprehensive Income | Each fiscal year's own Annual Report, year ended 30 April | All figures as originally reported. The one exception is the FY2024 business-segment comparative, which the FY2025 Annual Report itself restated; the restatement is the company's, not mine, and is noted on the KPI tab |
| Balance Sheet | Consolidated Statement of Financial Position | Each fiscal year's own Annual Report, as at 30 April | — |
| Cash Flow | Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows | Each fiscal year's own Annual Report, year ended 30 April | See the FY2023 discrepancy below. This is the most significant sourcing decision in the workbook |
| Company KPIs | Chief Financial Officer's Review and Note 4, Operating Segments | Each fiscal year's own Annual Report | Selected to track the shift from capitalising-R&D loss-maker through FY2021–2023 into profitability in FY2024–2025 |
| Sentiment & Mgmt Quality | Chairman's Statement, Strategic Report, CFO Review, Note 4 segment disclosures | Each fiscal year's own Annual Report | Not sourced figures. Subjective 0–10 scores assigned after reading each year in chronological order without reference to the share price. Rationale recorded per year |
| Valuation | FY2025 revenue and EBITDA | FY2025 Annual Report | EV/Revenue as primary multiple, cross-checked against EV/EBITDA. P/E and asset-based approaches are not applicable: no meaningful multi-year earnings record exists. All inputs are assumptions, individually labelled |
| Ownership | Directors' Report Substantial Shareholders table; Remuneration Committee Report Directors' Beneficial Interests table; Note 35 related parties; Share Capital note | FY2025 Annual Report | Substantial Shareholders table is dual-dated 30 April 2025 and 31 August 2025. Beneficial Interests table dated 30 April 2025 |
Non-primary and flagged items
| Item | Source | Status |
|---|---|---|
| FY2023 operating cash flow | FY2023 Annual Report, statement face vs Note 31 | Internal inconsistency in the source document. The face of the FY2023 cash flow statement and its own Note 31 reconciliation disagree, at £(3,530)k against £197k. This is a defect in the published report, not an extraction error. Resolved by taking the FY2024 Annual Report's own FY2023 comparative column, which confirms one of the two |
| Polymer N2 Ltd financing detail | RNS announcements | Primary regulatory disclosure, but sourced from announcements rather than the annual report. Supplements the related-party note rather than replacing it |
| Board changes | Chairman's Statement | Supplementary to the Corporate Governance disclosures |
Standing limitations
FY2025 profitability rests substantially on a single licensing transaction with a fixed term. The two valuation methods in the workbook diverge sharply for this reason, at 2.3p–6.4p on the primary approach against 9.9p–21.1p on EV/EBITDA. The divergence is reported rather than averaged away, because the ambiguity is a genuine feature of the company rather than an artefact of the method.
Related-party financing runs through the period. The ownership tab exists partly to make that visible alongside the balance sheet rather than in a note behind it.
NAHL Group
NAHStructural contractionA consumer legal services business built around a personal injury brand, reshaped by the 2021 whiplash reforms; the company saw the reform coming and converted its referral arrangement into a regulated law firm years in advance, so revenue is earned as legal-services economics rather than a referral fee. That pivot did not insulate it from the long-run contraction — claim registrations down roughly 40–46% against 2019, followed by a £39.9m non-cash goodwill impairment in FY2024.
Company narrative — NAH_narrative.docx
Built from six fiscal years of primary filings (FY2020-FY2025, year ended 31 December, plus the 22 July 2026 H1 2026 trading update and the 27 August 2026 Searches UK disposal announcement), read in chronological order without reference to the share price at any point. Prepared 29 August 2026. Companion workbook: NAH_multi_year_model.xlsx.
Executive summary
NAHL Group plc is a UK consumer-legal-services marketing and services business, best known for its National Accident Helpline personal-injury brand, now organised into two divisions: Consumer Legal Services (CLS — personal-injury claims marketing and processing, plus a small residential-property-searches business pending disposal) and Critical Care (specialist catastrophic- and serious-injury services for claimants and defendants, delivered through Bush & Co.). The single dominant fact shaping every one of the six years reviewed here is the UK's 2021 "whiplash reform" (the Civil Liability Act 2018, implemented 31 May 2021), which raised the small-claims track limit for road-traffic-accident personal-injury claims to £5,000 and introduced the Official Injury Claim portal for litigants in person — a structural shrinkage of the market NAHL's core Personal Injury business depends on, which every annual report FY2020-2025 references directly.
NAHL saw this coming and responded years in advance: it converted its Personal Injury referral arrangement into National Accident Law, an SRA-regulated, wholly-owned law firm, so that its revenue is earned as consumer-legal-services economics rather than a personal-injury referral fee (which has been illegal in England & Wales since LASPO 2012/13). That structural pivot was substantially complete before the reform took effect in 2021, and it is the reason NAHL remained profitable through the reform's implementation even as revenue and claim volumes fell. It did not, however, fully insulate the business from the market's long-run contraction: RTA claim registrations have fallen roughly 40-46% versus pre-pandemic 2019 levels on the company's own market data, and this cumulative pressure led the Board to take a £39.9m non-cash goodwill impairment on the Personal Injury cash-generating unit in FY2024.
The six-year financial picture is one of resilience through a hard structural shock rather than either a growth story or a distress story. Revenue held in a narrow £38.8m-£42.2m band across all six years; profit before tax was small but positive in four of the six years (FY2020: -£0.2m, FY2021: £0.2m, FY2022: £0.6m, FY2023: £0.6m), collapsed to -£39.1m in FY2024 on the impairment alone (underlying operating profit that year was still £3.9m), and then recovered strongly to £4.4m PBT in FY2025 as underlying operating profit rose 86% to £7.3m. Net debt has fallen every single year of the period, from £16.3m at FY2020 year end to £3.2m at FY2025 year end and £1.0m by 30 June 2026 — a consistent, disciplined debt-paydown priority maintained even through the weakest trading years.
Two governance facts sit alongside the operating story and are treated fully in the companion workbook's Ownership tab: an Alternative Business Structure (ABS) mechanism (via Project Jupiter Limited's board-appointment rights over two consolidated law-firm LLPs) that is the precise legal architecture keeping the CLS revenue model lawful, and a ≥10% shareholder (Sacisa Limited, 11.90% at FY2025 year end) that on further research turns out to be a long-standing, unchanged holding controlled throughout by one individual, Bhavesh Patel, rather than a new or unexplained entrant. Valuing the business on EV/EBITDA (primary) and EV/Revenue (cross-check) multiples appropriate to an asset-light UK legal-services marketing business — built without reference to the current share price — produces a primary range of approximately 40p (low) to 59p (central) to 86p (high) per share, with a broadly overlapping cross-check range of approximately 18p to 60p. A segment-differentiated sum-of-the-parts cross-check, valuing Consumer Legal Services and Critical Care separately, is also included and lands with its central case close to, but below, the group-level method's high case.
Company background
NAHL Group plc listed on AIM in 2014 and describes itself as a leader in the UK consumer legal services market. It operates through two divisions. Consumer Legal Services provides outsourced marketing services to panel law firms through its National Accident Helpline brand, and claims-processing services directly to individuals through its own integrated law firms — National Accident Law (100%-owned), Your Law LLP (75% capital contribution) and Law Together LLP (50% capital contribution, in partnership with HCC Solicitors) — plus, until its announced 2026 disposal, residential-property searches through Searches UK Limited. Critical Care, delivered through Bush & Co., provides expert-witness reports, care-package assessment and case-management services in the catastrophic- and serious-injury market, serving both claimants and defendants — a structurally different, non-claims-volume-dependent business from CLS.
The regulatory backdrop is central to understanding this company: referral fees for personal-injury claims have been banned in England & Wales since LASPO 2012/13, which is why a marketing business in this space cannot simply sell leads to law firms for cash. NAHL's answer, built out over several years and substantially complete before the 2021 whiplash reform took effect, was to become the law firm itself for a majority of its Personal Injury enquiries — National Accident Law captures legal-services fee income directly, while enquiries directed to third-party panel firms are charged a "cost-plus marketing services" fee rather than a referral fee. The Your Law and Law Together LLPs are consolidated as full subsidiaries under IFRS 10, not because NAHL holds a capital majority in either (75% and 50% respectively) but because its wholly-owned Project Jupiter Limited is entitled to appoint 60% of each LLP's Management Board; the minority partner's economic share is carried as a liability ("member capital and current accounts"), not as non-controlling equity interest — a genuine accounting-and-legal-structure nuance worth understanding before comparing NAHL's balance sheet mechanically to a simpler corporate group.
The single largest external driver across the whole six-year window is the 2021 whiplash reform itself: it raised the small-claims track limit for road-traffic-accident personal-injury claims to £5,000 (from £1,000-£1,500 depending on claim type) and introduced the Official Injury Claim (OIC) online portal for litigants in person to pursue smaller claims without a solicitor. NAHL's own market commentary, repeated with only minor wording changes across all six annual reports, is that this removed a large share of the economic value from the pre-reform RTA personal-injury market — the company's own market-data citations put registered RTA claims 40-46% below pre-pandemic 2019 levels by FY2023-2024. Reading any single year's numbers in isolation from this backdrop risks materially misinterpreting them.
Development, year by year
FY2020 — COVID disruption, and a well-timed strategic pivot completed ahead of reform
Revenue fell to £40.9m (2019: £51.3m) as COVID-19 disrupted claim-generation activity for several months, and the Group completed the disposal of its loss-making National Law Associates LLP interest for nil consideration. A statutory loss before tax of £0.2m was reported, a considerable improvement on 2019's much larger loss (which had been driven by a £7.9m impairment of Residential Property goodwill). £1.35m of exceptional costs related to strategic and reorganisation activity, office consolidation, and due diligence on an unsolicited approach for the Group that did not proceed, with no further detail disclosed.
The year's most consequential development was not financial but structural: management used the pandemic disruption productively to complete the multi-year transformation of the Personal Injury business from a claims-referral company into an SRA-regulated law firm (National Accident Law), positioned well ahead of the confirmed 31 May 2021 whiplash-reform implementation date. By year end, over 80% of new RTA claims were already being placed into NAL. This was a genuinely well-timed pivot, executed years ahead of the regulatory deadline it was designed to address — though the CEO who led it, Russell Atkinson, resigned in September 2020 without a permanent successor named before year end, opening an unusual leadership gap discussed further below.
FY2021 — the reform lands, and the pivot begins paying off
Revenue fell further to £38.9m as the whiplash reform took effect on 31 May 2021, but underlying operating profit and profit before tax both turned positive (£0.2m PBT) as National Accident Law began capturing more of the value previously shared with third-party panel firms: enquiries placed into NAL rose 130% year-on-year and NAL's share of total Group enquiries rose from 10% to 26%. No exceptional items were recognised in the year.
The roughly 11-month CEO vacancy that opened with Russell Atkinson's September 2020 resignation ended in August 2021 with James Saralis, previously the Group's CFO, appointed Chief Executive, with Chris Higham stepping up as acting CFO (formally confirmed in the role in September 2022). The strategic bet made in FY2020 began paying off in precisely the year the reform actually landed — a reasonably clean piece of execution against a plan telegraphed a full year earlier — though the extended CEO gap itself is a governance point worth noting, even though the eventual internal promotion provided continuity rather than disruption.
FY2022 — growth against a shrinking underlying market
Revenue grew to £41.4m, a multi-year high at the time, and profit before tax improved to £0.6m. The company's own market commentary struck a more cautious tone about the underlying claims market even as its own numbers improved: RTA claim registrations fell a further 7% year-on-year (down 43% versus pre-pandemic 2019), and for the only year in the six reviewed, one customer accounted for 10.0% of Group revenue. Gillian Kent, an independent Non-Executive Director, resigned from the Board in September 2022 — the only board change that year, with no reason stated in the documents reviewed.
Revenue growth in a market the company itself describes as shrinking suggests continued share gains and/or a beneficial NAL revenue-mix effect rather than any tailwind from the underlying claims environment — a reasonable execution story on its face, though the one-year customer-concentration flag and an unexplained NED departure are both details worth tracking rather than dismissing as noise.
FY2023 — record revenue, and a disciplined portfolio-pruning disposal
Revenue grew again to £42.2m, the highest of the six years reviewed, and profit before tax held at £0.6m. The Group disposed of Homeward Legal Limited, a small Residential Property lead-generation business, for a nominal £117,000 — consistent with a strategy of concentrating capital on the core Personal Injury and Critical Care businesses rather than holding a marginal, non-core asset indefinitely. Market data cited by the company showed RTA claim registrations down a further 5% year-on-year and 46% versus 2019, with an independent survey the company itself commissioned estimating that over £1.4bn of potential personal-injury settlements went unclaimed in 2022 — a signal, in the company's own framing, of a permanently smaller addressable market rather than a temporary post-reform dip.
The consistent, multi-year citation of shrinking claim-registration data in the company's own market commentary across FY2022 and FY2023 reads, in hindsight, as management being realistic about the structural size of its addressable market well before the FY2024 impairment decision discussed next — i.e. that write-down should not have come as a surprise to an attentive reader of the two prior years' reports.
FY2024 — a large, overdue impairment, and a division put up for sale
A statutory loss before tax of £39.1m was driven almost entirely by a £39.9m non-cash impairment of the Personal Injury cash-generating unit's goodwill, following a further reduction in panel-firm enquiry demand that the Board concluded was now a permanent, not temporary, feature of the post-reform market. Revenue fell 8% to £38.8m. The Board also announced a process to explore the sale of the Critical Care business (Bush & Co.), classified as held for sale/discontinued at year end, with the stated aim of realising cash for the Group and revisiting strategic options for the remaining Consumer Legal Services business. Notably, underlying operating profit fell only 4% to £3.9m and net debt continued its multi-year decline even in this, the weakest headline year in the period.
Taking a large, overdue non-cash impairment rather than continuing to carry an asset value the trading evidence no longer supported is the right call, even though it produces an ugly statutory headline — and the prior two years' own market commentary (see FY2022-FY2023 above) suggests management was not blindsided by this outcome. Launching a sale process for a profitable, well-performing division to fund optionality elsewhere is a legitimate strategic move on its face, but it also introduced a year of operational distraction and uncertainty for a business that was not, on the operating numbers alone, in obvious need of a sale.
FY2025 — a strong operating recovery, and a sale process that ended without a sale
Revenue grew 3% to £40.0m and underlying operating profit rose 86% to £7.3m (statutory PBT £4.4m; underlying PBT more than 250% higher at approximately £5.0m) — a genuinely strong recovery year on the operating numbers. The Critical Care sale process launched the prior year, however, concluded WITHOUT a sale on 19 June 2025; the company's own stated reason was that none of the proposals received would have delivered appropriate value to shareholders. The Board then began an open-ended process to explore alternative options to accelerate shareholder value, still unresolved as of the July 2026 half-year trading update. Net debt fell to a 10-year low of £3.2m. Sacisa Limited also appeared for the first time as a ≥10% substantial shareholder in this year's disclosures — though, as discussed below, this is the same individual's holding already disclosed via a March 2025 regulatory filing, essentially unchanged since, not a newly-built position.
Walking away from a sale process rather than accepting a low-value bid is a defensible, shareholder-protective decision on its face, and the underlying operating recovery this year is real and substantial. But the company discloses essentially no further detail anywhere in the documents reviewed about why the Critical Care sale attracted no acceptable offer — financing conditions, price gap, and bidder identity are all unstated — and the subsequent 13-plus months of an open-ended, still-unresolved "exploring alternative options" process is the kind of prolonged strategic ambiguity that carries a real cost in management attention and market credibility, even where the eventual outcome proves sound.
H1 2026 (interim, most recent data point — trading update 22 July 2026, not scored; plus the 27 August 2026 Searches UK disposal announcement)
Revenue rose 3% to approximately £19.7m and underlying operating profit rose approximately 8% to £3.4m, with free cash flow up 42% to £2.1m and net debt down 68% in the half to £1.0m. National Accident Helpline enquiries grew 11%, though enquiries newly placed into NAL fell slightly as management trials new, initially more expensive, marketing channels to improve the resilience of lead generation. Critical Care revenue grew 3%, with strong expert-witness growth offsetting continued softness in case-management services; management is shifting case-management delivery toward a larger in-house team. The Board guided that H2 2026 settlements and revenue from NAL are expected to be notably lower, reflecting reduced enquiries placed into NAL over the past two years, and that net debt would rise moderately in H2 while remaining well below the FY2025 year-end level.
On 27 August 2026 — the day before this document was prepared — the company announced a binding conditional agreement to sell Searches UK Limited, its residential-property-searches business, to TM Group (UK) Limited for an enterprise value of £1,234,000 (5.25x trailing twelve-month Adjusted EBITDA of £235,000), with proceeds earmarked to reduce the Group's revolving credit facility. Completion is subject to CMA approval and is not expected before 1 October 2026. This disposal is immaterial in scale to the value range calculated in this document (well under 1% of the low-case equity value) and has not been reflected in the earnings or revenue base used for valuation below, given it had not completed as of this document's preparation. The Board's broader "exploring alternative options to accelerate shareholder value" process remained unresolved as of this update.
Year-by-year summary
| FY2020 | FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Revenue (£m) | 40.9 | 38.9 | 41.4 | 42.2 | 38.8 | 40.0 |
| Gross margin (%) | 47.2% | 45.2% | 43.1% | 44.4% | 47.4% | 51.4% |
| Underlying operating profit (£m) | 5.7 | 4.2 | 4.8 | 4.1 | 3.9 | 7.3 |
| Profit/(loss) before tax (£m) | (0.2) | 0.2 | 0.6 | 0.6 | (39.1) | 4.4 |
| Sentiment score (0-10) | 4 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 3 | 7 |
| Management quality score (0-10) | 6 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 5 | 7 |
Full line-item detail, formulas, and citations are in the companion workbook. Figures in £m are rounded from the £'000 figures in the Income Statement tab; PBT figures in parentheses denote losses. Underlying operating profit is Gross profit less Administrative expenses before exceptional items, on a consistent basis across all six years (see the Income Statement tab's comment on the FY2020 presentational reconciliation).
Industry and structural quirks worth understanding
- A single piece of legislation dominates six years of results. The 2021 whiplash reform (Civil Liability Act 2018) is, by a wide margin, the single most important lens for reading this company's numbers — more so than any individual year's management decisions. Every annual report FY2020-2025 references it or its continuing aftermath as the primary driver of Personal Injury revenue trends.
- Referral fees for personal-injury claims are illegal in England & Wales (since LASPO 2012/13) — which shapes NAHL's entire revenue model. The company cannot simply sell claim leads to law firms for cash; instead it operates its own SRA-regulated law firm (National Accident Law) for a majority of enquiries, and charges third-party panel firms a "cost-plus marketing services" fee, not a referral fee, for the remainder. Understanding this distinction is essential to interpreting the Consumer Legal Services segment's economics correctly.
- LLP consolidation here follows board-control rights, not capital ownership percentages. Your Law LLP (75% NAHL capital contribution) and Law Together LLP (50% NAHL capital contribution, with HCC Solicitors as partner) are both consolidated as full subsidiaries under IFRS 10 because NAHL's wholly-owned Project Jupiter Limited can appoint 60% of each LLP's Management Board — not because of the capital split. The minority partner's economic share appears as a liability, not as non-controlling equity interest, which affects how the balance sheet should be read relative to a simpler corporate structure.
- Critical Care (Bush & Co.) is a structurally different, non-claims-volume-dependent business bolted onto a claims-volume-dependent core. Its expert-witness, care-package and case-management services serve both claimants and defendants in catastrophic- and serious-injury matters, and its performance has moved largely independently of — and in FY2025 offset — the Personal Injury business's post-reform pressures, which is precisely why it became a disposal candidate in FY2024-2025 despite performing well operationally.
- The company's own market-data citations (RTA claim registrations, the independent unclaimed-settlements survey) are a rare example of a UK small-cap consistently disclosing detailed, sourced market-contraction data across multiple consecutive annual reports — useful for triangulating whether a given year's results reflect company-specific execution or market-wide movement, and unusually transparent for a company of this size.
Recurring themes across the period
Sacisa Limited / Bhavesh Patel, 11.90% — investigated and resolved (updated 29 Aug 2026). This holding first appeared in NAHL's substantial-shareholder disclosure in the FY2025 Annual Report, initially flagged here as an unexplained new entrant. Further research reconciled it fully: NAHL's complete public "Holding(s) in Company" RNS record (17 filings, November 2024 to August 2026) contains exactly one reference to Sacisa or Patel — a 13 March 2025 filing disclosing Bhavesh Patel's personal beneficial interest in 5,737,517 shares (12.07% of the share count that day) as Sacisa Limited's own holding fell below 3%. Companies House confirms Patel has been Sacisa Limited's sole director since 2007, making Sacisa his own personal investment vehicle rather than an unrelated third party. The arithmetic resolves the apparent puzzle cleanly: 5,737,517 shares is exactly 11.90% of NAHL's FY2025 year-end share count of 48,226,103 — the same absolute holding, with the percentage drifting only because NAHL's own share count grew over the year. No further regulatory filing on this position appears anywhere in the 17-month record checked, consistent with it being unchanged throughout. No public activist conduct — requisitions, public letters, board-seat demands — was found for Patel, and he holds no other UK company directorship on record, which argues for "long-term, quiet, concentrated individual holder" over "activist investor." A separately-checked solicitor of the same name (Law Society ID 317863 / SRA 584489, in-house at the Medical Protection Society in Leeds) does not match on location, career timeline, or business relevance, and is very likely a different person. What remains genuinely unknown is why Patel holds this stake, and whether he has ever engaged privately with the Board — neither can be confirmed or ruled out from public records. See the companion workbook's Ownership tab for the full sourced timeline.
Beyond the ownership point, four further patterns recur consistently enough across six years of filings to be worth naming.
- A single structural headwind explains most of the period's revenue volatility. The 2021 whiplash reform and its continuing aftermath is cited as the primary driver of Personal Injury revenue trends in every one of the six annual reports reviewed — a reminder to read any single year's revenue change against this backdrop before attributing it to company-specific execution.
- A consistently well-timed structural response to that headwind. Converting the Personal Injury referral business into an SRA-regulated law firm (National Accident Law), completed substantially ahead of the 2021 reform taking effect, is a genuine strategic achievement that kept the business profitable through a period that could easily have produced sustained losses — even though it did not fully offset the market's long-run contraction, as the eventual FY2024 impairment showed.
- A clean audit record despite one very large non-cash write-down. No qualified audit opinions or going-concern material-uncertainty paragraphs were issued in any of the six years reviewed, including FY2024 despite a £39.1m net loss — the impairment was non-cash and the Group's cash generation and covenant position remained sound throughout, evidenced by net debt falling in every single year of the period without exception.
- A pattern of announced-but-unresolved strategic reviews. The FY2024-2025 Critical Care disposal process ran for well over a year before being abandoned with minimal public explanation, and was immediately followed by a further, still-open-ended "exploring alternative options to accelerate shareholder value" process (ongoing as of the July 2026 trading update). Prolonged strategic uncertainty of this kind is itself a recurring management-quality consideration for this name, distinct from the underlying operating performance, which has generally been competently delivered. No dividend has been paid since October 2019, consistent with a sustained debt-reduction priority (net debt down from £16.3m to £1.0m over the period) that shareholders have now waited six years to see reversed.
Value range
NAHL is valued here using EV/EBITDA as the primary multiple, cross-checked against EV/Revenue — the standard framework for a people-based, asset-light professional/legal-services marketing business, where every one of the five comparables used below is itself actually priced, in its own trading multiple or disclosed transaction, predominantly off EBITDA or earnings rather than revenue. This is the opposite emphasis from a technology/hardware company with a distorted earnings base, and deliberately so: NAHL is a services business, not a product business, and should be valued the way this specific industry actually prices itself. Both methods were checked against 5 sourced peer/transaction multiples (Frenkel Topping, Anexo, Gateley Holdings, Knights Group, and DWF Group) and built entirely from the primary filings above, deliberately without reference to NAH's current share price at any stage.
A notable research-quality finding here: three of these five comparables (Frenkel Topping, Anexo, and DWF) have been taken private in UK take-private transactions within roughly the last three years, leaving only Gateley and Knights as live, UK-listed trading comparables — a genuine scarcity of comparables that this document treats as a standing caveat rather than papering over by stretching the comparable set further from NAHL's actual business. The starting earnings base uses a 3-year average of underlying EBITDA (FY2023-FY2025) rather than the single latest year, because management's own July 2026 trading update explicitly guides that NAL settlement volumes — and the cash and profit they generate — will be notably lower in H2 2026, meaning FY2025's underlying EBITDA alone is flattered by settlement timing in a way FY2026 is guided not to repeat.
| Low | Central | High | |
|---|---|---|---|
| EV/EBITDA multiple assumption (primary method) | 3.5x | 5.0x | 7.0x |
| Value per share (EV/EBITDA method) | 39.6p | 59.4p | 85.8p |
| EV/Revenue multiple assumption (cross-check) | 0.3x | 0.5x | 0.8x |
| Value per share (EV/Revenue cross-check) | 18.3p | 34.9p | 59.8p |
Full sensitivity model with editable assumptions, and the full 5-peer comparison with sourced multiples, is in the companion workbook's Valuation tab. Move any yellow input cell there and every downstream figure recalculates.
Why the two methods broadly overlap here, and how to read that
Unlike a business with a large one-off item distorting one of its two bases, the EV/EBITDA range (approximately 40-86p) and the EV/Revenue range (approximately 18-60p) here broadly overlap rather than sharply diverge — itself a finding worth naming. NAHL's revenue and underlying EBITDA both move together reasonably consistently once the 3-year averaging smooths the settlement-timing effect discussed above, which is a healthier valuation signal than a wide, irreconcilable divergence between the two methods would be (contrast this with KMK, an earlier company in this project series, where a single one-off licensing transaction caused its two valuation methods to diverge sharply).
A materially thinner market-check exists here than for a company with visible public sell-side consensus. NAHL's Nominated Adviser and sole broker, Allenby Capital, publishes regular research notes, but these are gated to institutional and professional-investor log-ins, and no public aggregator checked (MarketBeat, LSE.co.uk, Research Tree's public preview) surfaced a visible price target or consensus revenue/PBT figure for NAH. The central case here is therefore grounded against comparable-company multiples — a real, sourced market check — but not against any independent analyst view of NAHL specifically, which is stated plainly here rather than dressed up as more rigorous than it is. Separately, this valuation deliberately does NOT treat the three recent comparable take-privates, or NAHL's own ongoing "exploring alternative options" process, as inputs to the range — they are discussed as context in the companion workbook's Assumptions vs Market Expectations section, consistent with the standing rule of excluding price-sensitive market speculation from the fundamentals-based range.
Sum-of-the-parts (SOTP) cross-check: Consumer Legal Services and Critical Care valued separately
This cross-check was added in response to a third-party analysis (of unverified origin, supplied by the user) arguing NAHL's two divisions deserve materially different multiples — Critical Care (Bush & Co.) as a more defensive, specialty expert-witness/care-assessment business, versus CLS's continued exposure to the post-2021-whiplash-reform RTA claims market — and that this reveals a combined value of roughly £42m-£57m, well above this document's group-level range. That figure could not be reconciled: it implies a CLS EBITDA of only £1.7m-£2.9m, which is below the £4.4m underlying operating profit NAHL itself disclosed for that segment in its 27 January 2026 trading update (EBITDA cannot be below operating profit, since EBITDA equals operating profit plus depreciation and amortisation), and it did not appear to subtract the roughly £1.9m/year of unallocated central and PLC costs that sit outside both segments — a check that emerges directly from NAHL's own disclosed figures (CLS underlying operating profit of £4.4m plus Critical Care's £4.8m sums to £9.2m, £1.9m more than the £7.3m the Group actually reported).
Rebuilding the SOTP properly — using NAHL's own disclosed segment operating profit, allocating D&A between segments by revenue share, applying a deliberate multiple premium to Critical Care (5.0x-7.5x, capped at Frenkel Topping's actual 7.5x transaction multiple rather than extended further) over CLS (3.0x-5.5x, anchored to Knights and Anexo, the closest claims-marketing-model matches), and then subtracting the central costs capitalised at a constant 5.0x — produces a value-per-share range whose central case sits close to, but below, this document's own group-level EV/EBITDA high case, with only the high-case scenario (which requires both segments to simultaneously hit their most optimistic multiple) extending meaningfully past the group-level range. Full formulas, all editable, are in the companion workbook's Valuation tab.
This is the opposite conclusion from the external analysis that prompted it: differentiating the two segments and doing the arithmetic properly — correctly using NAHL's own disclosed operating profit and subtracting the central-cost drag — does not reveal a large pool of value the single-multiple group approach was missing. The largest source of uncertainty in this cross-check is the Critical Care multiple premium itself, which is a reasoned judgment overlay grounded in a single data point (Frenkel Topping's transaction multiple, itself only a partial business-model match for an expert-witness/specialty-healthcare-services business), not a verified peer set — a reader who does not accept that premium should weight the group-level primary range more heavily than this cross-check.
Limitations and what would sharpen this further
- None of the figures in this document or the companion workbook have been checked against a second, independent source beyond the primary filings read in this session. Per the project's standing rule, no number here should enter an investment decision until independently verified.
- NAHL discloses directors' and substantial shareholders' interests as percentages only, in every year reviewed — not underlying share counts. Where the companion workbook shows an "implied shares" figure, that is my own calculation (disclosed percentage multiplied by total shares in issue), clearly flagged as such, not a Company-disclosed figure.
- The Sacisa Limited / Bhavesh Patel stake (11.90%) has been investigated and its mechanics resolved — see the Recurring Themes discussion above and the companion workbook's Ownership tab. What remains genuinely unknown, and is not resolvable from public records, is Patel's motive for holding the stake and whether he has ever engaged privately with the Board.
- The sum-of-the-parts cross-check's segment D&A allocation (split by revenue share) and its Critical Care multiple premium are this document's own assumptions, not company-disclosed figures — flagged clearly in the companion workbook, and the least-certain inputs in this document.
- Two primary sources give James Saralis's confirmed CEO start date as one day apart (16 versus 17 August 2021) — flagged, not resolved, as an immaterial but genuine documentary inconsistency.
- The FY2020 Annual Report presented "Administrative expenses" as a single post-exceptional total on the statement face, while FY2021-FY2025 reports explicitly label the line "before exceptionals." To keep one consistent basis across all six years, the FY2020 figure used in the companion workbook's Income Statement tab was back-solved (Gross profit less Underlying operating profit) to match the later years' presentation convention — documented in a comment on that row; reported Operating profit for FY2020 is unaffected either way.
- This valuation range would sharpen materially with: the audited H1 2026 interim results (due late September 2026), which would show whether the guided H2 2026 NAL settlement slowdown materialised as expected; completion (or non-completion) of the announced Searches UK disposal; more detail on why the FY2024-2025 Critical Care sale process produced no acceptable offer; and, ideally, a second, independent sell-side view to triangulate against, given NAHL's broker coverage is effectively single-source and gated.
- This document deliberately does not compare the value range above to NAH's current market price. That comparison is the next, separate step in the process, to be taken only after the figures above have been checked.
Multi-year model — NAH_multi_year_model.xlsx
NAHL Group plc (NAH) — Consolidated Income Statement, GBP 000s
Source: Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, Annual Report & Accounts, each year ended 31 December, as originally reported in that year's own report. Administrative expenses shown are BEFORE exceptional items in every year (back-solved for FY2020 to match that convention; the FY2020 report itself showed a post-exceptional total on the statement face but reconciled the same way in its own notes — see comment).
| FY2020 | FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | |
| Revenue | 40,875 | 38,947 | 41,421 | 42,193 | 38,805 | 40,043 |
| Cost of sales | -21,602 | -21,352 | -23,586 | -23,480 | -20,432 | -19,468 |
| Gross profit | 19,273 | 17,595 | 17,835 | 18,713 | 18,373 | 20,575 |
| Administrative expenses (before exceptional items) | -13,614 | -13,439 | -13,079 | -14,595 | -14,431 | -13,281 |
| Underlying operating profit | 5,659 | 4,156 | 4,756 | 4,118 | 3,942 | 7,294 |
| Exceptional items | -1,350 | 0 | 0 | 0 | -40,479 | -583 |
| Operating profit/(loss) | 4,309 | 4,156 | 4,756 | 4,118 | -36,537 | 6,711 |
| Profit attributable to non-controlling members’ interest in LLPs | -4,115 | -3,451 | -3,554 | -2,506 | -1,850 | -1,949 |
| Finance income | 168 | 85 | 80 | 158 | 250 | 267 |
| Finance expense | -585 | -555 | -713 | -1,121 | -958 | -643 |
| Profit/(loss) before tax | -223 | 235 | 569 | 649 | -39,095 | 4,386 |
| Taxation | -2 | -79 | -184 | -265 | -195 | -1,129 |
| Profit/(loss) for the year | -225 | 156 | 385 | 384 | -39,290 | 3,257 |
| Basic EPS (pence) | -0.5p | 0.3p | 0.8p | 0.8p | -83.1p | 6.8p |
| Dividend per share (pence) | 0.0p | 0.0p | 0.0p | 0.0p | 0.0p | 0.0p |
NAHL Group plc (NAH) — Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, GBP 000s
Source: Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, Annual Report & Accounts, as at 31 December each year, AS ORIGINALLY REPORTED in that year's own report (not later restatements — see comments on Goodwill and Borrowings rows for material presentational changes made by later reports).
| FY2020 | FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | ||
| Non-current assets | |||||||
| Goodwill | 55,489 | 55,489 | 55,489 | 55,489 | 0 | 15,592 | |
| Other intangible assets | 4,557 | 3,701 | 2,714 | 1,784 | 177 | 517 | |
| Property, plant and equipment | 367 | 477 | 392 | 328 | 236 | 247 | |
| Right-of-use assets | 2,761 | 2,315 | 2,027 | 1,751 | 1,488 | 1,231 | |
| Deferred tax asset | 14 | 23 | 50 | 25 | 20 | 128 | |
| Total non-current assets | 63,188 | 62,005 | 60,672 | 59,377 | 1,921 | 17,715 | |
| Current assets | |||||||
| Assets classified as held for sale | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 22,377 | 0 | |
| Trade and other receivables | 34,285 | 33,404 | 32,886 | 30,526 | 21,750 | 26,871 | |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 3,609 | 2,458 | 2,654 | 2,011 | 1,855 | 1,513 | |
| Total current assets | 37,894 | 35,862 | 35,540 | 32,537 | 45,982 | 28,384 | |
| Total assets | 101,082 | 97,867 | 96,212 | 91,914 | 47,903 | 46,099 | |
| Current liabilities | |||||||
| Liabilities of disposal group held for sale | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | -1,813 | 0 | |
| Trade and other payables | -17,547 | -16,211 | -15,847 | -16,246 | -12,975 | -13,767 | |
| Lease liabilities (current) | -248 | -242 | -263 | -244 | -252 | -247 | |
| Member capital & current accounts (LLP minority) | -4,177 | -4,210 | -4,487 | -3,692 | -3,492 | -3,107 | |
| Current tax liability | -126 | -97 | -162 | -210 | 0 | -685 | |
| Interest-bearing loans & borrowings (current) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | -4,713 | |
| Total current liabilities | -22,098 | -20,760 | -20,759 | -20,392 | -18,532 | -22,519 | |
| Net current assets/(liabilities) | 15,796 | 15,102 | 14,781 | 12,145 | 27,450 | 5,865 | |
| Non-current liabilities | |||||||
| Lease liabilities (non-current) | -2,195 | -1,953 | -1,724 | -1,478 | -1,225 | -916 | |
| Interest-bearing loans & borrowings (non-current) | -19,901 | -17,910 | -15,939 | -11,719 | -8,966 | 0 | |
| Deferred tax liability | -826 | -625 | -470 | -263 | -52 | -44 | |
| Total non-current liabilities | -22,922 | -20,488 | -18,133 | -13,460 | -10,243 | -960 | |
| Total liabilities | -45,020 | -41,248 | -38,892 | -33,852 | -28,775 | -23,479 | |
| Net assets | 56,062 | 56,619 | 57,320 | 58,062 | 19,128 | 22,620 | |
| Equity | |||||||
| Share capital | 115 | 116 | 116 | 117 | 119 | 121 | |
| Share option reserve | 3,912 | 4,312 | 4,628 | 4,985 | 5,339 | 5,572 | |
| Share premium | 14,595 | 14,595 | 14,595 | 14,595 | 14,595 | 14,595 | |
| Merger reserve | -66,928 | -66,928 | -66,928 | -66,928 | -66,928 | -66,928 | |
| Retained earnings | 104,368 | 104,524 | 104,909 | 105,293 | 66,003 | 69,260 | |
| Total equity | 56,062 | 56,619 | 57,320 | 58,062 | 19,128 | 22,620 | |
| Check: Net assets = Total equity | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | |
NAHL Group plc (NAH) — Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, GBP 000s
Source: Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, Annual Report & Accounts, year ended 31 December, as originally reported. NAHL has paid no dividend in any year FY2020-2025 (dividends suspended since the FY2019 interim); the largest recurring outflow is 'drawings paid to LLP members', the cash counterpart of the profit-attributable-to-LLP-members'-interest expense on the Income Statement tab.
| FY2020 | FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | ||
| Net cash generated from operating activities | 11,025 | 5,140 | 6,006 | 7,512 | 5,082 | 6,598 | |
| Acquisition of property, plant and equipment | -269 | -281 | -83 | -62 | -78 | -58 | |
| Acquisition of intangible assets | -820 | -339 | -199 | -247 | -111 | -41 | |
| Disposal of subsidiary / business (net) | -1,273 | 0 | 0 | -30 | 59 | 59 | |
| Other investing items | 10 | 2 | 13 | 0 | 0 | 0 | |
| Net cash used in investing activities | -2,352 | -618 | -269 | -339 | -130 | -40 | |
| Repayment of borrowings, net | -3,750 | -2,000 | -2,000 | -4,250 | -2,750 | -4,250 | |
| Facility/loan arrangement fees | -121 | -90 | 0 | 0 | -65 | -61 | |
| Principal element of lease payments | -558 | -166 | -264 | -266 | -245 | -257 | |
| Drawings paid to LLP members | -3,199 | -3,418 | -3,277 | -3,301 | -2,050 | -2,334 | |
| Issue of share capital | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 2 | 2 | |
| Dividends paid | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | |
| Net cash used in financing activities | -7,628 | -5,673 | -5,541 | -7,816 | -5,108 | -6,900 | |
| Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | 1,045 | -1,151 | 196 | -643 | -156 | -342 | |
| Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year | 2,564 | 3,609 | 2,458 | 2,654 | 2,011 | 1,855 | |
| Cash and cash equivalents at end of year | 3,609 | 2,458 | 2,654 | 2,011 | 1,855 | 1,513 | |
| Reading note: NAHL has generated positive operating cash flow every year FY2020-2025 -- a materially different pattern from a cash-consuming R&D-capitalising business, and consistent with the Group's stated multi-year priority of debt reduction over shareholder distributions (no dividend paid since the FY2019 interim). Net debt (see Company KPIs tab) has fallen from £16.3m at FY2020 year end to £3.2m at FY2025 year end. FY2020's stronger operating cash flow (£11.0m) partly reflects lower working-capital investment in NAL during its first full year of operation, before enquiry volumes scaled up. | |||||||
NAHL Group plc (NAH) — Company-Specific KPI Trends, FY2020-FY2025
These KPIs are highlighted because they tell NAHL's real story: a business whose core Personal Injury market was structurally reduced by the UK's 2021 whiplash/small-claims reforms, that responded by processing more claims itself through its own integrated law firm (National Accident Law) rather than referring them to panel firms, that took a large non-cash goodwill hit in FY2024 when it judged the lower-enquiry environment to be permanent, and that has steadily deleveraged throughout. Source: Strategic Report, segmental notes and Alternative Performance Measures sections of each year's Annual Report & Accounts.
| FY2020 | FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | ||
| Underlying operating margin (%) — calc., ties to Income Statement tab | 13.8% | 10.7% | 11.5% | 9.8% | 10.2% | 18.2% | |
| Net debt (£'000) — company-reported | 16,292 | 15,452 | 13,285 | 9,708 | 7,111 | 3,200 | |
| Depreciation & amortisation (£'000) — calc. from cash flow notes | 1,944 | 1,672 | 1,642 | 1,579 | 1,489 | 678 | |
| Underlying EBITDA (£'000, calc. = Underlying operating profit + D&A — NOT a company-disclosed measure) | 7,603 | 5,828 | 6,398 | 5,697 | 5,431 | 7,972 | |
| Trendline charts — the three headline KPIs | |||||||
| Revenue by segment — Consumer Legal Services vs. Critical Care | |||||||
| Source: segmental analysis note, each year's Annual Report. This segment split (CLS / Critical Care) has been used consistently in every year FY2020-2025, unlike the sub-splits below which were only introduced later. Rows reconcile exactly to total Group revenue on the Income Statement tab. | |||||||
| FY2020 | FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | ||
| Consumer Legal Services — external revenue | 29,537 | 26,583 | 28,264 | 27,582 | 22,918 | 23,767 | |
| Critical Care — external revenue | 11,338 | 12,364 | 13,157 | 14,611 | 15,887 | 16,276 | |
| Total (calc., ties to Income Statement Revenue row) | 40,875 | 38,947 | 41,421 | 42,193 | 38,805 | 40,043 | |
| Consumer Legal Services sub-split: Personal Injury vs. Residential Property (Searches UK), FY2023-2025 only | |||||||
| This sub-split was first disclosed from the FY2023 Annual Report; FY2020-FY2022 are NOT AVAILABLE on this basis. 'Residential Property' here is Searches UK Limited (property search reports for conveyancers) -- a distinct, smaller business from Homeward Legal Limited (conveyancing/survey lead generation), which NAHL disposed of in 2023 for a nominal £117,000. On 27 August 2026 (after FY2025 year end), NAHL announced a binding agreement to sell Searches UK itself to TM Group (UK) Limited for an EV of £1,234,000 (5.25x trailing Adjusted EBITDA of £235,000), expected to complete no earlier than 1 October 2026 -- see the Valuation tab for how this pending disposal is treated. | |||||||
| FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | |||||
| Personal Injury — external revenue | 24,649 | 19,487 | 20,424 | ||||
| Residential Property (Searches UK) — external revenue | 2,933 | 3,431 | 3,343 | ||||
| Average headcount by division, FY2023-2025 only (not split in earlier years) | |||||||
| FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | |||||
| Personal Injury | 173 | 162 | 136 | ||||
| Residential Property | 13 | 10 | 13 | ||||
| Critical Care | 78 | 90 | 94 | ||||
| Shared services | 21 | 17 | 18 | ||||
| Total Group headcount (calc.) | 285 | 279 | 261 | ||||
NAHL Group plc (NAH) — Year-by-Year Sentiment and Management Quality Assessment
Subjective scores assigned by the analyst (Claude) after reading each year's Chairman's Statement, Strategic Report and CEO/CFO Review in chronological order, without reference to the share price. Sentiment: 0=bad, 10=extremely positive. Management quality: 0=fraud/convictions, 10=outstanding/management saved the day. These are judgment calls, not derived from any formula -- read the rationale column, not just the score.
| Year | Sentiment (0-10) | Mgmt Quality (0-10) | Reported PBT (£m) | Rationale | |||
| FY2020 | 4 | 6 | -0.20 | Revenue fell to £40.9m (2019: £51.3m) as COVID-19 disrupted claim-generation activity for several months and the Group completed the disposal of its loss-making National Law Associates LLP interest for nil consideration. A statutory loss before tax of £0.2m was reported (2019: a much larger loss driven by a £7.9m impairment of Residential Property goodwill). £1.35m of exceptional costs related to strategic/reorganisation activity, office consolidation, and due diligence on 'a potential offer made for the Group' that did not proceed (no further detail disclosed on this approach). MGMT: Used the pandemic disruption productively to complete the multi-year transformation of the Personal Injury business from a claims-management company into an SRA-regulated law firm (National Accident Law) ahead of the confirmed 31 May 2021 whiplash-reform implementation date -- by year end, over 80% of new RTA claims were already being placed into NAL. This is a genuinely well-timed structural pivot, executed years ahead of the regulatory deadline it was designed to address, though the CEO who led it (Russell Atkinson) resigned in September 2020 without a named permanent successor appointed before year end. | |||
| FY2021 | 5 | 6 | 0.20 | Revenue fell further to £38.9m as the whiplash reforms took effect on 31 May 2021, but underlying operating profit and PBT both turned positive (£0.2m PBT) as NAL began capturing more of the value previously shared with panel firms -- enquiries placed into NAL rose 130% and NAL's share of Group enquiries rose from 10% to 26%. No exceptional items were recognised. A roughly 11-month CEO vacancy ended in August 2021 with James Saralis (previously CFO) appointed CEO, and Chris Higham stepped up as acting CFO. MGMT: The strategic bet made in FY2020 began paying off in the year the reform actually landed -- a reasonably clean execution of a plan telegraphed a year earlier. The extended CEO gap (Sept 2020-Aug 2021) is a governance point worth noting, even though the eventual internal promotion (CFO to CEO) provided continuity rather than disruption. | |||
| FY2022 | 5 | 6 | 0.60 | Revenue grew to £41.4m (a multi-year high) and PBT to £0.6m, but the company's own market commentary struck a more cautious tone about the underlying claims market: RTA claim registrations fell 7% year-on-year (down 43% versus pre-pandemic 2019), and one customer accounted for 10.0% of Group revenue for the only year in the six reviewed. Gillian Kent, an independent NED since 2014, resigned from the Board in September 2022 -- the only board change that year. MGMT: Revenue growth in a shrinking underlying claims market suggests continued share gains and/or NAL-mix effects rather than market tailwinds -- a reasonable execution story, though the one-year customer-concentration flag (10.0% of revenue) and a NED departure without an immediately disclosed reason are both worth tracking rather than dismissing as noise. | |||
| FY2023 | 5 | 6 | 0.60 | Revenue grew again to £42.2m (the highest of the six years reviewed) and PBT held at £0.6m. The Group disposed of Homeward Legal Limited (a small Residential Property lead-generation business) for a nominal £117,000, consistent with a strategy of focusing capital on the core Personal Injury and Critical Care businesses. Market data cited by the company showed RTA claim registrations down a further 5% year-on-year and 46% versus 2019, with an independent survey commissioned by the company estimating that over £1.4bn of potential personal injury settlements went unclaimed in 2022 -- a signal of a permanently smaller addressable market rather than a temporary dip. MGMT: A modest, disciplined portfolio-pruning disposal (Homeward Legal) at a low price rather than holding onto a non-core asset indefinitely. The consistent, multi-year citation of shrinking claim-registration data in the company's own market commentary reads as management being realistic about the structural size of its addressable market well before the FY2024 impairment decision -- i.e. the FY2024 write-down should not have been a surprise to an attentive reader of the prior two years' reports. | |||
| FY2024 | 3 | 5 | -39.10 | A statutory loss before tax of £39.1m was driven almost entirely by a £39.9m non-cash impairment of the Personal Injury CGU's goodwill, following a further reduction in panel-firm enquiry demand that the Board concluded was now a permanent, not temporary, feature of the post-reform market. Revenue fell 8% to £38.8m. The Board announced a process to explore the sale of the Critical Care business (Bush & Co.), classified as held for sale/discontinued at year end, aiming to 'realise cash for the Group' and revisit strategic options for the remaining Consumer Legal Services business. Underlying operating profit nonetheless fell only 4% to £3.9m, and net debt continued to decline. MGMT: Taking a large, overdue non-cash impairment rather than continuing to carry an asset value the trading evidence no longer supported is the right call, even though it produces an ugly statutory headline. Launching a sale process for a profitable, well-performing division (Critical Care) to fund optionality elsewhere is a legitimate strategic move, but it also introduced a year of operational distraction and uncertainty for a business that was not, on the operating numbers, in obvious need of a sale. | |||
| FY2025 | 7 | 7 | 4.40 | Revenue grew 3% to £40.0m and underlying operating profit rose 86% to £7.3m (statutory PBT £4.4m, underlying PBT +250%+ to ~£5.0m), a genuinely strong recovery year. The Critical Care sale process, however, concluded WITHOUT a sale on 19 June 2025 -- the company's own stated reason was that 'none of the proposals received would have delivered appropriate value to shareholders' -- after which the Board began an open-ended process to 'explore alternative options to accelerate value for shareholders,' still unresolved as of the July 2026 half-year trading update. Net debt fell to a 10-year low of £3.2m. Sacisa Limited appeared as a new ≥10% substantial shareholder for the first time (resolved on further research: this is a long-standing, unchanged individual holding controlled by Bhavesh Patel since well before FY2025 -- see the Ownership tab). MGMT: Walking away from a sale process rather than accepting a low-value bid is a defensible, shareholder-protective decision on its face, and the underlying operating recovery this year is real and substantial. But the company gives essentially no further detail anywhere in the documents reviewed about why the Critical Care sale attracted no acceptable offer (financing conditions, price gap, bidder identity), and the subsequent 13+ months of an open-ended, still-unresolved 'exploring alternative options' process (as of the July 2026 update) is the kind of prolonged strategic ambiguity that itself has a cost in management attention and market credibility, even if the eventual outcome proves sound. | |||
| H1 2026 (interim, most recent data point — trading update 22 July 2026, not scored) | |||||||
| Revenue +3% to £19.7m, underlying operating profit +8% to £3.4m, free cash flow +42% to £2.1m, net debt down 68% in the half to £1.0m. National Accident Helpline enquiries +11%, though enquiries newly placed into NAL fell slightly (management is trialling new, initially more expensive, marketing channels for resilience). Critical Care revenue +3%, with strong expert-witness growth offsetting continued case-management softness; management is shifting case-management delivery toward an in-house team. Guidance: H2 2026 settlements/revenue from NAL expected notably lower given reduced enquiries placed into NAL over the past two years, and net debt is expected to rise moderately in H2 while remaining well below the FY2025 year-end level. On 27 August 2026 the company announced a binding agreement to sell Searches UK (Residential Property) for a modest £1.234m EV (5.25x trailing EBITDA), pending CMA approval, with proceeds earmarked to pay down the RCF. The Board's broader 'exploring alternative options to accelerate shareholder value' process remained unresolved as of this update. | |||||||
| Recurring findings across the six-year window | |||||||
| • The single dominant structural fact for this company is the UK's 2021 whiplash/small-claims reform (Civil Liability Act 2018), which the company itself estimates removed roughly a third to a half of the pre-reform value from the road-traffic-accident personal injury claims market. Every year's results commentary FY2020-2025 references this event or its continuing aftermath -- it is the single most important lens for reading this company's numbers, more so than any individual year's management decisions. | |||||||
| • NAHL's response -- converting its Personal Injury referral business into an SRA-regulated, integrated law firm (National Accident Law) years ahead of the reform taking effect, so as to capture legal-services economics rather than a banned/margin-compressed referral fee -- was well-timed and has structurally reshaped how the Consumer Legal Services segment earns money. This is a genuine strategic achievement worth crediting even though it did not fully offset the market's contraction. | |||||||
| • No qualified audit opinions or going-concern material uncertainty paragraphs were issued in any of the six years reviewed, including FY2024 despite a £39.3m net loss -- the impairment was non-cash and the Group's cash generation and covenant position remained sound throughout. | |||||||
| • A pattern of announced-but-unresolved strategic reviews: the FY2024-2025 Critical Care disposal process ran for well over a year before being abandoned with minimal public explanation, and was immediately followed by a further, still-open-ended 'exploring alternative options to accelerate shareholder value' process (ongoing as of July 2026) -- prolonged strategic uncertainty is itself a recurring management-quality consideration for this name, distinct from the underlying operating performance, which has generally been competently delivered. | |||||||
| • No dividend has been paid since October 2019 -- six consecutive years of dividend suspension in favour of debt reduction, a policy that has succeeded in cutting net debt from £16.3m to £3.2m (and to £1.0m by mid-2026) but that shareholders have now waited a long time to see reversed. | |||||||
NAHL Group plc (NAH) — Value Range, Built Without Reference to the Current Share Price
Method: EV/EBITDA as the PRIMARY multiple, cross-checked against EV/Revenue -- the standard framework for valuing a people-based, asset-light professional/legal-services marketing business, where every one of the five comparables below is itself actually priced (in its own trading multiple or disclosed transaction) predominantly off EBITDA or earnings, not revenue. This is the opposite emphasis from a technology/hardware company, and deliberately so: NAHL is a services business, not a product business, and should be valued the way this specific industry actually prices itself. Cross-checked below against 5 sourced peer/transaction multiples. All inputs are assumptions, clearly labelled; change the yellow cells to test sensitivity.
| Step 1 — Starting point: a 3-year average underlying EBITDA (smoothing settlement-timing volatility), FY2025 revenue, and net debt | |||||||
| 3-year average underlying EBITDA, FY2023-FY2025 (£'000, calc.) | 6,366.7 | ||||||
| memo: FY2025 underlying EBITDA alone (£'000) | 7,972 | ||||||
| Why an average, not the single latest year: management's own July 2026 trading update explicitly guides that NAL settlement volumes -- and the cash and profit they generate -- will be 'notably lower' in H2 2026 because fewer enquiries were placed into NAL over the prior two years while working capital was managed down. FY2025's underlying EBITDA (£8.0m) is therefore flattered by settlement timing in a way FY2026 is explicitly guided not to repeat; a 3-year average is a more defensible through-cycle base than a single flattered year. | |||||||
| FY2025 revenue (£'000, cross-check base) | 40,043 | ||||||
| FY2025 net debt (£'000, company-reported) | 3,200 | ||||||
| Ordinary shares in issue (31 December 2025; no shares held in Treasury) | 48,226,103 | ||||||
| memo: net debt fell further to £1.0m at 30 June 2026 per the H1 2026 trading update, but management guided a moderate rise in H2 2026 -- the FY2025 year-end figure is used here for consistency with the FY2025 EBITDA/revenue base above. | |||||||
| Step 2 — Assumptions: multiples applied (edit the yellow cells to test sensitivity) | |||||||
| Assumption | Low case | Central case | High case | Basis | |||
| EV/EBITDA multiple (x) — primary method | 3.50x | 5.00x | 7.00x | The 5 comparables below cluster fairly tightly at 4.0x-7.5x EV/EBITDA (Knights 4.0x, Anexo ~4.1x transaction, DWF 6.4x transaction, Frenkel Topping 7.5x transaction). Central case (5.0x) sits toward the lower-middle of that range, reflecting NAHL's much smaller scale (revenue ~5x-10x smaller than every peer except none), thin free float, single-broker (gated) coverage, and continuing dependence on a structurally reduced UK RTA claims market. Low case (3.5x) sits below every peer, reflecting the flagged FY2026 settlement-timing headwind. High case (7.0x) approaches Frenkel Topping's transaction multiple -- the closest business-mix match for the Critical Care segment specifically -- without assuming the whole Group re-rates to it. | |||
| EV/Revenue multiple (x) — cross-check | 0.30x | 0.50x | 0.80x | Checked against the same peers, which range 0.53x (Gateley) to 1.6x (Frenkel Topping transaction), clustering around 0.5x-1.0x for the four less richly-priced names. Central case (0.5x) matches Gateley almost exactly -- the closest 'asset-light UK professional/legal services marketing' comparable by business model, even though Gateley is a full-service law firm rather than a claims-marketing business. Low/high cases bracket a discount for scale and a premium approaching Frenkel Topping's transaction level respectively. | |||
| Step 3 — Implied enterprise value, equity value and value per share | |||||||
| Low | Central | High | |||||
| PRIMARY -- EV/EBITDA method (3-yr average EBITDA base) | |||||||
| Implied enterprise value (£'000) | 22,283.3 | 31,833.3 | 44,566.7 | ||||
| less: net debt, = implied equity value (£'000) | 19,083.3 | 28,633.3 | 41,366.7 | ||||
| Value per share (pence) | 39.6p | 59.4p | 85.8p | ||||
| CROSS-CHECK -- EV/Revenue method (FY2025 revenue base) | |||||||
| Implied enterprise value (£'000) | 12,012.9 | 20,021.5 | 32,034.4 | ||||
| less: net debt, = implied equity value (£'000) | 8,812.9 | 16,821.5 | 28,834.4 | ||||
| Value per share (pence) | 18.3p | 34.9p | 59.8p | ||||
| SUMMARY — value range, current price deliberately excluded from this analysis | |||||||
| Low | Central | High | |||||
| Value per share (pence) — EV/EBITDA method (primary) | 39.6p | 59.4p | 85.8p | ||||
| memo: cross-check value per share (pence) — EV/Revenue method | 18.3p | 34.9p | 59.8p | ||||
| • This is a mechanical output of the stated assumptions, not a target price. Move the yellow cells and the range moves with them -- that is deliberate, so you can see exactly what each judgment call is worth. | |||||||
| • Deliberately excludes the current share price throughout, per the brief. Compare this range to the market price yourself as a separate step. | |||||||
| • The two methods broadly OVERLAP here (roughly 40-86p on EV/EBITDA versus roughly 18-60p on EV/Revenue), unlike a business with a large one-off distorting either base -- this is itself a finding: NAHL's revenue and EBITDA both move together reasonably consistently once the 3-year averaging smooths the settlement-timing effect, which is a healthier valuation signal than a wide, irreconcilable divergence would be. | |||||||
| • This valuation predates completion of the announced sale of Searches UK Limited (EV £1,234,000, 5.25x trailing Adjusted EBITDA of £235,000, announced 27 Aug 2026, expected to complete no earlier than 1 October 2026, subject to CMA approval). That disposal is immaterial in scale to the value range above (well under 1% of the low-case equity value) and is excluded from the EBITDA/revenue bases used, which still include Searches UK's contribution -- a reasonable simplification given the transaction has not completed and is small. | |||||||
| • Three of the five peer/transaction comparables used below (Frenkel Topping, Anexo, DWF) have been taken private in UK take-private transactions within roughly the last three years -- a genuine scarcity of live, comparable UK-listed legal/claims-services trading multiples, which the workbook treats as a finding in its own right (see Assumptions vs Market Expectations below) rather than papering over by stretching the comparable set further from NAHL's actual business. | |||||||
| • Not verified against any primary document beyond what was read in this session -- treat every figure as provisional until independently checked, per the project's standing rule that no number enters a decision without primary-source verification. | |||||||
| • NAHL's own "Underlying EBITDA" figure used above is an analyst calculation (Underlying operating profit + depreciation and amortisation), not a company-published measure -- the company defines and reports only "Underlying operating profit." Treat the EV/EBITDA leg with slightly more caution than the EV/Revenue leg for this reason. | |||||||
| PEER COMPARISON — sanity-checking the multiple assumptions against 5 sourced comparables | |||||||
| Why this section exists: EV/EBITDA is the standard way this specific industry (UK consumer-legal-services and claims-adjacent professional services) is actually priced, both in live trading multiples and in the disclosed take-private transactions below -- but the specific multiples used above were originally set from general priors, not checked against what comparable companies actually trade at or were bought for. This section closes that gap with data as of 28-29 Aug 2026 (or transaction dates, where a name has since been taken private), each cited to a source. NAHL is deliberately excluded from this table -- the point is to check the assumptions against the market, not to price NAHL directly off peer multiples (none of the five is a precise like-for-like). | |||||||
| Why these 5, specifically | |||||||
| Frenkel Topping Group (transaction multiple — taken private 8 Jul 2026) | |||||||
| The single closest BUSINESS-MODEL match of the five to NAHL's Critical Care segment specifically: financial planning and expert-witness services for the same catastrophic/serious-personal-injury and clinical-negligence claimant population, an adjacent point in exactly the same claims value chain as Bush & Co. Also the most directly relevant DATA POINT for NAHL's own situation: a similarly small, thinly-traded AIM name that was taken private by Harwood Private Equity at a price several commentators considered to offer only a modest premium -- directly relevant read-across given NAHL's own board is currently 'exploring alternative options to accelerate shareholder value.' | |||||||
| Anexo Group (transaction multiple — taken private 24 Sep 2025) | |||||||
| Closest REGULATORY-EXPOSURE match: a credit-hire and legal-services business built around its own captive law firm (Bond Turner) handling road-traffic-accident-related litigation -- navigating the same 2021 whiplash-reform environment as NAHL's Personal Injury business, albeit with a materially different, debt-funded credit-hire balance sheet that makes its net-debt/EV profile a weaker like-for-like. Included partly for the same 'recently taken private' read-across as Frenkel Topping: two of NAHL's most relevant UK-listed comparables have now left the public market within the past 12 months. | |||||||
| Gateley (Holdings) — live, Main Market | |||||||
| Closest ASSET-LIGHT PROFESSIONAL-SERVICES match by business model (people-based fee income, low capital intensity) even though its practice mix (corporate, commercial, property, employment law for business clients) is broader and more B2B than NAHL's consumer-PI focus. The cheapest of the five on EV/Revenue (0.53x), and useful as a 'live, still-public, UK legal-services-adjacent' scale anchor when three of the other four comparables are no longer trading. | |||||||
| Knights Group Holdings — live, AIM | |||||||
| Closest SCALE-AND-LISTING match: a UK AIM-listed legal/professional-services group, not yet taken private, giving at least one genuinely live trading multiple in the immediate peer set. Business mix (an acquisitive consolidator of private-wealth, family, corporate and real-estate law firms) does not overlap with NAHL's consumer-PI-referral model, but its heavy use of 'underlying' vs statutory reporting (driven by its M&A programme) is a useful reminder to always specify which basis a multiple is quoted on -- the same discipline this workbook applies to NAHL's own underlying-vs-statutory figures. | |||||||
| DWF Group (transaction multiple — taken private Oct 2023) | |||||||
| Included as a THIRD data point in the 'UK legal-sector name leaves public markets' pattern, at a still-modest 6.4x EV/EBITDA for a much larger (£451.6m revenue), international, full-service law firm. Weakest business-mix match of the five, but strengthens the case that mid-single-digit-to-high-single-digit EV/EBITDA is the going rate the market (and private equity buyers specifically) currently assigns to UK legal-sector businesses of varying scale and quality, not just to NAHL's own smaller, structurally-challenged niche. | |||||||
| Peer / transaction | EV/Revenue (x) | EV/EBITDA (x) | Revenue base | Business mix | Data as of | ||
| Frenkel Topping — sale to Harwood PE (transaction) | 1.60 | 7.50 | £41.7m (FY2025, Dec-25) | Financial planning/expert witness services for catastrophic PI and clinical negligence claimants | Effective 8 Jul 2026 | ||
| Anexo Group — sale to DBAY/Alabama Bidco (transaction) | 1 | 4.10 | £141.9m (FY2024, Dec-24) | Credit hire + captive law firm (Bond Turner) for RTA-related claims | Compulsory acquisition completed 17 Dec 2025 | ||
| Gateley (Holdings) | 0.53 | 4.80 | £194.3m (FY2026, Apr-26) | Full-service UK law firm: corporate, commercial, property, employment (broader/more B2B than NAHL) | 29 Aug 2026 | ||
| Knights Group Holdings | 0.99 | 4 | £207.7m underlying (FY2026, Apr-26) | Acquisitive UK legal/professional-services consolidator (private wealth, family, corporate, real estate) | 28-29 Aug 2026 | ||
| DWF Group — sale to Inflexion PE (transaction) | 0.98 | 6.40 | £451.6m (FY2023, Apr-23) | Global, full-service law firm (insurance, corporate, commercial litigation) — largest and weakest-fit of the five | Completed 3 Oct 2023 | ||
| Peer average (all 5) | 1.02 | 5.36 | |||||
| Peer median (all 5) | 0.99 | 4.80 | |||||
| memo: excl. the two weakest-fit names (Anexo net-debt profile, DWF scale) — Frenkel Topping, Gateley, Knights only | 1.04 | 5.43 | |||||
| NAHL — assumption-implied multiples, central case (for comparison to the peer rows above) | |||||||
| 0.50 | 5 | ||||||
| How this squares: NAHL's central-case EV/EBITDA assumption of 5.0x sits inside the peer range (4.0x-7.5x) and close to the 3-name average excluding the weakest-fit names (~5.4x), below Frenkel Topping's 7.5x (the closest business-model match for Critical Care) but above Knights' 4.0x and Anexo's ~4.1x -- a reasonable mid-point given NAHL is smaller than every peer and carries the specific, disclosed FY2026 settlement-timing headwind, but is also more diversified across two structurally distinct segments than a single-line business would be. The EV/Revenue cross-check (central 0.5x) sits almost exactly on Gateley's 0.53x, the closest asset-light-services comparable, and well below Frenkel Topping's 1.6x transaction multiple. Net effect: the peer table does not suggest the assumptions need to move -- it moves them from 'reasoned from general small-cap-services priors' to 'anchored specifically against the closest available comparables, in an unusually thin field where three of five names have left the public market in the last three years.' That thinness is itself worth carrying forward as a standing research-quality caveat: this is a less-populated comparable set than either of the other two companies analysed in this project series. | |||||||
| ASSUMPTIONS vs MARKET EXPECTATIONS — how each input was checked, and where judgment diverges | |||||||
| The peer table above checks the multiple assumptions against what comparable companies trade for or were bought at. This section checks a different thing -- whether any independent market view of NAHL itself exists to check against -- as of 28-29 Aug 2026. | |||||||
| Assumption | Where this diverges from a strict market read, and why | ||||||
| EV/EBITDA multiple (3.5x / 5.0x / 7.0x) | Checked directly against 5 sourced peer/transaction multiples (Peer Comparison section above), ranging 4.0x-7.5x. NAHL's own analyst coverage was also checked directly: its Nominated Adviser and sole broker is Allenby Capital Limited (confirmed via NAHL's own investor-relations 'Our Advisors' page) -- Allenby publishes regular notes (most recently on the 22 Jul 2026 half-year trading update) but these are gated to institutional/professional-investor log-ins, and no public aggregator (MarketBeat, LSE.co.uk, Research Tree's public preview) surfaced a visible price target or consensus revenue/PBT figure for NAH. | This is a materially thinner market-check than for a company with visible public consensus: there is no publicly-accessible analyst price target to compare the resulting range against, unlike Kromek (KMK) in this same project series, which had a visible Cavendish price target to triangulate against. The central case is therefore grounded against comparable-company multiples (a real, sourced market check) but NOT against any independent view of NAHL specifically -- stated plainly rather than dressed up as more rigorous than it is. | |||||
| EV/Revenue multiple (0.3x / 0.5x / 0.8x) | Checked against the same 5 peers (0.53x-1.6x). No NAHL-specific consensus revenue multiple exists to check against, for the same broker-access reason given above. | Same limitation as the EV/EBITDA row: grounded in comparable-company data, not in any independent NAHL-specific market view. | |||||
| The "market" itself, as a read-across signal | Three of the five comparables used above (Frenkel Topping, Anexo, and -- at one remove of scale -- DWF) have been taken private via UK take-private transactions within roughly the last three years, at multiples this workbook's own central case sits close to or below. NAHL's own board stated, in its 22 Jul 2026 half-year trading update, that it is 'actively exploring suitable options to accelerate value for shareholders and appropriate capital allocation.' | This is presented as context, not as an input to the value range: this workbook does NOT assume a takeover premium or attempt to price in the outcome of the Board's ongoing strategic review, consistent with the standing instruction to build the range without reference to price-sensitive market speculation. It is flagged because a reader comparing this range to a potential future transaction price should understand that comparable, similarly-sized UK legal-sector names have recently changed hands at valuations broadly consistent with -- not obviously higher than -- the range calculated here. | |||||
| Sources: peer/transaction data as tabulated above; NAHL adviser confirmation via nahlgroupplc.co.uk/governance/our-advisors; Allenby Capital note history via allenbycapital.com/client/nahl-group-plc; MarketBeat and LSE.co.uk consensus pages (both showed no rating/target for NAH, checked 29 Aug 2026); NAHL half-year trading update, 22 Jul 2026 (Investegate); NAHL "Proposed sale of Searches UK Limited," 27 Aug 2026 (Investegate). | |||||||
| SUM-OF-THE-PARTS (SOTP) CROSS-CHECK -- Consumer Legal Services and Critical Care valued as separate businesses | |||||||
| Added in response to a third-party analysis (supplied by the user, source/author unknown) arguing NAHL's two divisions deserve materially different multiples -- Critical Care (Bush & Co.) as a more defensive, specialty expert-witness/care-assessment business, versus Consumer Legal Services' continued exposure to the post-2021-whiplash-reform RTA claims market -- and that this reveals a combined 'sum-of-the-parts' value of roughly £42m-£57m, well above this workbook's group-level range. That external figure could not be reconciled: it implies a Consumer Legal Services EBITDA of only £1.7m-£2.9m, which is BELOW the £4.4m underlying operating profit NAHL itself disclosed for that segment in FY2025 (EBITDA cannot be below operating profit), and it does not appear to subtract the unallocated central/PLC costs identified below. This section rebuilds the SOTP properly, from NAHL's own disclosed segment figures, correcting both issues, so the two approaches can be compared on a like-for-like basis. | |||||||
| Step 1 -- Segment inputs, FY2025 (£'000) | |||||||
| Consumer Legal Services -- external revenue (calc., linked to Company KPIs tab) | 23,767 | ||||||
| Consumer Legal Services -- underlying operating profit (Company-disclosed, unaudited) | 4,400 | ||||||
| Critical Care -- external revenue (calc., linked to Company KPIs tab) | 16,276 | ||||||
| Critical Care -- underlying operating profit (Company-disclosed, unaudited) | 4,800 | ||||||
| Group underlying operating profit, FY2025 (calc., linked to Income Statement tab) | 7,294 | ||||||
| CHECK: unallocated central/PLC costs NOT in either segment (calc. = CLS UOP + CC UOP - Group UOP) | 1,906 | ||||||
| This ~£1.9m/year cost base (central management, PLC listing/compliance costs, Group finance function, etc.) sits outside both segments and must be capitalised and subtracted in any sum-of-the-parts calculation -- omitting it, as the external analysis referenced above appears to, systematically overstates the business. | |||||||
| Step 2 -- Segment EBITDA (calc.): allocate Group D&A between segments by revenue share (my own assumption, not company-disclosed) | |||||||
| Group D&A, FY2025 (calc., linked to Company KPIs tab) | 678 | ||||||
| Consumer Legal Services -- D&A allocated by revenue share (calc.) | 402.4 | ||||||
| Critical Care -- D&A allocated by revenue share (calc.) | 275.6 | ||||||
| Consumer Legal Services -- EBITDA (calc. = UOP + allocated D&A) | 4,802.4 | ||||||
| Critical Care -- EBITDA (calc. = UOP + allocated D&A) | 5,075.6 | ||||||
| D&A is not separately disclosed by segment anywhere in the primary sources reviewed; splitting it by revenue share is a simple, transparent assumption, not a company-disclosed figure -- flagged accordingly. | |||||||
| Step 3 -- Segment multiple assumptions (edit the yellow cells to test sensitivity) | |||||||
| Segment | Low | Central | High | Basis | |||
| Consumer Legal Services EV/EBITDA (x) | 3.00x | 4.00x | 5.50x | Anchored below Knights (4.0x) and Anexo (~4.1x transaction) -- the two peers closest in business-model terms to a claims-marketing/legal-services business exposed to RTA claim-volume risk -- reflecting CLS's continued dependence on the post-reform, structurally reduced Personal Injury market. High case (5.5x) sits below Frenkel Topping's 7.5x, which this workbook treats as the closer match for Critical Care specifically, not CLS. | |||
| Critical Care EV/EBITDA (x) | 5.00x | 6.50x | 7.50x | A deliberate premium over CLS, reflecting Critical Care's more defensive, non-claims-volume-dependent expert-witness/care-assessment revenue base -- but capped at Frenkel Topping's actual 7.5x transaction multiple (the closest business-model match identified in the Peer Comparison above) rather than extended further, since none of the 5 peers used in this workbook are a clean, pure-play match for an expert-witness/specialty-healthcare-services business. Treat this premium as a reasoned judgment overlay, NOT as a peer-verified multiple -- this is the single least-certain input in this cross-check. | |||
| Step 4 -- Implied enterprise value, less capitalised central costs and net debt, to value per share | |||||||
| Low | Central | High | |||||
| Consumer Legal Services EV (calc. = EBITDA x multiple) | 14,407.3 | 19,209.7 | 26,413.3 | ||||
| Critical Care EV (calc. = EBITDA x multiple) | 25,377.9 | 32,991.3 | 38,066.9 | ||||
| Gross segment EV (calc. = sum of the two segment EVs) | 39,785.2 | 52,201.0 | 64,480.2 | ||||
| less: central/PLC costs, capitalised at a constant 5.0x across all three scenarios (calc.) | -9,530 | -9,530 | -9,530 | ||||
| = Net enterprise value (calc.) | 30,255.2 | 42,671.0 | 54,950.2 | ||||
| less: net debt, FY2025 (calc., linked to Company KPIs tab) = implied equity value | 27,055.2 | 39,471.0 | 51,750.2 | ||||
| SOTP value per share (pence) (calc.) | 56.1p | 81.8p | 107.3p | ||||
| Step 5 -- How the SOTP cross-check compares to the group-level primary range above | |||||||
| Low | Central | High | |||||
| Group-level primary range (EV/EBITDA method, from Step 3 above) | 39.57 | 59.37 | 85.78 | ||||
| SOTP cross-check, segment-differentiated multiples (calc., from Step 4 above) | 56.10 | 81.85 | 107.3 | ||||
| • Correcting the two issues found in the external analysis -- using NAHL's own disclosed FY2025 segment underlying operating profit (not a lower, unreconciled EBITDA figure) and subtracting the ~£1.9m/year of unallocated central/PLC costs that sit outside both segments -- this properly-built SOTP cross-check lands with its CENTRAL case close to, but below, this workbook's own group-level HIGH case, and only its HIGH case (which requires both segments to simultaneously hit their most optimistic multiple) extends meaningfully past the group-level range. This is the opposite conclusion from the external analysis: differentiating the two segments and doing the arithmetic properly does not reveal a large pool of value the single-multiple group approach was missing. | |||||||
| • The single largest source of uncertainty in this cross-check is the Critical Care multiple premium (5.0x-7.5x) -- it is a reasoned judgment overlay grounded in one data point (Frenkel Topping's 7.5x transaction multiple, itself only a partial business-model match), not a verified peer set of expert-witness/specialty-healthcare-services comparables. A reader who does not accept that premium should weight the group-level primary range above more heavily than this cross-check. | |||||||
| • The segment D&A allocation (by revenue share) and the central-cost capitalisation multiple (a flat 5.0x applied uniformly across all three scenarios) are both this workbook's own simplifying assumptions, clearly flagged as such -- NAHL does not disclose either figure by segment. | |||||||
| • This SOTP is a cross-check on the primary group-level valuation above, not a replacement for it. Both are built without reference to NAH's current share price, consistent with the standing brief. | |||||||
| Sources: NAHL 'Year End Trading Update,' 27 January 2026 (Investegate) for segment underlying operating profit; Income Statement and Company KPIs tabs (this workbook) for Group underlying operating profit, D&A, segment revenue and net debt; Peer Comparison section above for the Frenkel Topping 7.5x anchor. Prompted by a third-party SOTP analysis supplied by the user (27-29 Aug 2026), source/author unverified, whose £42m-£57m headline figure could not be reconciled to NAHL's own disclosed segment figures. | |||||||
NAHL Group plc (NAH) — Ownership & Governance Structure
Primary source: Annual Reports & Accounts FY2020-FY2025 (Directors' Report substantial-shareholdings tables; Remuneration Committee Report / Directors' beneficial-interests tables; Note on related-party transactions; Share Capital note; Corporate Governance report for board roster and independence classification); RNS announcements (board appointments/departures, CEO transition); H1 2026 trading update and Searches UK disposal RNS (27 Aug 2026). NAHL discloses directors' and substantial holdings as PERCENTAGES ONLY in every year reviewed, not underlying share counts (unlike KMK and ARBB earlier in this project series) — this is a genuine disclosure-format difference, not an omission on my part, and is treated below as a standing limitation of the primary sources rather than backed into share counts by assumption.
| A. Share capital structure | |||||||
| FY2020 | FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | ||
| Ordinary shares in issue, "A" Ordinary £0.0025 nominal each (year end) | 46,240,222 | 46,325,222 | 46,325,222 | 46,894,697 | 47,518,103 | 48,226,103 | |
| Shares held in Treasury | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | |
| No Treasury shareholding is disclosed in any of the six Share Capital notes reviewed; the only Treasury-adjacent language found is standard SAYE-scheme administrative boilerplate (shares held by the scheme trustee pending option exercise), not a Company Treasury holding. All % figures below therefore use total shares in issue as the denominator. | |||||||
| B. Board roster and independence classification, as at the FY2025 Annual Report and subsequent developments | |||||||
| Name | Role | Classification | Appointed / Departed | Notes | |||
| James Saralis | Chief Executive Officer | Executive | Appointed CEO 16/17 Aug 2021 (2 primary sources give consecutive dates 1 day apart — flagged, not resolved) | Followed an unusual ~11-month CEO vacancy after Russell Atkinson's Sep 2020 resignation — see governance note below. | |||
| Chris Higham | Chief Financial Officer; Company Secretary (from after FY2025 year end) | Executive | CFO confirmed from 15 Sep 2022 | Took on the Company Secretary role in addition to CFO after the FY2025 year end — a combined finance/company-secretarial role is a modest governance point on segregation of duties, though common at this scale of AIM company. | |||
| Tim Aspinall | Non-Executive Chair | Explicitly NOT classified as independent by the Company | Chair since Oct 2020 | NAHL's own Corporate Governance disclosure does not describe Aspinall as independent — unlike KMK and several peers in this project, where the Chair WAS company-classified as independent. A non-independent Chair is a data point worth weighing, not itself a red flag, especially for a company of this size. | |||
| Sally Tilleray | Independent Non-Executive Director; Senior Independent Director; Audit Committee Chair | Independent (per Company) | Since Jul 2019 | Longest-serving independent NED on the current board; holds two of the more senior NED-oversight roles (SID and Audit Chair) simultaneously. | |||
| Brian Phillips | Independent Non-Executive Director | Independent (per Company) | Since Jun 2020 | No additional committee-chair role identified in the documents reviewed. | |||
| Russell Atkinson | Former Chief Executive Officer | Executive (until resignation) | Resigned Sep 2020 | Departure opened the ~11-month CEO vacancy filled by Saralis in Aug 2021 — see governance note below. | |||
| Caroline Brown | Former Non-Executive Chair | Non-Executive (until resignation) | Resigned Oct 2020 | Departed within weeks of Atkinson, i.e. both the CEO and Chair seats turned over within roughly a month of each other in autumn 2020 — a concentrated leadership transition worth noting as context for the weak FY2020 sentiment/PBT year. | |||
| Gillian Kent | Former Non-Executive Director | Independent (per Company, while serving) | Resigned Sep 2022 | No reason for departure stated in the documents reviewed. | |||
| Current board (post all departures above): 2 executive (CEO, CFO), 3 non-executive (Aspinall, Tilleray, Phillips), of whom 2 of 3 NEDs — but NOT the Chair himself — are company-classified as independent. This is a smaller, more concentrated board than KMK's (7 members) or a typical UK-listed main-market company, consistent with NAHL's AIM/small-cap scale. | |||||||
| C. Directors' beneficial interests in ordinary shares (percentages as disclosed by the Company; no share counts disclosed) | |||||||
| NAHL's Remuneration/Directors' reports disclose directors' beneficial holdings as a PERCENTAGE of shares in issue only, at each year end — not the underlying share count. FY2025 and FY2024 percentages are both shown below (both primary-source, from the FY2025 Annual Report's own comparator column). Separately, the FY2025 report discloses restricted share award totals in actual share numbers for the two executives, shown as a memo column — these are unvested/conditional awards, not the same thing as the beneficial-ownership percentage, and are NOT included in the % column to their left. | |||||||
| Director | % of shares in issue, FY2025 year end | % of shares in issue, FY2024 year end (comparator) | Implied shares, FY2025 (calc., % × total in issue) | memo: restricted share awards outstanding (shares, FY2025) | |||
| James Saralis (CEO) | 0.01 | 0.01 | 245,523.7 | 612,292 | |||
| Chris Higham (CFO) | 0.01 | 0.01 | 240,891.2 | 336,222 | |||
| Tim Aspinall (Chair) | 0.00 | 0.00 | 9,265.0 | ||||
| Brian Phillips (NED) | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||
| Sally Tilleray (NED) | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||
| Total, all directors with a disclosed FY2025 holding (calc.) | 0.01 | 495,679.9 | |||||
| Note: the "implied shares" column is my own calculation (disclosed % × total shares in issue, from Section A), not a Company-disclosed figure — flagged as calc. throughout, consistent with the standing rule of never presenting a derived number as if it were primary-sourced. | |||||||
| D. Substantial shareholders (non-director), ≥10% of shares in issue — Directors' Report, each Annual Report FY2020-FY2025 | |||||||
| NAHL's Directors' Reports disclose ONLY holders above a 10% threshold (a materially higher disclosure bar than KMK's 3% or ARBB's registers), and only as a percentage at a single "as at" date per report (no share counts, no earlier comparator date within the same report). Each column below is therefore a single point-in-time percentage as stated in that year's own Annual Report — a blank cell means that holder was below 10% (or not yet/no longer a holder) in that year, not that the figure is missing. | |||||||
| Holder | FY2020 | FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | |
| Harwood Capital / Christopher Mills-related interests | 0.20 | 0.20 | 0.17 | 0.17 | 0.18 | 0.19 | |
| Long-standing largest or near-largest holder throughout the period; a UK small-cap-focused investment manager, not a strategic trade holder. | |||||||
| Lombard Odier Asset Management | 0.10 | 0.17 | 0.18 | ||||
| Emerged as a substantial holder from FY2023, building steadily to become the second-largest disclosed holder by FY2025. | |||||||
| Schroder Investment Management | 0.12 | 0.12 | 0.10 | 0.11 | 0.15 | 0.16 | |
| Institutional asset manager; broadly stable double-digit holder across the period, with a step-up in FY2024-FY2025. | |||||||
| Sacisa Limited | 0.12 | ||||||
| RESOLVED (updated after further research, 29 Aug 2026): this is the same static holding disclosed via TR-1 on 13 Mar 2025 as "Bhavesh Patel has a beneficial interest in 5,737,517 Ordinary Shares (12.07%)" -- 5,737,517 shares is EXACTLY 11.90% of the FY2025 year-end share count (48,226,103); the percentage only moved because NAHL's total shares in issue grew over the year (SAYE/option exercises), not because the holding changed. Companies House confirms Bhavesh Patel (b. Nov 1976, Coventry) has been Sacisa Limited's sole director since 2007 -- i.e. Sacisa IS Patel's own personal investment vehicle, not a separate, unrelated holder. No further TR-1 was filed for this position in the 17 months to Aug 2026 (checked against the complete public 'Holding(s) in Company' RNS series for NAH), consistent with an unchanged stake throughout. No public activist conduct (requisitions, public letters, board-seat demands) was found anywhere for Patel, and he holds no other UK directorship on record -- 'long-term concentrated individual holder' is the better-supported characterisation than 'activist.' A separately-checked Bhavesh Patel solicitor (Law Society ID 317863 / SRA 584489, in-house at Medical Protection Society, Leeds) does NOT match on location, timeline, or business relevance, and should be treated as a different person. Residual unknown: WHY Patel holds this stake / whether he has ever engaged privately with the Board -- neither can be confirmed or ruled out from public records. | |||||||
| Total, disclosed ≥10% holders (FY2025 column, calc. sum of percentages shown) | 0.65 | ||||||
| E. Ownership concentration summary (FY2025 year end, the most recent date disclosed) | |||||||
| % of shares in issue | |||||||
| Directors, in total (Section C, FY2025) | 0.01 | ||||||
| Substantial (≥10%) holders, in total (Section D, FY2025) | 0.65 | ||||||
| of which: Sacisa Limited / Bhavesh Patel alone (same static individual holding since at least Mar 2025 — resolved, see Section D note) | 0.12 | ||||||
| Identified total, directors + substantial holders (excl. free float / sub-10% register) | 0.66 | ||||||
| Implied free float / register below the 10% and director-disclosure thresholds (balance) | 0.34 | ||||||
| F. Why this matters for governance, in plain terms | |||||||
| • NAHL's most important governance-relevant structural fact has nothing to do with the share register: it is the Alternative Business Structure (ABS) mechanism that lets a marketing company legally participate in personal-injury legal work at all. Referral fees for personal-injury claims have been banned in England & Wales since LASPO 2012/13. NAHL's wholly-owned Project Jupiter Limited is entitled to appoint 60% of the Management Board of both Your Law LLP (75% capital contribution) and Law Together LLP (50% capital contribution, partner HCC Solicitors) — this Board-appointment right, not the capital split, is what makes both LLPs full IFRS 10 subsidiaries, consolidated 100% into these accounts with the minority partner's share carried as a liability ('member capital and current accounts'), not as non-controlling equity interest. National Accident Law Limited itself is a 100%-owned, SRA-regulated law firm. Revenue from directing personal-injury enquiries to panel law firms is structured as a 'cost-plus marketing services' fee, not a referral fee — this is the precise legal mechanism that keeps NAHL's core Consumer Legal Services revenue model lawful, and is worth understanding before assuming the CLS division's economics resemble an ordinary marketing-agency fee model. | |||||||
| • The share register itself is genuinely dispersed among institutional holders, with NO single holder above 20% and no director holding a economically meaningful stake (all five current directors together hold barely 1% of shares in issue) — a materially different risk profile from ARBB (58% single-individual control) or KMK's related-party-lender concentration. That said, dispersed institutional ownership is not the same as passive, disengaged ownership: three of the four disclosed substantial holders (Harwood, Lombard Odier, Schroder) have built or held meaningful stakes through a multi-year period of declining Personal Injury profitability and an eventual FY2024 goodwill impairment, which is itself informative about how patient/long-horizon this shareholder base has been. | |||||||
| • The FY2025 appearance of Sacisa Limited at 11.90% — RESOLVED after further research on 29 Aug 2026, updating the original 'unexplained open item' flag. A full check of NAHL's public 'Holding(s) in Company' RNS series (17 filings, Nov 2024-Aug 2026) found exactly one mention of Sacisa or Bhavesh Patel: a 13 Mar 2025 TR-1 disclosing Patel's personal beneficial interest in 5,737,517 shares (12.07% of the share count at that date) as Sacisa Limited's own holding fell below 3%. Companies House confirms Bhavesh Patel (b. Nov 1976, Coventry) has been Sacisa Limited's SOLE DIRECTOR since 2007 — i.e. Sacisa is Patel's own personal holding company, not an unrelated third party. 5,737,517 shares is EXACTLY 11.90% of the FY2025 year-end share count (48,226,103): the FY2025 Annual Report's 'Sacisa Limited 11.90%' entry is the identical, unchanged holding, with the percentage drifting only because NAHL's own share count grew over the year (dilution from option exercises) — not because Patel bought, sold, or restructured anything. No further TR-1 was filed for this position in the 17 months checked. No public activist conduct (requisitions, public letters, board-seat demands) was found for Patel anywhere, and he holds no other UK company directorship on record — 'a long-term, quiet, concentrated individual holder' is the better-supported characterisation than 'activist investor.' (A separately-checked solicitor also named Bhavesh Patel — Law Society ID 317863 / SRA 584489, in-house at Medical Protection Society, Leeds — does not match on location, career timeline, or business relevance, and is very likely a different person.) What remains genuinely unknown: WHY Patel holds this stake, and whether he has ever engaged privately with the Board — neither can be confirmed or ruled out from public records. | |||||||
| • The board itself shows two notable transition points. First, an approximately 11-month CEO vacancy between Russell Atkinson's resignation (Sep 2020) and James Saralis's confirmed start (Aug 2021), compounded by the Non-Executive Chair (Caroline Brown) resigning within weeks of the CEO in the same autumn 2020 window — a period of leadership discontinuity that lines up with FY2020 being the weakest sentiment/PBT year in the six-year dataset, though causation should not be overstated given the whiplash-reform backdrop was also biting hardest that year. Second, the current Non-Executive Chair, Tim Aspinall, is explicitly NOT classified as independent by the Company — worth noting as a plain governance fact, not an implied criticism, particularly for a board this small (5 members). | |||||||
| • The Board's own repeated, multi-quarter language — 'actively exploring suitable options to accelerate value for shareholders and appropriate capital allocation' — has now run across at least three consecutive trading updates (Jan 2026, Jul 2026) without a stated resolution, alongside the completed 2023 Homeward Legal disposal and the announced-but-not-yet-completed Aug 2026 Searches UK disposal. Sustained, unresolved 'strategic review' language of this kind is itself a governance-relevant fact for a minority shareholder to track: it signals the Board sees the current structure or scale as suboptimal, without yet committing to (or being able to disclose) a specific outcome. | |||||||
| • No related-party transactions beyond ordinary key-management-personnel remuneration were identified in any of the six years' Annual Reports reviewed — a cleaner picture on this specific dimension than KMK's Polymer Holdings/Polymer N2 Ltd shareholder-lender relationship earlier in this project series. | |||||||
| Sources: NAHL Group plc Annual Reports & Accounts, FY2020-FY2025 (Directors' Report substantial-shareholdings disclosure; Remuneration/Directors' beneficial-interests disclosure; Corporate Governance report; related-party-transactions note; Share Capital note); RNS announcements for board appointment/departure dates; 27 Jan 2026, 22 Jul 2026 and 27 Aug 2026 trading updates and disposal announcement (Investegate) for the ongoing strategic-alternatives language and CEO/CFO attribution. Sacisa Limited/Bhavesh Patel resolution (29 Aug 2026): full 'Holding(s) in Company' RNS series for NAH, Nov 2024-Aug 2026 (Investegate); 13 Mar 2025 TR-1 (Investegate); Companies House officer records for Sacisa Limited (co. no. 06329390) and Bhavesh Patel; Law Society and SRA registers (checked and ruled out as a different person, SRA ID 584489). The exact CEO start-date (16 vs 17 Aug 2021 across two primary sources) remains flagged, not resolved. | |||||||
Provenance table — NAH_provenance.md
NAHL Group plc · LSE AIM: NAH · Research prepared 29 August 2026
Built from six fiscal years of primary filings, read in chronological order without reference to the share price at any point. Every figure in the companion workbook traces to a row in the tables below. Where a figure is derived, assumed or taken from a secondary source, it is identified as such rather than presented alongside reported figures.
Document set
| Document | Period | Role |
|---|---|---|
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2020 | Year ended 31 December 2020 | Primary |
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2021 | Year ended 31 December 2021 | Primary |
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2022 | Year ended 31 December 2022 | Primary |
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2023 | Year ended 31 December 2023 | Primary |
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2024 | Year ended 31 December 2024 | Primary |
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2025 | Year ended 31 December 2025 | Primary |
| H1 2026 trading update, 22 July 2026 | Six months ended 30 June 2026 | Primary, most recent position |
| Searches UK disposal announcement, 27 August 2026 | Post-period event | Primary. Not reflected in the earnings or revenue base used for valuation, as it had not completed at preparation |
| RNS announcements | Board appointments and departures, CEO transition | Primary, governance |
Statement-level provenance
| Workbook tab | Source statement | Document | Notes |
|---|---|---|---|
| Income Statement | Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income | Each fiscal year's own Annual Report, year ended 31 December | As originally reported in that year's own report. Administrative expenses are shown before exceptional items in every year for consistency. FY2020 was back-solved to match that convention: the FY2020 statement face showed a post-exceptional total, though the report reconciled the same way in its own commentary |
| Balance Sheet | Consolidated Statement of Financial Position | Each fiscal year's own Annual Report, as at 31 December | As originally reported, not as later restated. Later reports made material presentational changes to goodwill and borrowings; those changes are recorded as comments on the affected rows rather than applied retrospectively |
| Cash Flow | Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows | Each fiscal year's own Annual Report, year ended 31 December | As originally reported. No dividend was paid in any year FY2020–2025, suspended since the FY2019 interim. The largest recurring outflow is drawings paid to LLP members, the cash counterpart of the profit attributable to LLP members' interest on the income statement |
| Company KPIs | Strategic Report and divisional disclosures | Each fiscal year's own Annual Report | Selected to track the effect of the 2021 whiplash and small-claims reforms, the shift to processing claims through the group's own law firm, and the FY2024 goodwill impairment |
| Sentiment & Mgmt Quality | Chairman's Statement, Strategic Report, CEO and CFO Review | Each fiscal year's own Annual Report | Not sourced figures. Subjective 0–10 scores assigned after reading each year in chronological order without reference to the share price. Rationale recorded per year |
| Valuation | FY2025 EBITDA and revenue | FY2025 Annual Report | EV/EBITDA as primary multiple, cross-checked against EV/Revenue. Chosen because all five comparables are themselves priced predominantly off EBITDA or earnings. All inputs are assumptions, individually labelled |
| Ownership | Directors' Report substantial-shareholdings tables; Remuneration Committee Report beneficial-interests tables; related-party note; Share Capital note; Corporate Governance report | Annual Reports FY2020–FY2025 | Full six-year series, not just the latest year |
Non-primary and flagged items
| Item | Source | Status |
|---|---|---|
| Directors' and substantial holdings | FY2020–FY2025 Annual Reports | Disclosed as percentages only in every year reviewed, never as underlying share counts. This is a genuine disclosure-format difference from the other companies in this series, not an omission. Treated as a standing limitation of the primary sources rather than converted into share counts by assumption |
| Searches UK disposal | 27 August 2026 announcement | Post-period, incomplete at preparation. Excluded from the valuation base. Its scale is well under 1% of the low-case equity value |
Standing limitations
Holdings cannot be tracked in share counts across the period, only in percentages, so dilution and register movements are visible only as proportions. Backing into counts would require assumptions the disclosures do not support, and none were made.
The FY2024 goodwill impairment of £39.9m is non-cash and is treated as such throughout. It does not flow into the cash-based measures.
Smiths News
SNWSDividend yieldThe largest UK wholesale distributor of newspapers and magazines, operating under long-term geographically exclusive publisher contracts in an effectively two-wholesaler market; its defining episode was buying a parcels business for over £100m in 2014, selling it for £15m in 2020, and reverting to the original name, with the resulting goodwill impairments causing seven consecutive years of negative net assets before reversing in FY2025. Since then it has been a study in disciplined cash generation — adjusted operating profit held in a £38–40m band, net debt swung from an average £98.8m to net cash, and the dividend grew from a 1.5p resumption to 8.55p, with contracts now running to 2029–2037.
Company narrative — SNWS_narrative.docx
Built from seven fiscal years of primary filings (FY2019-FY2025, year ended late August, a 52/53-week fiscal year — FY2024 was a 53-week year — plus the 29 January 2026 trading update and the 6 May 2026 H1FY2026 interim report), read in chronological order without reference to the share price at any point. FY2020 is derived from the FY2021 Annual Report's prior-year comparative column, as no standalone FY2020 annual report exists in the source set. Prepared 29 August 2026. Companion workbook: SNWS_multi_year_model.xlsx.
Executive summary
Smiths News plc is the UK's largest wholesale distributor of newspapers and magazines to retailers in England and Wales, operating under long-term, geographically exclusive publisher contracts within a structurally protected, effectively two-wholesaler market (the only other national player, Menzies Distribution, is now a subsidiary of the Polish logistics group InPost, having been fully acquired in October 2024). The single most important fact for reading this company's history is its own corporate diversification-and-refocusing arc: acquired by nobody, but itself diversifying beyond wholesale distribution from 2014 (renamed Connect Group plc, acquiring the loss-making Tuffnells Parcels Express business for over £100m), before unwinding that diversification — selling Tuffnells for just £15m in May 2020 and reverting to the Smiths News name in November 2020. The resulting historic goodwill impairments are the direct cause of seven consecutive years of negative net assets, reversed only in FY2025.
From FY2021 onward, once refocused as a single-segment, pure-play wholesale distributor, the business has been a case study in disciplined, cash-generative recovery: adjusted operating profit has held in a narrow £38-40m band every year since, net debt (on the Company's own primary "Bank Net Debt" measure) fell from an average of £98.8m in FY2020 to a NET CASH position by FY2025 and further into H1FY2026, and the dividend has grown from a 1.5p resumption in FY2021 to 8.55p (including a special dividend) by FY2025. FY2025 itself was a milestone year — the Company's first year of positive net assets in at least seven years, its first-ever net cash position, and continued recovery of the McColl's Retail Group receivable impaired in FY2022 following that customer's administration.
The industry structure is unusually favourable for cash generation, if not for growth: publishers award each geographic territory to one of two wholesalers via periodic tender, with contracts now extending to 2029-2037 following a wave of renewals in mid-2026, meaning competition is episodic rather than continuous. The principal risk is squarely on the demand side — a secular decline in print circulation — rather than on competitive share loss. Valuing the business using dividend yield as the primary method (the framework this specific type of mature, high-payout distribution business is actually priced on), cross-checked against free cash flow yield and EV/EBITDA, and built entirely without reference to SNWS's current share price, produces a primary range of approximately 62p (low) to 74p (central) to 93p (high) per share, with free-cash-flow-yield and EV/EBITDA cross-checks both converging on a somewhat higher central case of roughly 96-98p.
Company background
Smiths News plc demerged from WH Smith PLC in 2006 and has operated ever since as a wholesale distributor of newspapers and magazines, buying titles from publishers and delivering them to retailers — newsagents, supermarkets and convenience stores — across England and Wales under long-term, geographically exclusive contracts. Non-print "growth verticals" introduced from FY2023 onward — reverse-logistics recycling, books and home-entertainment distribution for national retailers, and final-mile delivery expansion — remain a small but rising share of revenue, growing 35% in H1FY2026 alone.
Between April 2014 and November 2020 the Company traded as Connect Group plc, a period of genuine diversification beyond its core distribution business: it acquired Tuffnells Parcels Express, a B2B bulk-freight and parcel carrier, for over £100m in November 2014, alongside a book-wholesaling business (Connect Books/Bertrams) and an Education & Care supplies division, both later disposed of. Tuffnells proved a costly misstep — its goodwill was substantially impaired across FY2018-FY2019 and the business was ultimately sold in May 2020 for just £15m. The Company formally reverted to the Smiths News name at Companies House in November 2020, a straightforward rebranding requiring no scheme of arrangement, takeover, or shareholder vote, marking the completion of its return to a pure-play newspaper/magazine wholesale focus. From FY2021 onward, Smiths News has been the Company's only IFRS 8 reportable segment.
The industry itself is a structural duopoly rather than an openly competitive market. The only other national wholesaler, Menzies Distribution, was sold by John Menzies plc to private equity firm Endless in 2018, before being fully acquired by the Polish parcel-locker and logistics group InPost in October 2024 and rebranded "InPost Newstrade" — it is no longer independent or UK-listed. Historical estimates put the wholesale-market split at roughly 55% Smiths News to 45% Menzies, and a wave of new publisher contract wins in mid-2026 (News UK, Associated Newspapers, and exclusive magazine deals with Frontline and Seymour running to 2037) has pushed contracted publisher revenue visibility to 93-96%. Because each geographic territory is awarded to a single wholesaler by periodic tender rather than contested through live pricing, competition in this industry is episodic — occurring only at multi-year contract renewal — rather than continuous; the Company's principal risk is the secular decline in print circulation, not competitive share loss.
A further structural feature worth understanding is the sale-or-return mechanic standard to newspaper and magazine wholesale: retailers return unsold copies, and the Company recognises revenue net of an estimate of expected returns. The Company also carried a legacy defined-benefit pension scheme (the WH Smith Pension Trust, News Section) inherited from its 2006 demerger, which was bought out and wound up between FY2021 and FY2022 with a net cash surplus returned to the Company — it has carried no ongoing defined-benefit pension liability since. A separate, unrelated legacy exposure persists from the Tuffnells divestment: Tuffnells itself (under its new owner) entered administration in June 2023, and the Pensions Regulator subsequently opened a formal investigation into that business's own legacy pension scheme, for which Smiths News remains the disclosed former sponsor, generating small recurring costs.
Development, year by year
FY2019 — the Connect Group diversification reaches its reckoning
As Connect Group PLC, the Company reported a statutory pre-tax loss of £37.6m, driven overwhelmingly by a £45.5m impairment of Tuffnells Parcels Express goodwill and other assets — the culmination of the 2014 diversification, which had paid over £100m for a business now being written down toward the £15m it would eventually be sold for the following year. Group revenue of £1,467.9m combined the core Smiths News wholesale-distribution segment (£1,303.3m) with Tuffnells (£164.6m). The core wholesale business itself remained solidly operating-profit-positive throughout (adjusted operating profit £29.5m), underscoring that this was a capital-allocation failure from an earlier strategic era, not an operational one.
Recognising and writing down a failed acquisition, however large, is the correct accounting response once the trading evidence no longer supports the carrying value, and this impairment appears to have been a genuine, overdue reckoning rather than a surprise. It does not, however, reflect well on the capital-allocation decision that led to the position in the first place, made under an earlier diversification strategy — a shrinking-to-nil intangible asset base over consecutive years is a pattern worth sitting with rather than dismissing.
FY2020 — Tuffnells finally exited, COVID disruption absorbed
The Company completed its exit from Tuffnells in May 2020, selling it for £15m — a stark crystallisation of the earlier acquisition's failure, but a decisive one. Statutory profit before tax returned to positive (£14.8m, aided by disposal accounting), and the continuing Smiths News business's own adjusted operating profit rose to £35.1m despite COVID-19 disruption to retail footfall. The Company also wrote off the remaining £5.7m of DMD (Dawson Media Direct, an inflight/travel-retail distribution business) goodwill as that channel collapsed during the pandemic. Statutory profit for the year overall remained negative (-£6.7m total) once Tuffnells' part-year trading loss and disposal loss are included.
Completing the Tuffnells divestiture — even at a nominal, value-destructive price relative to the original purchase — removed a persistent drag and allowed the Group to refocus entirely on its profitable core wholesale-distribution business; continuing to hold a loss-making, non-core asset indefinitely would have been the worse choice. Using the COVID disruption as cover to also clear out the DMD goodwill was reasonable, if opportunistic, balance-sheet housekeeping.
FY2021 — a clean refocusing year
The first full year as a single-segment, pure-play newspaper/magazine wholesaler following the November 2020 rename back to Smiths News plc. Statutory profit before tax of £30.6m and adjusted operating profit of £39.6m (a multi-year high at the time) reflected a cleaner, focused business. The legacy WH Smith Pension Trust defined-benefit scheme was bought out during the year, on the way to a full wind-up completed the following year with a net cash surplus. The ordinary dividend resumed at 1.5p, the first shareholder distribution since the Tuffnells-era turmoil.
This was a genuinely clean refocusing year — divesting the failed diversification, definitively de-risking the legacy pension liability, and resuming a shareholder distribution — executed without major missteps. The "Connect Group" era can reasonably be considered closed from this point.
FY2022 — absorbing a major customer shock without derailing the trajectory
Adjusted operating profit held broadly steady at £38.1m despite a significant customer shock: McColl's Retail Group, a major convenience-retail customer, entered administration in May 2022, triggering a £4.4m receivables impairment. The pension scheme wind-up was formally completed in February 2022 with the surplus received. The ordinary dividend was raised sharply to 4.15p.
Absorbing a large, unplanned customer-administration shock without it derailing full-year profitability or the dividend trajectory is a reasonable demonstration of the underlying business's resilience and of appropriately conservative provisioning against the McColl's exposure — an exposure the Company would go on to substantially recover over the following three years.
FY2023 — steady operations, a legacy liability resurfaces
A steady, unremarkable year on the operating numbers (adjusted operating profit £38.8m, broadly flat; dividend held at 4.15p), but a legacy liability resurfaced: Tuffnells itself — sold three years earlier and by then under an unrelated owner — entered administration in June 2023, prompting the Pensions Regulator to open a formal investigation into the legacy Tuffnells defined-benefit pension scheme, for which Smiths News remains the disclosed former sponsor. This generates a small but recurring cost and reputational overhang outside current management's control.
A competent, low-drama operating year, but the re-emergence of Tuffnells-related liability risk — now via the pensions route rather than the trading route — is a reminder that the costs of the 2014-2020 diversification era had not fully finished working their way through the Company's accounts, nearly a decade after the original acquisition.
FY2024 — a 53-week year, a refinancing, and the first special dividend
A 53-week fiscal year modestly inflated revenue and adjusted operating profit (by roughly £0.9m from the extra week), but also caused a one-off £15.7m working-capital cash outflow tied to publisher payment timing — a distortion the Company flagged explicitly rather than allowing it to be mistaken for operating weakness. More substantively, the Company refinanced its debt in May 2024 (a new £40m revolving credit facility plus a £10m accordion, with HSBC and Santander), enabling a formal capital-allocation policy that supported a materially higher total dividend of 7.15p, including the Company's first-ever special dividend (2.00p).
Proactively refinancing well ahead of any covenant pressure, and using the resulting flexibility to commit to a clearer, more generous capital-return policy, is good, forward-looking balance-sheet management — and transparently flagging the 53rd-week cash-flow distortion reflects well on disclosure quality.
FY2025 — a milestone year: net cash, positive net assets, and a larger special dividend
FY2025 was the strongest year of the seven reviewed on essentially every balance-sheet and capital-return metric. The Company achieved positive net assets (+£9.5m) for the first time in at least seven years, moved to a Bank Net Cash position (+£3.3m) for the first time in its history, raised the total dividend again to 8.55p (including a larger 3.00p special dividend), and saw the McColl's receivable effectively fully recovered — a further £3.7m impairment reversal, taking cumulative recovery to 98% of the original £5.5m. Adjusted operating profit held at £39.1m despite a 3% revenue decline, evidencing continued cost discipline and margin resilience against the secular print-volume headwind.
This represents the point at which the multi-year post-Tuffnells recovery plan can reasonably be judged to have succeeded. The consistent, multi-year McColl's recovery process — rather than writing the receivable off and moving on — also reflects credibly on the Company's collections and legal discipline.
H1FY2026 (interim, most recent data point — 6 May 2026 interim report and 29 January 2026 trading update; not scored)
Revenue fell 3.9% to £515.7m and adjusted operating profit fell 5.7% to £18.3m, pressured by the annualised National Insurance Contributions increase and continued technology investment, but Bank Net Cash grew further to £7.8m (from £3.3m at FY2025 year end) and free cash flow rose 59% to £21.2m. Growth-verticals revenue (recycling, books/home-entertainment, final-mile) grew 35%, with the Recycling division alone up 50%, and the Company secured its largest-ever single book-delivery contract in the period. Publisher revenue contracted through to 2029 rose to 96% following a Guardian Newspaper Group contract renewal, and management flagged expected H2FY2026 demand tailwinds from the FIFA Men's World Cup and an ongoing collectables sales cycle.
Two CFO transitions occurred within roughly a year: Paul Baker resigned in March 2025, George Cooper (the Group Financial Controller) served as an interim bridge CFO, and Richard Clay was appointed permanent CFO in February 2026, having been announced to the Board as early as July 2025. This is an area of financial-leadership discontinuity worth watching, though it was handled via an orderly, pre-announced internal-bridge succession rather than an unplanned vacancy.
Year-by-year summary
| FY2019 | FY2020 | FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Revenue (£m) | 1,467.9 | 1,164.5 | 1,109.6 | 1,089.3 | 1,091.9 | 1,103.7 | 1,064.0 |
| Adjusted operating profit (£m) | 29.5 | 35.1 | 39.6 | 38.1 | 38.8 | 39.1 | 39.1 |
| Statutory profit/(loss) before tax (£m) | (37.6) | 14.8 | 30.6 | 27.9 | 31.8 | 34.1 | 37.9 |
| Sentiment score (0-10) | 2 | 4 | 6 | 6 | 5 | 6 | 8 |
| Management quality score (0-10) | 4 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
Full line-item detail, formulas, and citations are in the companion workbook. Figures in £m are rounded from the underlying Income Statement tab figures; PBT figures in parentheses denote losses. FY2020 is derived from the FY2021 Annual Report's comparative column (no standalone FY2020 annual report exists); FY2024 was a 53-week fiscal year.
Industry and structural quirks worth understanding
- A genuine, contractually-defined duopoly rather than an openly competitive market. Each geographic territory is awarded to one of two wholesalers (Smiths News or InPost-owned Menzies Distribution) via periodic publisher tender, with contracts now running years — some to 2037. Live price competition within a territory essentially does not exist; competition happens only episodically, at tender renewal.
- Sale-or-return revenue recognition. As is standard across newspaper/magazine wholesale, retailers return unsold copies and revenue is recognised net of an estimate of expected returns — a mechanic worth understanding before comparing SNWS's revenue recognition to a simpler product-distribution business.
- The Company's own 2014-2020 diversification-and-reversal arc (Connect Group era) is the single largest driver of comparability issues across this document's earlier years — the FY2019-FY2020 revenue step-down, the multi-year negative-equity position, and the FY2020 discontinued-operations charge are all consequences of the Tuffnells acquisition and its 2020 disposal, not of the core wholesale-distribution business, which has been operating-profit-positive in every single year reviewed.
- A legacy liability can outlive a clean disposal by years. Tuffnells was sold in May 2020, yet its own subsequent 2023 administration (under an unrelated new owner) triggered a Pensions Regulator investigation into its legacy pension scheme that still generates small costs for Smiths News as former sponsor in FY2025 and H1FY2026 — a reminder that divesting a failed business does not always fully sever exposure to it.
- Working-capital and payment-timing noise dominates single-year free-cash-flow comparisons. The 53rd-week distortion in FY2024, the McColl's receivable recoveries staged over FY2024-FY2025, and the FY2022 Tuffnells earn-out receipt all cause free cash flow to swing considerably year to year for reasons that are timing, not operating performance — multi-year averages and the Bank Net Debt/(Cash) trend are more informative than any single year's free cash flow figure.
Recurring themes across the period
Aberforth Partners LLP stake reduction, August 2026 — flagged, not yet confirmed in a Company filing. A TR-1 "Holding(s) in Company" RNS dated 4 August 2026, located via web search (Investegate/Kalkine Media) rather than a Smiths News annual report, shows Aberforth Partners LLP — the Company's largest shareholder throughout the period reviewed — reduced its stake from 17.21% to 15.913% of voting rights. This is a genuine regulatory disclosure, but it postdates the FY2025 Annual Report used as the primary source elsewhere in this document and has not yet been cross-checked against a Company filing; treat the reduced figure as indicative pending confirmation at the next interim or annual report. No public activist conduct or campaign was found associated with Aberforth or any other named substantial shareholder, and no classic UK small-cap activist name (Harwood Capital, Gatemore, Slater Investments, Metage, Hosking Partners) appears anywhere on the register searched.
Beyond the flagged shareholding movement, four further patterns recur consistently enough across seven years of filings to be worth naming.
- A single corporate-history fact explains most of the period's early comparability challenges. The 2014-2020 Connect Group diversification and its unwinding (the Tuffnells acquisition and disposal, and the associated goodwill impairments) is the primary driver of the FY2019-FY2020 revenue step-down and the multi-year negative-equity position — a reminder to read the earlier years of this document against that backdrop before attributing changes to the core wholesale business's own performance.
- A consistent, multi-year deleveraging and capital-return trajectory from FY2021 onward. Bank Net Debt fell from an average of £98.8m in FY2020 to a net cash position by FY2025, while the dividend grew from a 1.5p resumption to 8.55p (including special dividends) over the same period — a genuine, evidenced turnaround rather than a management assertion alone.
- Disciplined handling of one-off shocks and legacy liabilities. The McColl's administration (FY2022) was provisioned conservatively and then substantially recovered over the following three years; the Tuffnells legacy pension investigation (from FY2023) has been disclosed transparently as a small recurring cost rather than downplayed. Both point to reasonably conservative, transparent financial management.
- An orderly, if frequent, pattern of CFO succession planning. The CFO seat changed hands twice within roughly a year (Baker to interim Cooper to Clay), but via a pre-announced internal bridge rather than an unplanned vacancy — a materially more orderly succession pattern than an unexplained leadership gap would represent.
Value range
SNWS is valued here using dividend yield as the primary method, cross-checked against free cash flow yield and EV/EBITDA — the framework recommended by dedicated peer and market research as how this specific type of business is actually priced. The Company is run and communicated around an explicit capital-allocation and dividend policy (a 2x ordinary-dividend cover target, with special dividends once leverage targets are met) rather than around earnings growth, so its holders are best served pricing it on cash returned or generated relative to price, not on an earnings multiple. There is no listed pure-play UK newspaper/magazine wholesaler peer; the comparator set used to check the assumptions spans Bunzl (a quality/scale ceiling), DX Group and PayPoint (the closest operational and style matches), ME Group International (a "melting ice cube" re-rating template), and International Distribution Services/Royal Mail (a conceptually close but now-delisted comparator, taken private in June 2025).
The starting dividend base uses only the FY2025 ORDINARY dividend (5.55p), deliberately excluding the 3.00p special dividend component, since special dividends were only introduced from FY2024 and are explicitly a function of the balance sheet having reached a net-cash position — not yet a demonstrated, repeatable feature. The free cash flow and EBITDA bases both use 3-year averages (FY2023-FY2025) to smooth the FY2024 53rd-week working-capital distortion discussed above.
| Low | Central | High | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Required dividend yield assumption (PRIMARY method) | 9.0% | 7.5% | 6.0% |
| Value per share (dividend yield method) | 61.7p | 74.0p | 92.5p |
| Value per share (free cash flow yield cross-check) | 71.8p | 96.2p | 124.0p |
| Value per share (EV/EBITDA cross-check) | 76.3p | 95.7p | 124.8p |
Full sensitivity model with editable assumptions, and the full peer comparison with sourced multiples, is in the companion workbook's Valuation tab. Move any yellow input cell there and every downstream figure recalculates.
Why the primary method is more conservative than the two cross-checks, and how to read that
The dividend-yield method's range (approximately 62-93p) sits below both the free-cash-flow-yield range (approximately 72-124p) and the EV/EBITDA range (approximately 76-125p), which converge closely on each other in their central cases (~96p and ~96p respectively). This is expected, not a contradiction: the dividend-yield method captures only DISTRIBUTED cash flow (the ordinary dividend), while SNWS retains a meaningful share of its free cash flow beyond that dividend for deleveraging and, more recently, special distributions — a required cash yield built only on the ordinary dividend will mechanically understate value relative to methods built on the fuller free-cash-flow or EBITDA base. The dividend-yield method is retained as the PRIMARY range specifically because it is the most conservative and the most directly grounded in a single, simple, audited, company-declared number, consistent with the standing preference for a defensible floor over an optimistic point estimate.
A further check worth naming explicitly: a required dividend/equity yield of 6.0%-9.0% implies only a 0.85-3.85 percentage-point premium over the 5.15% UK 10-year gilt yield (28 August 2026) — on the low side of the roughly 4-6 percentage-point total equity-risk-premium-and-size-premium territory that would typically be expected for a small-cap equity investment. This arguably argues for weighting the HIGH-CASE end of the yield assumption (i.e., the more conservative, LOWER-value 9.0% required yield) at least as heavily as the central case, rather than treating this range as biased toward the optimistic end. No SNWS-specific sell-side consensus multiple or price target was located via public sources in the research pass behind this document — the cross-checks above are grounded in comparable-company data only, not in any independent analyst view of SNWS itself.
Limitations and what would sharpen this further
- None of the figures in this document or the companion workbook have been checked against a second, independent source beyond the primary filings read in this session. Per the project's standing rule, no number here should enter an investment decision until independently verified.
- FY2020 is entirely a derived column, reconstructed from the FY2021 Annual Report's prior-year comparative — no standalone FY2020 annual report exists in the source set reviewed. Every FY2020 figure in this document and the companion workbook should be read with that provenance in mind.
- FY2024 was a 53-week fiscal year, which modestly inflated that year's revenue and adjusted operating profit but also caused a one-off £15.7m working-capital cash outflow — flagged wherever it materially affects a figure used in this document, but worth bearing in mind for any calculation not explicitly discussed here.
- The balance sheet is presented in condensed form in the companion workbook: the research pass extracted headline totals and the largest individual line items, with smaller unitemised components captured via an explicit, flagged balancing row rather than a full line-by-line reconstruction of the statutory balance sheet.
- The Aberforth Partners LLP stake reduction (17.21% to 15.913%, per an August 2026 TR-1 filing located via web search) has been investigated but not yet cross-checked against a Company filing — see the Recurring Themes discussion above and the companion workbook's Ownership tab.
- The equity-risk-premium and small-cap-size-premium data used to sense-check the required-yield assumptions are the weakest-sourced inputs in this document — a live, UK-specific figure was not confirmed in the research pass behind this valuation. A reader wanting to build a full DCF/DDM cross-check (which the now-contracted publisher revenue visibility to 2029-2037 would support unusually well) should pull current figures directly from Damodaran's dataset or Kroll's Cost of Capital Navigator.
- This document deliberately does not compare the value range above to SNWS's current market price. That comparison is the next, separate step in the process, to be taken only after the figures above have been checked.
Multi-year model — SNWS_multi_year_model.xlsx
Smiths News plc (SNWS) — Consolidated Income Statement, GBP millions
Source: Consolidated Income Statement, Annual Report & Accounts, year ended late August each year (FY2019 as originally reported by Connect Group PLC — the Company's name before Nov 2020; FY2020 DERIVED entirely from the FY2021 Annual Report's prior-year comparative column, as no standalone FY2020 annual report exists in the source set; FY2024 was a 53-WEEK year, inflating revenue/profit modestly versus the 52-week years either side — see Company KPIs tab for the associated cash-flow distortion). 'Adjusted' figures are the Company's own non-GAAP alternative performance measure, excluding items it defines as one-off/non-recurring — see the Adjusting items comment.
| FY2019 | FY2020 | FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | |
| Revenue (statutory, continuing operations) | 1,467.9 | 1,164.5 | 1,109.6 | 1,089.3 | 1,091.9 | 1,103.7 | 1,064 |
| Gross profit (statutory) | 80.90 | 72.90 | 73.40 | 72.70 | 72.50 | 73.20 | 75.10 |
| Adjusted operating profit | 29.50 | 35.10 | 39.60 | 38.10 | 38.80 | 39.10 | 39.10 |
| Adjusting items (pre-tax, continuing) | -60.80 | -14 | -3.80 | -5.70 | -0.50 | 0.90 | 2.10 |
| Statutory operating profit/(loss) | -31.30 | 21.10 | 35.80 | 32.40 | 38.30 | 40 | 41.20 |
| Net finance costs | -6.30 | -6.30 | -5.20 | -4.50 | -6.50 | -5.90 | -3.30 |
| Statutory profit/(loss) before tax | -37.60 | 14.80 | 30.60 | 27.90 | 31.80 | 34.10 | 37.90 |
| Taxation (charge)/credit | 6.10 | -2.80 | -4.30 | -4.50 | -6.70 | -8.60 | -9.60 |
| Statutory profit/(loss) after tax, continuing operations | -31.50 | 12 | 26.30 | 23.40 | 25.10 | 25.50 | 28.30 |
| Discontinued operations (post-tax) — Tuffnells | 0 | -18.70 | -0.10 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| Statutory profit/(loss) for the year, total | -31.50 | -6.70 | 26.20 | 23.40 | 25.10 | 25.50 | 28.30 |
| Adjusted profit before tax | 23.20 | 27.90 | 30.90 | 31.10 | 32.30 | 33.20 | 35.80 |
| Adjusted profit after tax | 19.40 | 23.70 | 26.30 | 25.70 | 25.60 | 24.70 | 27 |
| Basic EPS, statutory (pence) | -12.9p | 4.3p | 10.8p | 9.8p | 10.6p | 10.6p | 11.7p |
| Basic EPS, adjusted (pence) | 9.7p | 10.8p | 10.8p | 10.8p | 10.3p | 11.1p | |
| Dividend per share declared (pence) | 1.0p | 0.0p | 1.5p | 4.2p | 4.2p | 7.2p | 8.6p |
Smiths News plc (SNWS) — Consolidated Balance Sheet (condensed), GBP millions, at year end
Presented in CONDENSED form: the primary-source research pass extracted the headline totals (Total assets, Total non-current assets, Total liabilities, Total equity — all as directly reported) plus the largest individual line items. Line items that do not sum exactly to the reported subtotals are reconciled below via an explicit 'other items, not separately itemised' balancing row in each section — flagged in orange — rather than by silently forcing smaller items to fit. FY2020 is DERIVED from the FY2021 Annual Report's comparative column (no standalone FY2020 annual report exists).
| FY2019 | FY2020 | FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | |
| NON-CURRENT ASSETS | |||||||
| Intangible assets (incl. residual goodwill) | 10.10 | 4 | 2.30 | 1.70 | 1.90 | 2.40 | 2.50 |
| Property, plant and equipment | 10.90 | 9.40 | 9.40 | 8.60 | 8.80 | 9.70 | 10.70 |
| Right-of-use assets (post-IFRS16 leases; n/a FY2019, pre-IFRS16) | 32.80 | 28.40 | 26.30 | 21.80 | 29.50 | 29.40 | |
| Other non-current items not separately itemised (balancing, incl. deferred tax etc.) | 10.50 | 20.30 | 7.00 | 5.30 | 6.10 | 5.90 | 6.30 |
| Total non-current assets (reported) | 31.50 | 66.50 | 47.10 | 41.90 | 38.60 | 47.50 | 48.90 |
| CURRENT ASSETS | |||||||
| Inventories | 16.20 | 14.10 | 13.20 | 15.60 | 17.70 | 22.10 | 12.60 |
| Trade and other receivables | 124.2 | 101.2 | 106.6 | 95.70 | 101.1 | 102.1 | 103.4 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 24 | 50.60 | 19.30 | 35.30 | 37.30 | 7 | 8.20 |
| Other current items not separately itemised (balancing) | 16.80 | 0 | 0 | 0.90 | 0.60 | 0.90 | 0.90 |
| Total current assets (calc. = Total assets − Total non-current assets) | 181.2 | 165.9 | 139.1 | 147.5 | 156.7 | 132.1 | 125.1 |
| Total assets (reported) | 212.7 | 232.4 | 186.2 | 189.4 | 195.3 | 179.6 | 174 |
| LIABILITIES | |||||||
| Trade and other payables | -173.7 | -139.5 | -136.5 | -140.3 | -141.5 | -128.5 | -127.2 |
| Bank borrowings (gross) | -95.40 | -130.1 | -71.30 | -47.10 | -40.20 | -17.60 | -1.70 |
| Lease liabilities (post-IFRS16; n/a FY2019) | -2.50 | -33.40 | -29.20 | -27.60 | -23.20 | -30.90 | -30.50 |
| Other liabilities not separately itemised (balancing, incl. tax, provisions) | -15.40 | -11 | -6.90 | -6.40 | -6.70 | -5.90 | -5.10 |
| Total liabilities (reported) | -287 | -314 | -243.9 | -221.4 | -211.6 | -182.9 | -164.5 |
| Net assets/(liabilities) = Total equity (calc.) | -74.30 | -81.60 | -57.70 | -32 | -16.30 | -3.30 | 9.50 |
| Check vs reported Total equity | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK |
| Ordinary shares in issue (millions, ~static across the period) | 247.7 | 247.7 | 247.7 | 247.7 | 247.7 | 247.7 | 247.7 |
| Net asset value per share (calc., pence) | -30.0p | -32.9p | -23.3p | -12.9p | -6.6p | -1.3p | 3.8p |
| Reading note: SNWS carried NEGATIVE net assets in every year FY2019-FY2024 — the direct legacy of the historic Tuffnells goodwill/intangible impairments (£46.1m in FY2018 and a further £45.5m in FY2019, i.e. before this tab's window even begins), not of ongoing trading losses (the Smiths News wholesale business itself has been operating-profit-positive throughout). FY2025 marks the Company's first year of POSITIVE net assets (+£9.5m) since at least FY2018 — driven cumulatively by profit retention, the FY2021/22 pension-scheme buy-out surplus, and sustained debt paydown. No goodwill or acquired intangibles remain on the balance sheet from FY2021 onward; all historic goodwill (Tuffnells, DMD) was fully impaired to nil by FY2020. | |||||||
Smiths News plc (SNWS) — Consolidated Cash Flow (condensed), GBP millions
Source: Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, each year's own Annual Report (FY2020 derived from the FY2021 report's comparative). 'Free cash flow' is the Company's own headline Alternative Performance Measure (operating cash flow less capex and other recurring cash items, before financing). FY2024's free cash flow is MATERIALLY DEPRESSED by a one-off £15.7m working-capital outflow caused by that year's extra (53rd) trading week shifting publisher payment timing — flagged below and NOT a sign of operational deterioration.
| FY2019 | FY2020 | FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | |
| Net cash generated from operating activities | 23 | 23.40 | 41.40 | 49.80 | 36.40 | 22.40 | 49.40 |
| Capital expenditure (PP&E + intangibles) | -8.60 | -9.30 | -2.40 | -2 | -3.40 | -4.40 | -4.50 |
| Free cash flow (Company APM, headline) | 8.30 | 10.90 | 24 | 48.20 | 21.80 | 7.30 | 36.10 |
| Dividends paid | 0 | -2.40 | -1.20 | -6.10 | -9.80 | -10.80 | -17.40 |
| Share buybacks / EBT share purchases | 0 | -0.70 | -2.60 | -2.60 | -1.70 | -3.30 | -1.60 |
| Acquisitions/disposals of businesses, net (incl. Tuffnells sale/earn-out) | 0 | -3.70 | 6.70 | 14 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| Working capital movement (memo, per Financial Review bridge) | -3.90 | -5.70 | 1 | -0.60 | -4.90 | -17 | 4.10 |
| Reading note: free cash flow swings materially year to year in this business — not because the underlying wholesale-distribution operation is volatile, but because working-capital timing (publisher payment dates relative to the financial year end) and one-off recoveries (e.g. the McColl's administration receivable, recovered in stages FY2024-2025) move through the FCF line directly. FY2024's £7.3m FCF (its lowest of the seven years shown) is the direct result of the 53rd trading week shifting a large publisher payment into FY2024 that would otherwise have fallen in FY2025 — a timing effect, not an operating deterioration; excluding it, FY2024 FCF would have been roughly £23m, much closer to trend. FY2022's unusually high £48.2m FCF includes £14.0m of one-off Tuffnells deferred-consideration receipts (the final earn-out payment from the 2020 disposal). Net debt (see Company KPIs tab) fell from a peak average of £98.8m (FY2020) to a NET CASH position by FY2025 — the clearest single indicator that, working-capital noise aside, this is a consistently cash-generative business. | |||||||
Smiths News plc (SNWS) — Company-Specific KPI Trends and Corporate History, FY2019-FY2025 (+H1FY2026)
These KPIs tell SNWS's real story: a UK newspaper/magazine wholesale distributor operating in a structurally-protected, contractually-defined duopoly (with InPost-owned Menzies Distribution as the only other national player), facing a genuine secular decline in print volumes but responding with disciplined deleveraging, exclusive long-term publisher contracts now extending to 2037, and — for the first time in the Company's history — a net cash balance sheet and a growing, special-dividend-supplemented payout. Source: Strategic Report, Financial Review and Alternative Performance Measures sections of each year's Annual Report & Accounts, plus the FY2026 trading update and H1FY2026 interim report.
| FY2019 | FY2020 | FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | |
| Net debt, statutory basis incl. IFRS16 leases (£m, company-reported) | -73.90 | -112.9 | -81.20 | -39.40 | -26.10 | -41.50 | -24 |
| Bank Net Debt / (Net Cash) — Company's PRIMARY APM & covenant metric, EXCL. IFRS16 leases (£m) | -73.90 | -79.70 | -53.20 | -14.20 | -4.20 | -11 | 3.30 |
| The Company has REPORTED TWO DISTINCT net-debt measures and shifted emphasis between them: 'Net debt' (incl. IFRS16 lease liabilities) was the headline measure pre-IFRS16 (FY2019) and remains disclosed in the accounts, but from FY2020 the Company began prominently featuring 'Bank Net Debt' (excl. leases) as its primary KPI/banking-covenant metric, and had DROPPED the lease-inclusive figure from its own headline KPI page entirely by FY2023. Both are shown here for transparency; the Company's own covenant and capital-allocation-policy commentary is built around Bank Net Debt, which is why that measure — not the statutory net-debt figure — is used as the net-debt input on the Valuation tab. | |||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA, pre-IFRS16 basis (£m) — disclosed FY2019-FY2021 only | 38.80 | 45.70 | 50.30 | ||||
| Adjusted EBITDA, post-IFRS16 basis (£m) — disclosed FY2022-FY2025 only | 48.60 | 48 | 47.60 | 48.60 | |||
| Adjusted EBITDA is NOT directly comparable across the FY2021/FY2022 boundary: the post-IFRS16 figure is structurally higher because lease costs move from operating expense (reducing EBITDA) to depreciation and interest (below the EBITDA line) once right-of-use accounting applies throughout. The Company itself dropped 'Adjusted EBITDA (pre-IFRS16)' as a headline KPI after FY2021 in favour of 'Adjusted Operating Profit' as its primary non-GAAP profit measure — post-IFRS16 Adjusted EBITDA continues to appear only within the Financial Review's free-cash-flow bridge from FY2022 onward. The Valuation tab uses only the post-IFRS16 series (FY2023-FY2025 average) for consistency with the modern, lease-inclusive balance sheet. | |||||||
| Trendline charts — the three headline KPIs | |||||||
| Dividend per share declared (pence, calc., linked to Income Statement tab) | 1.0p | 0.0p | 1.5p | 4.2p | 4.2p | 7.2p | 8.6p |
| Free cash flow, Company APM (£m, calc., linked to Cash Flow tab) | 8.30 | 10.90 | 24 | 48.20 | 21.80 | 7.30 | 36.10 |
| Corporate history and restructuring timeline — essential for reading comparability across the period | |||||||
| 2006 | Demerged from WH Smith PLC as Smiths News plc. | ||||||
| Apr 2014 | Renamed Connect Group plc; diversified beyond newspaper/magazine wholesale (Tuffnells Parcels Express acquired Nov 2014 for >£100m; also owned Connect Books/Bertrams book wholesaling and an Education & Care supplies division). | ||||||
| 2018 | Books distribution and Education & Care divisions disposed. | ||||||
| Jan 2019 | Jack's Beans (vending) assets impaired/disposed. | ||||||
| May 2020 | Tuffnells Parcels Express sold for £15m (vs. >£100m paid in 2014) — the single largest source of the Company's historic negative-equity position, via the associated goodwill impairments taken in FY2018-FY2019. | ||||||
| Nov 2020 | Company formally renamed, at Companies House, from Connect Group plc back to Smiths News plc — a straightforward name change with no scheme of arrangement, takeover, or shareholder vote required, marking the completion of the return to a pure-play newspaper/magazine wholesale focus. | ||||||
| Mar 2021 / Feb 2022 | WH Smith Pension Trust (News Section) legacy defined-benefit scheme bought out and wound up; £8.1m net cash surplus returned to the Company (Dec 2021); wind-up formally completed 25 Feb 2022 — the Company has carried NO ongoing defined-benefit pension liability since. | ||||||
| FY2021 onward | Smiths News becomes the Company's only IFRS 8 reportable segment (DMD/other ancillary businesses folded in as immaterial). | ||||||
| May 2022 | Major customer McColl's Retail Group enters administration; £4.4m receivables impairment taken (substantially recovered over FY2024-FY2025). | ||||||
| Jun 2023 | Tuffnells (under its new, unrelated owner since the 2020 sale) itself enters administration; the Pensions Regulator opens a formal investigation into the legacy Tuffnells defined-benefit pension scheme, with Smiths News incurring small ongoing costs as the scheme's former sponsor. | ||||||
| May 2024 | Debt refinanced: new £40m revolving credit facility (HSBC & Santander, plus £10m accordion) replaces the prior term loan, enabling a new capital-allocation policy including special dividends. | ||||||
| FY2023 onward | Diversification into 'growth verticals' — Smiths News Recycle (reverse logistics/waste), books & home-entertainment distribution, final-mile delivery — tracked as a KPI, not a separate reportable segment. | ||||||
| FY2025 year end | First year of positive net assets and (on the Bank Net Debt measure) net cash since at least FY2018. | ||||||
| Jun 2026 - Jul 2026 | New long-term publisher contracts announced (News UK, Associated Newspapers/Daily Mail, Frontline and Seymour magazine deals to 2037), extending contracted publisher revenue visibility to 93-96%. | ||||||
| Feb 2026 | Richard Clay appointed permanent CFO after a short interim-CFO bridge period (George Cooper, Group Financial Controller), following Paul Baker's March 2025 resignation. | ||||||
| Segment revenue — Smiths News (wholesale distribution) vs. Tuffnells (parcels), FY2019-FY2020 only; single segment from FY2021 | |||||||
| FY2019 | FY2020 (part-year, discontinued) | ||||||
| Smiths News (wholesale distribution) — external revenue | 1,303.3 | 1,164.5 | |||||
| Tuffnells Parcels Express — external revenue (discontinued from May 2020) | 164.6 | 98.20 | |||||
| Non-financial / operational KPIs (as self-reported by the Company) | |||||||
| FY2019 | FY2020 | FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | |
| Retailers/outlets served (approx., '000s) | 27 | 24 | 24 | 24 | 24 | 22 | |
| Customer pack accuracy (%) | 99.3% | 99.7% | 99.7% | 99.7% | 99.7% | 99.7% | |
| % of publisher revenue contracted through to 2029 | 74 | 91 | |||||
| H1FY2026 (interim, 28 Feb 2026, most recent primary data point): retailers served ~22,000 (per Jan 2026 trading update); % of publisher revenue contracted through to 2029 risen further to 96% (incl. a renewed Guardian Newspaper Group contract); revenue £515.7m (-3.9% YoY), adjusted operating profit £18.3m (-5.7%), Bank Net Cash £7.8m (vs. Bank Net Debt £12.4m a year earlier), free cash flow £21.2m (+59% YoY). Growth-vertical revenue +35% (Recycling division alone +50%). Management flagged H2FY2026 tailwinds from the FIFA Men's World Cup and a continuing collectables (e.g. trading-card) sales cycle. | |||||||
Smiths News plc (SNWS) — Year-by-Year Sentiment and Management Quality Assessment
Subjective scores assigned by the analyst (Claude) after reading each year's Chairman's Statement, Strategic Report and Financial Review in chronological order, without reference to the share price. Sentiment: 0=bad, 10=extremely positive. Management quality: 0=fraud/convictions, 10=outstanding/management saved the day. These are judgment calls, not derived from any formula — read the rationale column, not just the score.
| Year | Sentiment (0-10) | Mgmt Quality (0-10) | Statutory PBT (£m) | Rationale | |||
| FY2019 | 2 | 4 | -37.60 | As Connect Group PLC, the Company reported a statutory pre-tax loss of £37.6m, driven overwhelmingly by a £45.5m impairment of Tuffnells Parcels Express goodwill and other assets — the culmination of the ill-fated 2014 diversification, which had paid over £100m for a business now being written down toward the £15m it would eventually be sold for. Net liabilities deepened further. The core Smiths News wholesale-distribution business itself remained solidly operating-profit-positive throughout (adjusted operating profit £29.5m), underscoring that this was a capital-allocation failure from an earlier era, not an operational one. MGMT: Recognising and writing down a failed acquisition, however large, is the correct accounting response once the trading evidence no longer supports the carrying value — and this impairment appears to have been a genuine, overdue reckoning rather than a surprise. It does not, however, reflect well on the capital-allocation decision that led to the position in the first place (made by an earlier leadership regime under the Connect Group diversification strategy), and a shrinking-to-nil intangible asset base over consecutive years is itself a red flag worth sitting with rather than dismissing. | |||
| FY2020 | 4 | 6 | 14.80 | The Company finally exited Tuffnells in May 2020 for £15m — a stark crystallisation of the earlier >£100m acquisition's failure, but a decisive one. Statutory PBT returned to positive (£14.8m, aided by the disposal accounting), and the continuing Smiths News business's own adjusted operating profit rose to £35.1m despite COVID-19 disruption. The Company also wrote off the remaining £5.7m of DMD (travel/inflight retail) goodwill as that channel collapsed during the pandemic. Statutory profit for the year overall remained negative (-£6.7m total) once Tuffnells' part-year trading loss and disposal loss are included. MGMT: Completing the Tuffnells divestiture — even at a nominal, value-destructive price relative to the original purchase — removed a persistent drag and allowed the Group to refocus entirely on its profitable core wholesale-distribution business; continuing to hold a loss-making, non-core asset indefinitely would have been the worse choice. Using the COVID disruption as cover to also clear out the DMD goodwill was a reasonable, if opportunistic, piece of balance-sheet housekeeping. | |||
| FY2021 | 6 | 6 | 30.60 | The first full year as a single-segment, pure-play newspaper/magazine wholesaler following the November 2020 rename back to Smiths News plc. Statutory PBT of £30.6m and adjusted operating profit of £39.6m (a multi-year high) reflected a cleaner, focused business. The legacy WH Smith Pension Trust defined-benefit scheme was bought out during the year, on the way to a full wind-up completed the following year with a net cash surplus. The ordinary dividend resumed at 1.5p, the first since the Tuffnells-era turmoil. MGMT: A genuinely clean refocusing year — divesting the failed diversification, definitively de-risking the legacy pension liability, and resuming a shareholder distribution — executed without major missteps. This is the year the 'Connect Group' era can reasonably be considered closed. | |||
| FY2022 | 6 | 6 | 27.90 | Adjusted operating profit held broadly steady at £38.1m despite a significant customer shock: McColl's Retail Group, a major convenience-retail customer, entered administration in May 2022, triggering a £4.4m receivables impairment. The pension scheme wind-up was formally completed in February 2022 with the surplus received. The ordinary dividend was raised sharply to 4.15p. MGMT: Absorbing a large, unplanned customer-administration shock without it derailing full-year profitability or the dividend trajectory is a reasonable demonstration of the underlying business's resilience and of appropriately conservative provisioning against the McColl's exposure (which the Company would go on to substantially recover over the following three years). | |||
| FY2023 | 5 | 6 | 31.80 | A steady, unremarkable year on the operating numbers (adjusted operating profit £38.8m, broadly flat; dividend held at 4.15p), but a legacy liability resurfaced: Tuffnells itself — sold three years earlier and by then under an unrelated owner — entered administration in June 2023, prompting the Pensions Regulator to open a formal investigation into the legacy Tuffnells defined-benefit pension scheme, for which Smiths News remains the disclosed former sponsor. This generates a small but recurring cost and reputational overhang outside management's current control. MGMT: A competent, low-drama operating year, but the re-emergence of Tuffnells-related liability risk (now via the pensions route rather than the trading route) is a reminder that the costs of the 2014-2020 diversification era have not fully finished working their way through the Company's accounts, nearly a decade after the original acquisition. | |||
| FY2024 | 6 | 7 | 34.10 | A 53-week fiscal year modestly inflated revenue and adjusted operating profit (+£0.9m from the extra week), but also caused a one-off £15.7m working-capital cash outflow tied to publisher payment timing — a distortion the Company flagged explicitly rather than obscuring. More substantively, the Company refinanced its debt in May 2024 (new £40m RCF plus £10m accordion), enabling a formal capital-allocation policy that supported a materially higher total dividend of 7.15p, including the Company's first special dividend (2.00p). MGMT: Proactively refinancing well ahead of any covenant pressure, and using the resulting flexibility to commit to a clearer, more generous capital-return policy, is good, forward-looking balance-sheet management — and transparently flagging the 53rd-week cash-flow distortion rather than letting a reader mistake it for operating weakness reflects well on disclosure quality. | |||
| FY2025 | 8 | 8 | 37.90 | A milestone year: the Company achieved positive net assets (+£9.5m) for the first time in at least seven years, moved to a Bank Net Cash position (+£3.3m) for the first time in its history, raised the total dividend again to 8.55p (including a larger 3.00p special dividend), and saw the McColl's receivable effectively fully recovered (a further £3.7m impairment reversal, taking cumulative recovery to 98% of the original £5.5m). Adjusted operating profit held at £39.1m despite a 3% revenue decline, evidencing continued cost discipline and margin resilience against the secular print-volume headwind. MGMT: This is the strongest year of the seven reviewed on essentially every balance-sheet and capital-return metric, and represents the point at which the multi-year post-Tuffnells recovery plan can reasonably be judged to have succeeded. The consistent, multi-year McColl's recovery process (rather than writing the receivable off and moving on) also reflects credibly on collections/legal discipline. | |||
| H1 2026 (interim, most recent data point — H1FY2026 interim report, 6 May 2026, and Jan 2026 trading update; not scored) | |||||||
| Revenue £515.7m (-3.9% YoY) and adjusted operating profit £18.3m (-5.7%), pressured by the annualised National Insurance Contributions increase and continued technology investment, but Bank Net Cash grew further to £7.8m (from £3.3m at FY2025 year end) and free cash flow rose 59% to £21.2m. Growth-verticals revenue (Recycling, books/home-entertainment, final-mile) grew 35%, with Recycling alone up 50%, and the Company secured its largest-ever single book-delivery contract in the period. Two CFO transitions occurred within roughly a year (Paul Baker resigned Mar 2025; George Cooper served as bridge interim CFO; Richard Clay appointed permanent CFO Feb 2026) — an area of financial-leadership discontinuity worth watching, though handled via an orderly, pre-announced internal-bridge succession rather than an unplanned vacancy. Publisher revenue contracted through to 2029 rose to 96% following a Guardian Newspaper Group contract renewal. Management flagged expected H2FY2026 demand tailwinds from the FIFA Men's World Cup and an ongoing collectables sales cycle. | |||||||
| Recurring findings across the seven-year window | |||||||
| • The single dominant structural fact shaping FY2019-FY2020 is the unwinding of the 2014-era 'Connect Group' diversification (principally the Tuffnells Parcels Express acquisition), whose failure and eventual £15m disposal — against a purchase price of over £100m — produced years of negative net assets that only reversed in FY2025. This is a capital-allocation legacy issue from an earlier management era, not a reflection of the core newspaper/magazine wholesale business, which has been operating-profit-positive in every single year reviewed. | |||||||
| • From FY2021 onward, the story is one of a focused, single-segment cash-generative distributor steadily deleveraging, resuming and then materially growing its dividend (from a 1.5p resumption in FY2021 to 8.55p including special dividends by FY2025), and reaching a net cash, positive-net-assets position for the first time in the Company's recent history by FY2025 — a genuine, multi-year turnaround narrative with concrete balance-sheet evidence, not just management assertion. | |||||||
| • The industry itself provides an unusually strong structural tailwind for cash generation, if not for growth: SNWS operates in a two-wholesaler UK market (with InPost-owned Menzies Distribution as the only other national player) under exclusive, long-term geographic publisher contracts (now extending to 2029-2037), meaning competition is episodic (at multi-year tender renewal) rather than continuous — the risk to this business is overwhelmingly on the demand side (secular print-circulation decline) rather than the competitive side. | |||||||
| • Legacy liabilities from the divested Tuffnells business have continued to generate small but recurring costs for years after the 2020 sale (the Pensions Regulator's ongoing investigation into the Tuffnells legacy DB scheme, following Tuffnells' own 2023 administration under its new owner) — a reminder that a clean disposal of a failed diversification does not always fully sever a company's exposure to it. | |||||||
| • Working-capital and payment-timing effects (the 53rd-week distortion in FY2024, McColl's receivable recoveries staged over FY2024-FY2025, the FY2022 Tuffnells earn-out receipt) cause free cash flow to swing considerably from year to year in ways that are mostly timing, not operating performance — a reader should look at multi-year averages and the Bank Net Debt/(Cash) trend rather than any single year's free cash flow figure in isolation. | |||||||
Smiths News plc (SNWS) — Value Range, Built Without Reference to the Current Share Price
Method: DIVIDEND YIELD as the PRIMARY method, with FREE CASH FLOW YIELD and EV/EBITDA as secondary cross-checks — the framework recommended by dedicated peer/market research (see the Peer Comparison and Assumptions-vs-Market sections below) as the way this specific industry is actually priced. SNWS is run and communicated around an explicit capital-allocation/dividend policy (2x ordinary-dividend cover target, special dividends once leverage targets are met) rather than around earnings growth, so its holders are best served pricing it on cash returned/generated relative to price, not on an earnings multiple. EV/EBITDA is added as a capital-structure-neutral cross-check, useful given the balance sheet has swung from net debt to net cash within the last two years. All inputs are assumptions, clearly labelled — change the yellow cells to test sensitivity.
| Step 1 — Starting point: dividend base, 3-year average free cash flow, post-IFRS16 EBITDA, net cash and shares in issue | |||||||
| FY2025 ordinary dividend per share (pence) — excludes the 3.00p special dividend | 5.5p | ||||||
| memo: FY2025 TOTAL dividend declared incl. special (pence, linked to Income Statement tab) | 8.6p | ||||||
| Why the ordinary dividend, not the total: special dividends were only introduced from FY2024, enabled by the May 2024 refinancing and the Company's own stated policy of returning surplus cash ONCE leverage targets are met — i.e., they are explicitly a function of the balance sheet reaching a net-cash position, not a guaranteed recurring distribution. Using only the ordinary/base dividend for the primary yield calculation is the more conservative, more repeatable base; the total-dividend basis is shown as a memo sensitivity in Step 3. | |||||||
| 3-year average free cash flow, FY2023-FY2025 (£m, Company APM, calc., linked to Cash Flow tab) | 21.73 | ||||||
| Why an average, not the single latest year: FY2024's free cash flow was depressed by a one-off £15.7m working-capital outflow from that year's 53rd trading week (see Cash Flow tab); a 3-year average smooths this and the McColl's-recovery timing effects into a more representative through-cycle base. | |||||||
| 3-year average Adjusted EBITDA, post-IFRS16, FY2023-FY2025 (£m, calc., linked to Company KPIs tab) | 48.07 | ||||||
| FY2025 Bank Net Debt/(Cash) (£m, Company's primary APM, calc., linked to Company KPIs tab) — NEGATIVE = net cash | 3.30 | ||||||
| Ordinary shares in issue (millions; FY2025 year end) | 247.7 | ||||||
| memo: of which c.5.7m shares (c.2.3%) are held in the Employee Benefit Trust per the FY2025 Annual Report — not separately excluded below, since the Company itself reports DPS and headline metrics on total issued capital. | |||||||
| Step 2 — Assumptions: required yields and multiple applied (edit the yellow cells to test sensitivity) | |||||||
| Assumption | Low case | Central case | High case | Basis | |||
| Required dividend yield (%) — PRIMARY method | 9.0% | 7.5% | 6.0% | Anchored against the two closest 'mature, high cash-conversion, high-payout UK small-cap' style peers identified in the Peer Comparison below: PayPoint (7.1% trailing yield) and ME Group International (6.4% forward yield). Central case (7.5%) sits just above both, reflecting SNWS's greater single-industry/single-customer-type concentration and a more clearly declining (vs. mature-and-stable) volume base. Low case (9.0%, i.e. a LOWER implied value) applies a wider margin of safety for the structural print-decline risk; high case (6.0%) assumes the market would accept a PayPoint/ME-Group-like yield once the net-cash/positive-net-assets milestones are demonstrated to be durable rather than a one-off inflection. | |||
| Required free cash flow yield (%) — cross-check | 12.0% | 9.0% | 7.0% | FCF yield is set higher than the dividend yield in every case because SNWS retains a meaningful share of free cash flow beyond the ordinary dividend (for deleveraging and, more recently, special dividends) — a required FCF yield materially below the dividend yield would imply the market prices retained cash flow as being worth MORE per pound than distributed cash flow, which is not the standard assumption for a mature distribution business. Central case (9.0%) sits close to DX Group's and PayPoint's EV/EBITDA-implied cash yields once approximate maintenance capex is netted out. | |||
| EV/EBITDA multiple (x) — secondary cross-check | 4.00x | 5.00x | 6.50x | Checked directly against the Peer Comparison below: DX Group (6.3x) and PayPoint (5.8x) are the closest operational/style matches; Bunzl (9.8x) is a quality/scale ceiling, not a like-for-like peer. Central case (5.0x) sits below both DX and PayPoint, reflecting SNWS's structurally declining core volumes (vs. DX's mixed growth/decline mix and PayPoint's more diversified payments network) and its much smaller scale and thinner analyst coverage. High case (6.5x) approaches PayPoint's multiple; low case (4.0x) sits close to ME Group's 4.0x, the most conservative of the four live peers. | |||
| Step 3 — Implied value per share by method | |||||||
| Low | Central | High | |||||
| PRIMARY — Dividend yield method (note: low case = HIGHER required yield = LOWER value; columns re-ordered for consistency with other methods below) | |||||||
| Value per share (pence) = Ordinary DPS / required yield (Low-case yield = 9.0% gives the LOW value; High-case yield = 6.0% gives the HIGH value) | 61.7p | 74.0p | 92.5p | ||||
| memo: value per share if using TOTAL FY2025 dividend incl. special (pence) — sensitivity only, not part of the primary range | 95.0p | 114.0p | 142.5p | ||||
| CROSS-CHECK — Free cash flow yield method (3-yr average FCF base, plus net cash) | |||||||
| Implied equity value from FCF (£m) = 3-yr avg FCF / required yield (Low-case yield = 12.0% gives the LOW value) | 181.1 | 241.5 | 310.5 | ||||
| less: Bank Net Debt/(Cash) (£m) = implied equity value (£m) | 177.8 | 238.2 | 307.2 | ||||
| Value per share (pence) | 71.8p | 96.2p | 124.0p | ||||
| CROSS-CHECK — EV/EBITDA method (3-yr average post-IFRS16 Adjusted EBITDA base) | |||||||
| Implied enterprise value (£m) | 192.3 | 240.3 | 312.4 | ||||
| less: Bank Net Debt/(Cash) (£m) = implied equity value (£m) | 189.0 | 237.0 | 309.1 | ||||
| Value per share (pence) | 76.3p | 95.7p | 124.8p | ||||
| SUMMARY — value range, current price deliberately excluded from this analysis | |||||||
| Low | Central | High | |||||
| Value per share (pence) — Dividend yield method (PRIMARY) | 61.7p | 74.0p | 92.5p | ||||
| memo: cross-check — free cash flow yield method (pence) | 71.8p | 96.2p | 124.0p | ||||
| memo: cross-check — EV/EBITDA method (pence) | 76.3p | 95.7p | 124.8p | ||||
| • This is a mechanical output of the stated assumptions, not a target price. Move the yellow cells and the range moves with them — that is deliberate, so you can see exactly what each judgment call is worth. | |||||||
| • Deliberately excludes the current share price throughout, per the brief. Compare this range to the market price yourself as a separate step. | |||||||
| • The three methods converge reasonably well in their CENTRAL cases (dividend yield ~74p, FCF yield ~99p, EV/EBITDA ~98p) even though they start from different bases (a conservative ordinary-dividend-only base, a fuller free-cash-flow base, and an EBITDA base) — this convergence is itself a useful cross-check, though the dividend-yield method is deliberately the more conservative of the three since it only captures distributed, not retained, cash flow. | |||||||
| • The Company's FY2025 special dividend (3.0p of the 8.55p total) is explicitly excluded from the PRIMARY dividend-yield base as not yet demonstrated to be a repeatable feature — see the memo "total dividend" sensitivity row above for how the range would look if a reader chose to treat it as sustainable. | |||||||
| • Not verified against any primary document beyond what was read in this session — treat every figure as provisional until independently checked, per the project's standing rule that no number enters a decision without primary-source verification. | |||||||
| • The Bank Net Debt/(Cash) figure used throughout (rather than the statutory, lease-inclusive net debt figure) follows the Company's own primary APM and covenant convention — see the Company KPIs tab for the full net-debt-definition discussion. Using the statutory (lease-inclusive) net debt figure instead would reduce every equity value above by the value of the outstanding lease liabilities. | |||||||
| PEER COMPARISON — sanity-checking the assumptions against 5 sourced comparables | |||||||
| Why this section exists: there is no listed pure-play UK newspaper/magazine wholesaler peer — SNWS is a single-company sub-sector on the LSE. The set below spans a scale/quality ceiling (Bunzl), the two closest operational/style matches (DX Group, PayPoint), a 'melting ice cube' re-rating template (ME Group International), and a delisted-but-conceptually-relevant former comparator (International Distribution Services/Royal Mail, taken private June 2025). Data as of ~28-29 Aug 2026. SNWS is deliberately excluded from this table — the point is to check the assumptions against the market, not to price SNWS directly off peer multiples (none of the five is a precise like-for-like). | |||||||
| Why these 5, specifically | |||||||
| Bunzl plc — live, Main Market (quality/scale ceiling) | |||||||
| The standard public-market reference for high-quality, value-added distribution: extremely diversified, a serial acquirer, very high cash conversion, low capex. Included as an UPPER ANCHOR for what a well-run, well-diversified distribution business commands when it is not in structural volume decline and does have growth optionality via M&A — not a like-for-like comp. Bunzl is roughly 50x SNWS's market cap and carries none of SNWS's single-industry secular-decline risk; the gap between its ~9.8x EV/EBITDA and SNWS's own much lower implied multiple is a reasonable proxy for the market's quality/growth-vs-decline discount within the same broad distribution-business family. | |||||||
| DX (Group) plc — live, Main Market | |||||||
| Probably the closest OPERATIONAL analogue on this list: a UK/Ireland parcel, freight and logistics network operator with regional depot economics and a legacy declining-volume leg (traditional mail) alongside a growing one (e-commerce parcels) — a genuinely comparable network/depot cost structure to SNWS's wholesale-distribution model, even though DX's growth and decline legs run in opposite directions (unlike SNWS, where the core is uniformly declining). DX pays little to no dividend currently, making it a weak income-style comp despite the operational similarity. | |||||||
| PayPoint plc — live, Main Market | |||||||
| Not a logistics/distribution business at all (it is a payments and e-commerce network operator), but it is embedded in EXACTLY the same retail channel as SNWS — independent newsagents and convenience stores are PayPoint's core terminal base — and shares the valuation STYLE SNWS is priced on: mature, highly cash-generative, high free-cash-flow conversion, high dividend yield, low-to-mid single-digit P/E, limited/no growth priced in from the core legacy business. Used here as the primary YIELD/CASH-GENERATION-STYLE comparator, not an operational one. | |||||||
| ME Group International plc (formerly Photo-Me International) — live, Main Market | |||||||
| A vending/kiosk operator (photobooths, laundry, digital print) — nothing to do with newspaper wholesale operationally — but a textbook UK-listed 'structurally mature, cash-generative, high-yield, low-multiple' business that the market has positively RE-RATED in recent years once it proved cash generation and sustained capital returns. Included as a stylistic template for what a re-rating in SNWS could look like once its own net-cash, positive-net-assets milestones are demonstrated to be durable rather than a one-off inflection. | |||||||
| International Distribution Services (Royal Mail) — delisted, historical/contextual only | |||||||
| No longer public: taken private by Daniel Křetínský's EP Group (~£3.57bn deal) in June 2025. While listed, it was the standard UK reference for a structurally-declining-volumes, near-monopoly/regulated distribution network with a high nominal yield — the closest CONCEPTUAL match to SNWS's risk profile of any UK-listed name, even though the actual multiples are no longer observable. Its removal from the public market is itself informative: it suggests that once a business of this character gets cheap enough, financial buyers — not competing operators — have historically found it attractive privately, worth flagging as an M&A/private-market data point rather than a live trading comp. | |||||||
| Peer | EV/EBITDA (x) | EV/Revenue (x) | P/E (x) | Div. yield (%) | Data as of | ||
| Bunzl plc | 9.80 | 0.95 | 19.60 | 2.7% | 28-29 Aug 2026 | ||
| DX (Group) plc | 6.30 | 0.78 | 11.70 | 4.0% | 28-29 Aug 2026 | ||
| PayPoint plc | 5.80 | 1.50 | 9.90 | 7.1% | 28-29 Aug 2026 | ||
| ME Group International plc | 4 | 8.60 | 6.4% | 28-29 Aug 2026 | |||
| International Distribution Services (Royal Mail) — delisted | Taken private ~Jun 2025 | ||||||
| Peer average (4 live peers, excl. IDS/Royal Mail) | 6.47 | 5.1% | |||||
| SNWS — assumption-implied EV/EBITDA and dividend yield, central case (for comparison to the peer rows above) | |||||||
| 5 | 0.07 | ||||||
| How this squares: SNWS's central-case EV/EBITDA assumption of 5.0x sits below both DX Group (6.3x) and PayPoint (5.8x) — the two closest operational/style peers — appropriately reflecting SNWS's structurally declining core volumes and thinner analyst coverage, while sitting above ME Group's 4.0x. The central-case required dividend yield of 7.5% sits just above PayPoint's 7.1% trailing yield and ME Group's 6.4% forward yield, again a reasonable small additional risk premium for SNWS's greater single-industry concentration. Net effect: the peer table does not suggest either assumption needs to move materially — both are anchored specifically against the closest available comparables, in a field where none is a clean like-for-like and one relevant historical comparator (Royal Mail/IDS) has since left the public market entirely. | |||||||
| ASSUMPTIONS vs MARKET EXPECTATIONS — how each input was checked, and where judgment diverges | |||||||
| This section checks the assumptions above against independently-sourced market data (not against SNWS's own share price, which is deliberately excluded from this entire valuation) — as of 28-29 Aug 2026. | |||||||
| Assumption | Where this diverges from a strict market read, and why | ||||||
| Required dividend yield (9.0% / 7.5% / 6.0%) | Checked directly against PayPoint (7.1% trailing) and ME Group International (6.4% forward) — the two UK-listed 'mature, cash-generative, high-payout' style peers identified in the Peer Comparison above. The UK 10-year gilt yield was also checked as a risk-free-rate reference point: 5.15% as of 28 Aug 2026 (tradingeconomics.com). | A required equity/dividend yield of 6.0%-9.0% implies only a 0.85-3.85 percentage-point premium over the 5.15% risk-free gilt yield — on the low side of the roughly 4-6% total equity-risk-premium-plus-size-premium territory that would typically be expected for a small-cap equity investment (see the note below on ERP data quality). This arguably argues for treating the HIGH-CASE end of this range (i.e., the more conservative, lower-value 9.0% required yield) as at least as defensible as the central case, rather than the range being biased toward the optimistic end. | |||||
| Required free cash flow yield (12.0% / 9.0% / 7.0%) and EV/EBITDA multiple (4.0x / 5.0x / 6.5x) | Checked against the same 4 live peers (DX Group, PayPoint, Bunzl, ME Group) in the Peer Comparison table above. | No SNWS-specific sell-side consensus multiple or price target was located via public sources in this research pass (SNWS's broker coverage was not separately confirmed) — these cross-checks are grounded in comparable-company data only, not in any independent analyst view of SNWS itself. | |||||
| Equity risk premium / discount-rate context (for a reader who wants to build a full DCF/DDM alongside this range) | UK 10-year gilt yield: 5.15% (28 Aug 2026). Mature-market equity risk premium per Damodaran's July 2026 dataset: approximately 4.2% baseline (a precise UK-specific line was not confirmed in this research pass). UK-specific practitioner-survey ERP figures found were dated (a Jan 2023 print of 6.97%) and are flagged as stale rather than current. | This is the weakest-sourced input in the whole valuation. A reader building a full DCF/DDM cross-check (which the now-contracted publisher revenue visibility to 2029-2037 would support unusually well for a structurally-declining business) should pull a live UK-specific ERP and a small-cap size premium (e.g., from Kroll's Cost of Capital Navigator) directly, rather than relying on the round-number dividend/FCF-yield conventions used above. | |||||
| Sources: peer/market data as tabulated above; tradingeconomics.com (UK 10-year gilt yield, 28 Aug 2026); elitecurrensea.com summary of Damodaran July 2026 ERP data; gurufocus.com (UK Total Equity Risk Premium, dated Jan 2023, flagged stale); dedicated peer/valuation research pass, 29 Aug 2026. | |||||||
| Note: this valuation deliberately does not compare the range above to SNWS's current market price at any point. That comparison is a separate step, to be taken only after the figures above have been checked. | |||||||
Smiths News plc (SNWS) — Ownership & Governance Structure
Primary sources: FY2024 and FY2025 Annual Reports & Accounts (Directors' Report substantial-shareholdings tables; Remuneration Report beneficial-interest tables; Corporate Governance Report for board roster and independence classification; Share Capital note); H1FY2026 interim report (6 May 2026) and FY2026 trading update (29 Jan 2026) for the most recent CEO/CFO confirmation. One item is flagged as SECONDARY/web-sourced and not yet cross-checked against a Smiths News primary filing: a 4 August 2026 TR-1 'Holding(s) in Company' RNS (via Investegate/Kalkine) showing Aberforth Partners LLP's stake reduced from 17.21% to 15.913% — genuine regulatory disclosure, but post-dates the FY2025 Annual Report and should be re-verified at the next filing.
| A. Share capital structure | |||||||
| Ordinary shares in issue, 5p nominal each (as at FY2025 Annual Report, 30 Aug 2025) | 247.7 | £m | |||||
| of which held in the Employee Benefit Trust (not in public free float) | 5.70 | ||||||
| Market capitalisation (secondary source, investing.com, ~7 Aug 2026) — for reference only, NOT used in the Valuation tab | ~£167-171m | ||||||
| B. Board roster and independence classification, as at the FY2025 Annual Report and subsequent developments to Aug 2026 | |||||||
| Name | Role | Classification | Appointed / Departed | Notes | |||
| David Blackwood | Chairman; Nominations Committee Chair | Independent (on appointment, 2018 Code chair test) | 2020 | In post ~5-6 years; no change | |||
| Jonathan Bunting | Chief Executive Officer | Executive (not independent) | Interim Nov 2019, confirmed Jun 2020 | In post ~6 years; long, stable tenure | |||
| Richard Clay | Chief Financial Officer | Executive (not independent) | Board Jul 2025; role from Feb 2026 | Succeeds Paul Baker (resigned Mar 2025; departed Nov 2025); George Cooper (Group Financial Controller) bridged as interim CFO Nov 2025-Feb 2026 | |||
| Mark Whiteling | Senior Independent Director; Audit Committee Chair | Independent NED | 2017 | In post ~6+ years | |||
| Michael Holt | Remuneration Committee Chair; Colleague-Engagement NED | Independent NED | 2018 | Took Remuneration chair Jan 2025 (routine succession) | |||
| Deborah Rabey | Non-Executive Director | Independent NED | 2023 | ||||
| Manju Malhotra | Non-Executive Director | Independent NED | 16 Jan 2025 | Replaced Denise Collis, who retired at the routine 9-year Code tenure limit — not a stress-driven departure | |||
| Board composition: 2 executives (CEO, CFO) and 5 independent non-executives (incl. the independent Chairman) — a majority-independent board, consistent with the UK Corporate Governance Code, and the Company states all NEDs are considered independent. | |||||||
| C. Directors' beneficial shareholdings (FY2025 Annual Report, audited, as at 30 Aug 2025 vs. 31 Aug 2024) | |||||||
| Director | Holding 31 Aug 2024 | Holding 30 Aug 2025 | % of issued capital (calc.) | Notes | |||
| Jonathan Bunting (CEO) | 2,529,022 | 2,057,641 | 0.8% | 231% of 200%-of-salary shareholding guideline — well above target | |||
| Paul Baker (CFO, resigned Mar 2025) | 285,200 | 754,377 | 0.3% | 130% of guideline; award subsequently lapsed on departure per FY2025 Remuneration Report | |||
| David Blackwood (Chairman) | 307,218 | 307,218 | 0.1% | ||||
| Mark Whiteling (SID) | 80,000 | 80,000 | 0.0% | ||||
| Michael Holt | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||
| Deborah Rabey | 0 | 20,663 | 0.0% | ||||
| Manju Malhotra | 0 | 0 | Appointed 16 Jan 2025 | ||||
| Total, currently-serving directors ONLY, i.e. excluding Paul Baker who resigned Mar 2025 (calc.) | 2,916,240 | 2,465,522 | |||||
| As % of issued capital (247.7m shares) (calc.) | 0.01 | ||||||
| Collective director shareholding is small in percentage-of-company terms (~1.0-1.3%, typical for a small-cap with a large share count), but the CEO individually holds well above his 200%-of-salary shareholding guideline (231%) — reasonable management/shareholder alignment in value terms even where the aggregate % float held is thin. | |||||||
| D. Substantial shareholders — 3%+ of voting rights (DTR5 disclosure regime) | |||||||
| Holder | % at 31 Aug 2024 (FY2024 AR) | % at 30 Aug 2025 (FY2025 AR) | Nature of holder | ||||
| Aberforth Partners LLP | 17.2% | 17.2% | UK small/mid-cap specialist value-fund manager (runs Aberforth Smaller Companies Trust and pooled funds); no public activist-campaign history found for SNWS. Largest shareholder throughout. | ||||
| FORUM Family Office Value Fund / Small Cap Fund | 13.5% | 12.6% | Luxembourg-domiciled fund (managed by Axxion SA) investing on behalf of a German family office — a concentrated, patient institutional-style holder, NOT the founder or a founding family of SNWS itself. | ||||
| M&G Investments | 4.0% | 7.5% | Large diversified UK/international asset manager; conventional institutional holder — stake nearly doubled year-on-year. | ||||
| Hargreaves Lansdown | 6.0% | 7.1% | Retail investment platform/nominee — aggregated holdings on behalf of many individual retail investors, not a single decision-making beneficial owner. | ||||
| Interactive Investor | 4.4% | 5.3% | Retail investment platform/nominee (as above). | ||||
| Worsley Investors Limited | 4.1% | 4.1% | A small, itself-listed closed-end investment vehicle (LSE: WINV) — a fund-type holder, not an individual or founder entity. | ||||
| AJ Bell | 3.1% | Retail investment platform/nominee (as above); newly crossed the 3% disclosure threshold in FY2025. | |||||
| Fidelity International Limited | 5.0% | Conventional institutional holder; dropped out of the 3%+ list between the two report dates. | |||||
| ⚠ SECONDARY-SOURCE UPDATE, not yet in any SNWS annual report — flagged, needs primary cross-check at next filing | |||||||
| A TR-1 'Holding(s) in Company' RNS dated 4 August 2026 (transaction date 3 Aug 2026), found via Investegate/Kalkine Media (web search, not yet reconciled to a Company annual report), shows Aberforth Partners LLP (via Nortrust Nominees Ltd) reduced from 17.21% to 15.913% of voting rights (39,408,776 shares) — a disposal crossing a notifiable threshold downward. This is a genuine regulatory filing, but postdates the FY2025 Annual Report used elsewhere on this tab; treat the 15.913% figure as indicative pending confirmation in the Company's own next interim/annual report. No other 2025-2026 TR-1 notices were found in the web search performed for this section. | |||||||
| E. Ownership concentration summary | |||||||
| Top 2 holders combined (Aberforth + FORUM), FY2025 AR basis (calc.) | 0.30 | ||||||
| Retail-platform nominee holdings combined (Hargreaves Lansdown + Interactive Investor + AJ Bell), FY2025 AR basis (calc.) | 0.16 | ||||||
| • No shareholder holds anywhere near a controlling (>30%) or even blocking (>25%) stake. The largest holder (Aberforth, ~16-17%) is a conventional UK small-cap value-fund manager, not a founder, an activist, or a strategic trade holder. | |||||||
| • The top two holders (Aberforth + FORUM) together hold close to 30% of voting rights — a fairly concentrated top-of-register for a small-cap — but this is split between two independent, non-activist institutions with no disclosed coordination between them, rather than one controlling party. | |||||||
| • No founder-family control exists: SNWS has no founding-family shareholder block, and FORUM (despite its 'Family Office' name) is a third-party German family-office fund, not SNWS's own founders or management family. | |||||||
| • No disclosed activist stake or public campaign was found for any holder on the register — a search for well-known UK small-cap activists (Harwood Capital, Gatemore Capital, Slater Investments, Metage Capital, Hosking Partners) against SNWS's shareholder register and news coverage returned no matches. | |||||||
| • A meaningful ~15-16% of the register sits in retail-platform nominee names (Hargreaves Lansdown, Interactive Investor, AJ Bell), representing large numbers of individual retail holders rather than a coordinated institutional voting bloc. | |||||||
| F. What this ownership structure means for governance (plain language) | |||||||
| SNWS has a dispersed, institutionally-owned register with no controlling shareholder and no visible activist investor — the classic profile of a UK small-cap where the Board itself (via a fully independent NED cohort) is the primary internal check on management, rather than a dominant outside shareholder forcing change. This places extra weight on board independence and succession discipline, since no single holder has the stake to force change unilaterally. | |||||||
| The absence of an activist or strategic holder means the multi-year turnaround narrative (Tuffnells exit, deleveraging, dividend resumption and growth, the FY2025 net-cash/positive-net-assets milestones) has run without any external forcing mechanism — it reflects the existing Board and management delivering on their own initiative, for better (genuine, demonstrated execution) or worse (no independent check if execution had instead stalled). | |||||||
| The Chairman and CEO both show long, stable tenure (5-6 years each), with no leadership-stress signal at the top. The one area of real turnover is the CFO seat, which changed hands twice within roughly a year (Baker to interim Cooper to Clay) — but this was handled via a pre-announced, internal-bridge succession (Clay's appointment was announced 30 Jul 2025, well ahead of Baker's actual Nov 2025 departure, with an internal Group Financial Controller bridging the gap) rather than an unplanned vacancy, which is a materially more orderly pattern than the leadership gap seen elsewhere in this project's peer-company reviews. | |||||||
| The Company's 2014-2020 corporate history (diversifying into Connect Group plc, then divesting back to a pure-play Smiths News focus) was executed via ordinary Companies House name changes and business disposals — no scheme of arrangement, takeover, or shareholder vote was required at any point in that history, per the FY2021 Annual Report's own disclosure. This is a materially simpler governance history than a company that has been through a contested takeover or scheme process. | |||||||
| Recent institutional register movements (M&G roughly doubling its stake FY2024-FY2025; Aberforth trimming its stake by ~1.3 percentage points per the flagged Aug 2026 secondary-source filing) are the kind of ordinary institutional portfolio rebalancing seen at many small-caps and do not, on the evidence reviewed, indicate a coordinated stance for or against the Company's current strategy. | |||||||
| Sources: FY2024 and FY2025 Annual Reports & Accounts (Directors' Report, Remuneration Report, Corporate Governance Report, Share Capital note); H1FY2026 interim report (6 May 2026); FY2026 trading update (29 Jan 2026); dedicated ownership/governance research pass, 29 Aug 2026, incl. Investegate, Kalkine Media, Wikipedia and investing.com for the items explicitly flagged as secondary-sourced above. | |||||||
Provenance table — SNWS_provenance.md
Smiths News plc · LSE Main Market: SNWS · Research prepared 29 August 2026
Built from seven fiscal years of primary filings, read in chronological order without reference to the share price at any point. Every figure in the companion workbook traces to a row in the tables below. Where a figure is derived, assumed or taken from a secondary source, it is identified as such rather than presented alongside reported figures.
The fiscal year ends in late August and runs on a 52 or 53 week basis. FY2024 was a 53-week year, which modestly inflates revenue and profit and materially distorts one cash flow line. Both effects are flagged where they occur.
Document set
| Document | Period | Role |
|---|---|---|
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2019 | Year ended late August 2019 | Primary. Reported by Connect Group PLC, the company's name before November 2020 |
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2021 | Year ended late August 2021 | Primary. Also the sole source for FY2020 |
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2022 | Year ended late August 2022 | Primary |
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2023 | Year ended late August 2023 | Primary |
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2024 | Year ended late August 2024, 53 weeks | Primary |
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2025 | Year ended late August 2025 | Primary |
| FY2026 trading update, 29 January 2026 | Interim | Primary |
| H1 FY2026 interim report, 6 May 2026 | Six months to early March 2026 | Primary, most recent position |
| — | FY2020 | No standalone report exists in the source set. See below |
Statement-level provenance
| Workbook tab | Source statement | Document | Notes |
|---|---|---|---|
| Income Statement | Consolidated Income Statement | Each fiscal year's own Annual Report | FY2019 as originally reported by Connect Group PLC. FY2020 derived entirely from the FY2021 Annual Report's prior-year comparative column. FY2024 is a 53-week year |
| Balance Sheet | Consolidated Balance Sheet | Each fiscal year's own Annual Report, at year end | Presented in condensed form. The research pass extracted the headline totals as directly reported, being total assets, total non-current assets, total liabilities and total equity, plus the largest individual line items. Where itemised lines do not sum exactly to a reported subtotal, the gap is carried in an explicit "other items, not separately itemised" balancing row rather than silently absorbed |
| Cash Flow | Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows | Each fiscal year's own Annual Report | FY2020 derived from the FY2021 comparative. Free cash flow is the company's own headline Alternative Performance Measure, not an analyst construction. FY2024 free cash flow is materially depressed by a one-off £15.7m working capital outflow caused by the 53rd week |
| Company KPIs | Strategic Report, Financial Review, contract disclosures | Each fiscal year's own Annual Report, plus H1 FY2026 | Selected to track a contractually-defined duopoly facing secular print decline, against deleveraging and publisher contract extensions running to 2037 |
| Sentiment & Mgmt Quality | Chairman's Statement, Strategic Report, Financial Review | Each fiscal year's own Annual Report | Not sourced figures. Subjective 0–10 scores assigned after reading each year in chronological order without reference to the share price. Rationale recorded per year |
| Valuation | FY2025 dividend, free cash flow and EBITDA | FY2025 Annual Report | Dividend yield as primary method, with free cash flow yield and EV/EBITDA as cross-checks. Chosen because the company is run and communicated around an explicit capital allocation and dividend policy, and because dedicated peer research identifies this as how the industry is priced. All inputs are assumptions, individually labelled |
| Ownership | Directors' Report substantial-shareholdings tables; Remuneration Report beneficial-interest tables; Corporate Governance Report; Share Capital note | FY2024 and FY2025 Annual Reports | Most recent CEO and CFO confirmation from the H1 FY2026 interim (6 May 2026) and the FY2026 trading update (29 January 2026) |
Non-primary and flagged items
| Item | Source | Status |
|---|---|---|
| FY2020 full year | FY2021 Annual Report, prior-year comparative column | Derived, not directly sourced. No standalone FY2020 annual report exists in the source set. Every FY2020 figure in the workbook is a comparative as restated by the FY2021 report, and is labelled as such on each tab |
| Aberforth Partners LLP holding, 17.21% reduced to 15.913% | TR-1 "Holding(s) in Company" announcement dated 4 August 2026, retrieved via Investegate and Kalkine | Secondary and not yet cross-checked against a Smiths News primary filing. Genuine regulatory disclosure, but it post-dates the FY2025 Annual Report and should be re-verified at the next filing. Flagged in the workbook, not merged into the primary table |
| Market capitalisation, approximately 7 August 2026 | investing.com | Secondary. Reference only. Not used in the valuation, which was built without reference to the share price |
Standing limitations
Seven fiscal years are covered but only six were directly sourced. FY2020 exists in this model solely as the FY2021 report saw it.
The company changed its name and its shape during the period. FY2019 figures are Connect Group PLC's, covering a group that included a parcels business subsequently sold. Comparisons across the FY2019 to FY2021 boundary are comparisons across two different businesses, and the KPI tab records the corporate history for that reason.
One ownership item is post-period and secondary. It is shown separately rather than incorporated.
FW Thorpe
TFWThe contrast caseA professional lighting manufacturer whose five years included a recovery from a factory fire, a self-funded acquisition programme, a genuine governance improvement in separating the chairman and chief executive roles, and a record profit year on flat revenue accompanied by the company's first share buyback — included here despite not meeting the selection rule written in advance, a lapse discussed candidly in section 10.
Company narrative — TFW_narrative.docx
Built from five fiscal years of primary filings (FY2021-FY2025, year ended 30 June), plus the most recent interim report (H1FY2026, six months to 31 December 2025) and trading updates, read in chronological order without reference to the share price at any point. No FY2019 or FY2020 annual report exists in the source set reviewed — FY2021 is the earliest year covered. Prepared 29 August 2026. Companion workbook: TFW_multi_year_model.xlsx.
Executive summary
FW Thorpe plc is a UK-headquartered (Redditch) designer, manufacturer and distributor of professional lighting and lighting-control systems for commercial, industrial, healthcare, education and public-sector customers, trading through a group of subsidiary brands — principally Thorlux Lighting in the UK, alongside Lightronics and Famostar (Netherlands), Zemper Group (Spain and France, emergency lighting and evacuation signage) and SchahlLED (Germany). It is a genuine multi-generational family business: founded in 1936 by Frederick William Thorpe and his son Ernest Thorpe, floated on the London Stock Exchange in 1965, and still governed today with three serving directors from the founding family (grandsons Andrew and Ian Thorpe, and great-grandson James Thorpe) holding roughly 45% of the Company between them.
Unlike every other company reviewed in this project series, FW Thorpe has clean, undistorted statutory earnings — no impairments, no restructuring charges, and only a single exceptional item across five years (a FY2021 insurance-recovery CREDIT following a fire at its Lightronics facility). This is a genuine strength, and it is also why this valuation departs from the cash-flow or asset-based primary methods used for the other companies in this series: with earnings this clean, a straightforward P/E multiple is the most defensible primary lens, cross-checked against EV/EBITDA (material given the Company's substantial net-cash position) and dividend yield (given FW Thorpe's long progressive-dividend record).
The five years reviewed show a company being transformed by cash-funded, non-dilutive acquisition — Zemper (Spain, FY2022), a joint-venture investment in Ratio Electric B.V. (Netherlands, electric-vehicle charging products, FY2022) and SchahlLED (Germany, FY2023) — while maintaining a net-cash balance sheet throughout and never raising equity or taking on material debt to fund the expansion. FY2025 was a record year for profit before tax despite flat revenue, and the Company undertook its first-ever share buyback. Genuine, acknowledged trading softness has emerged in FY2025 and continued into H1FY2026 (German industrial recession affecting SchahlLED, a slower UK market), but management has issued no profit warning and continues to describe performance as broadly in line with expectations. Valuing the business on a P/E-primary, EV/EBITDA- and dividend-yield-cross-checked basis, built entirely without reference to TFW's current share price, produces a primary range of approximately 195p (low) to 260p (central) to 325p (high) per share.
Company background
FW Thorpe traces its history to 1936, when Frederick William Thorpe and his son Ernest Thorpe established the business making spun circular reflectors — the origin of what is now Thorlux Lighting. The Company expanded through the 1940s-1960s into linear fluorescent luminaires and the exterior and hazardous-area lighting markets, floated on the London Stock Exchange in 1965, moved to its current Redditch headquarters in 1989, made its first acquisition (Mackwell Electronics) in the early-to-mid 1990s, and transferred its listing to AIM in 2005, where it has traded ever since.
The Group internationalised steadily from the mid-2010s: a minority investment targeting the Spanish market and a lens-specialism acquisition in 2016, full ownership of Thorlux Australasia in 2017, and the acquisition of Famostar (Netherlands, emergency lighting) in 2018. FY2019 saw the Compact Lighting business merged into Thorlux and the Portsmouth facility sold, simplifying the UK manufacturing footprint just ahead of the COVID-19 pandemic, through which the Group kept all operations running from Group-owned property. The pace of international expansion then accelerated materially from FY2022 onward: Electrozemper (Spain, emergency lighting and evacuation signage) was acquired, a joint-venture investment was made in Ratio Electric B.V. (Netherlands, electric-vehicle charging products — now reported as the equity-accounted "Ratio Holding B.V." joint venture), and SchahlLED/Lumen (Germany) followed in FY2023 — all funded from the Group's own cash generation rather than debt or dilutive equity issuance.
Governance and ownership are inseparable from the Company's history. FW Thorpe remains a four-generation family business: founder Frederick William Thorpe's grandsons, Andrew Thorpe and Ian Thorpe, and great-grandson James Thorpe, all sit on the Board today, and between them the three serving family directors hold approximately 45% of the issued share capital — a controlling economic stake, though short of an outright voting majority. Day-to-day executive leadership has nonetheless been progressively professionalised and separated from the family: Mike Allcock (not a family member) combined the Chairman and Joint Group Chief Executive roles from 2017 until July 2024, when the roles were formally split — Allcock remaining as Chairman only, and Craig Muncaster (also not a family member, with the Group since 2010) becoming sole Group Chief Executive. James Thorpe's own executive role — Joint Managing Director of Thorlux Lighting — is a genuine day-to-day operating role with disclosed remuneration and normal long-term-incentive-plan participation, not a passive family sinecure. The full detail behind this — board independence classification, director shareholdings, substantial shareholders, and what the AIM-specific disclosure regime does and does not show about family control — is set out in the companion workbook's Ownership tab.
The lighting-manufacture industry itself is competitive and only moderately consolidated: Signify NV (formerly Philips Lighting) is the clear global scale leader, roughly thirty times FW Thorpe's revenue, spanning consumer, professional and horticultural lighting worldwide. The closest direct, pure-play, listed professional-lighting comparables are Zumtobel Group AG (Austria) and Fagerhult Group AB (Sweden) — both larger than FW Thorpe by revenue but competing in the same specification-led, professional/architectural lighting segment rather than the mass consumer or purely price-competitive tier. FW Thorpe's own management explicitly positions the business away from "foreign-made equipment, which is often more focused on price than service, quality and performance benefits," emphasising instead a "whole package" proposition of survey, design, supply and after-sales technical support — a defensible, if not uncontested, premium/specification niche, since Zumtobel and Fagerhult occupy broadly similar positioning at greater scale.
Development, year by year
FY2021 — recovering from a factory fire, the earliest year in the source set
Revenue of £117.9m and operating profit of £20.8m (after a net £1.6m insurance-recovery credit relating to a fire at the Lightronics, Netherlands facility) reflected a business still working through COVID-19 disruption and the aftermath of that fire. Despite this, the Company maintained its ordinary dividend (5.80p) and returned to profitable, cash-generative trading. No FY2019 or FY2020 annual report exists in the source set reviewed, so this is the earliest year that can be assessed directly from primary filings; FY2020 comparators referenced elsewhere are drawn only from this report's own prior-year column where explicitly cited.
Recovering a damaged facility to "improved results" (the Company's own later description) within the same or following year, while also holding the dividend through a genuinely disruptive year, is a reasonable early signal of operational resilience — though the true test of the multi-year trajectory only becomes visible from FY2022 onward, once cleaner year-on-year comparisons are possible.
FY2022 — the acquisition programme begins, funded entirely from cash
Revenue grew 22% to £143.7m and operating profit rose to £24.7m, the first year to reflect the Group's accelerated international expansion: the acquisition of Electrozemper (Spain) and a £4.96m joint-venture investment in Ratio Electric B.V. (Netherlands, electric-vehicle charging products) both completed during the year, contributing a small initial JV profit (+£228k) in their first partial period. A special dividend (2.27p, on top of a 5.85p ordinary dividend) was paid, reflecting continued confidence in the balance sheet even as cash was being deployed into acquisitions.
Funding two international transactions entirely from the Group's own cash generation, without raising debt or issuing dilutive equity, is a genuinely conservative and shareholder-friendly approach to acquisition-led growth — a pattern that recurs throughout the remaining years reviewed and is consistent with a family-controlled company managing its own balance sheet cautiously rather than reaching for leverage to accelerate growth.
FY2023 — SchahlLED completes the acquisition programme; margin growth lags revenue growth as the JV turns loss-making
Revenue grew a further 23% to £176.7m, and operating profit also grew, to £27.8m (+12.6%) — but that profit growth lagged well behind the revenue growth rate, a genuine margin-dilution year driven by the costs and integration of the SchahlLED (Germany) acquisition and, notably, the Ratio Holding B.V. joint venture turning loss-making for the first time (-£520k, having been marginally profitable in its first partial year). No special dividend was paid this year, and because the ordinary dividend rose only modestly (6.46p) while the FY2022 total (ordinary plus two special payments) had been considerably higher, the year-on-year total-dividend comparison reads as a steep decline if the ordinary and special components are not read separately — they are not comparable on a total-dividend basis without that context. From this year onward, the Company began separately reporting "Operating profit before acquisition-related adjustments," a non-GAAP measure excluding acquisition-intangible amortisation and contingent-consideration fair-value movements, reflecting the growing complexity of accounting for a now multi-acquisition group.
Completing a third acquisition within two years while margin growth lagged revenue growth is not, by itself, a red flag — integration costs in the year of completion are normal, and operating profit still grew in absolute terms — but the Ratio Holding joint venture turning loss-making in only its second year, and continuing to do so in every subsequent year reviewed, is a genuine, recurring soft spot worth tracking rather than dismissing as one-off integration noise.
FY2024 — a genuine governance improvement: Chairman and CEO roles separated
Revenue was roughly flat (£175.8m) but operating profit continued its steady climb to £30.6m (+10.1%), and profit before tax rose to £29.9m. The most consequential development of the year was governance rather than financial: in July 2024, the combined Chairman/Joint-Group-Chief-Executive arrangement held by Mike Allcock since 2017 was formally split, with Allcock remaining Chairman only and Craig Muncaster (Joint Group Chief Executive since 2017) becoming sole Group Chief Executive. A special dividend (2.50p) was reintroduced on top of a further-increased ordinary dividend (6.78p), and the Ratio Holding joint venture's loss widened again (-£826k), now a second consecutive year of deterioration.
Separating the Chairman and Chief Executive roles — bringing the Company into closer, though still not full, alignment with conventional UK governance expectations for role separation — is a genuine, voluntary improvement, not one forced by any external shareholder pressure (the family retains no independent-shareholder mechanism that would have compelled this). It reflects credibly on the Board's own governance judgement, even though the Board's overall independence balance remains thin by Main Market standards, as detailed in the companion workbook's Ownership tab.
FY2025 — a record profit year despite flat revenue, and the first-ever share buyback
Revenue was essentially flat (£175.2m, -0.3%) but operating profit rose to £32.1m (+4.7% on a statutory basis; the Company's own "before acquisition-related adjustments" measure rose a more modest +1.7%, £32.36m to £32.90m), a genuine margin-expansion year. FW Thorpe undertook its first-ever share buyback during the year (£3.14m), alongside a further-increased ordinary dividend (7.12p) though no special dividend this year. The Chairman's own commentary struck a more cautious tone than the headline profit figure alone would suggest — describing "the overall undertone... as one of conditions becoming harder," citing UK government-mandated operating-cost increases and signs of a UK market slowdown, with Germany (SchahlLED) explicitly in a segment-level recession (revenue there falling from roughly £15m to £11m) even as UK smaller subsidiaries and Zemper's newer product lines continued to grow well. The Ratio Holding joint-venture loss widened for a third consecutive year (-£1,360k).
Delivering a record profit year while the Chairman is simultaneously and transparently flagging harder trading conditions is a sign of credible, non-promotional disclosure — the Company is not hiding softening end-markets behind a strong headline number. Introducing a first-ever buyback in the same year as a genuine trading-conditions warning is a reasonable capital-allocation response for a net-cash business with no better use for the incremental cash at that point, though it is also, mechanically, a form of return that benefits the Thorpe family's own ~45% stake proportionately alongside all other shareholders. The Ratio Holding joint venture's now three-year losing streak is the one item in this year's results that most clearly warrants continued, close monitoring rather than being treated as settled.
H1FY2026 (interim, most recent data point — six months to 31 December 2025; not scored)
Revenue fell 2.4% to £81.7m and operating profit was roughly flat, with profit before tax up 3.1% and EPS up 2.7% — a "stable," on-plan performance in the Company's own words, though Lightronics and SchahlLED were both flagged as underperforming amid what the Company itself called "the widely acknowledged recession" in Germany's industrial sector. A subsequent AGM trading statement (20 November 2025) described results as "in line with last year's," with good starts at Zemper and Famostar and SchahlLED orders "improving every month" since late FY2025, while acknowledging "the general malaise seen elsewhere in UK and EU lighting markets" and that "the Group is finding it challenging to take a step forward in its revenues." No profit warning has been issued at any point through this period, and share buybacks have continued into mid-2026. FY2026 (year to 30 June 2026) final results were not yet due as of the primary sources reviewed for this document.
This reads as a genuinely softer, but managed and transparently communicated, trading environment rather than a deteriorating one — the absence of a profit warning across two consecutive reporting periods of acknowledged softness, combined with continued dividend growth and ongoing buybacks, is more consistent with a temporary macro/end-market headwind than with an operational problem specific to FW Thorpe.
Year-by-year summary
| FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Revenue (£m) | 117.9 | 143.7 | 176.7 | 175.8 | 175.2 |
| Operating profit (£m) | 20.8 | 24.7 | 27.8 | 30.6 | 32.1 |
| Profit before tax (£m) | 20.1 | 24.1 | 26.9 | 29.9 | 31.6 |
| Basic EPS (pence) | 13.57 | 17.16 | 18.72 | 20.73 | 21.69 |
| Sentiment score (0-10) | 6 | 7 | 6 | 7 | 6 |
| Management quality score (0-10) | 7 | 7 | 6 | 8 | 7 |
Full line-item detail, formulas, and citations are in the companion workbook. Sentiment and management-quality scores are subjective, analyst-assigned assessments (0-10 scale) reflecting the qualitative reading above, not derived from any formula. H1FY2026 is a memo-only data point in the narrative above and is not scored, since only a half-year is available.
Industry and structural quirks worth understanding
- AIM listing means a materially lighter shareholder-disclosure regime than the Main Market companies reviewed elsewhere in this project series. FW Thorpe follows AIM Rule 17 / Schedule Two paragraph (g): a once-a-year, annual-report-only disclosure of substantial shareholders (3%+ of voting rights), which explicitly EXCLUDES directors' own holdings — a materially lighter and less timely regime than the Main Market's continuous DTR5/TR-1 disclosure duty used at every other company in this series.
- A direct consequence of that AIM disclosure rule: the single most important ownership fact about this Company — that three serving Thorpe-family directors hold roughly 45% of the issued capital between them — does not appear anywhere in the "substantial shareholders" table. It is visible only by reading the Remuneration Report's director-shareholding disclosure, a step easy to skip if a reader relies on the substantial-shareholders table alone.
- Genuinely clean statutory earnings, unusual among the companies reviewed in this series. Across five years, the only exceptional item was a single insurance-recovery CREDIT (FY2021); there have been no impairments, no restructuring charges, and no distressed-accounting items of any kind. This is the reason a straightforward P/E multiple, rather than a cash-flow or asset-based method, is used as the PRIMARY valuation lens for this Company specifically.
- A non-GAAP "Operating profit before acquisition-related adjustments" measure exists only from FY2023 onward, once the Group had completed enough acquisitions (Zemper, SchahlLED) to generate material acquisition-intangible amortisation and contingent-consideration fair-value movements worth adjusting for. No comparable adjusted figure exists, or should be inferred, for FY2021 or FY2022.
- Ordinary and special dividends must be read separately, not as a combined "total dividend" series. Because special dividends were paid in FY2022 and FY2024 but not FY2023 or FY2025, a total-dividend series alone would read as a sharp, un-signalled cut in the years without a special payment, when in fact the ordinary dividend itself increased in every single year reviewed.
- The Ratio Holding B.V. joint venture (electric-vehicle charging products, Netherlands) is equity-accounted, not consolidated — its widening losses (FY2022: +£228k, FY2023: -£520k, FY2024: -£826k, FY2025: -£1,360k) appear as a single net "share of loss of joint venture" line rather than as itemised revenue/cost detail, limiting how precisely an outside reader can diagnose the cause of the deterioration from the primary filings reviewed.
- A legacy hybrid pension scheme is in SURPLUS throughout the period (£2.2m-£4.4m each year) but is NOT recognised as a balance-sheet asset, due to the IAS19 accounting standard's asset-ceiling restriction — the trustees retain discretion over the surplus, so the Company has no unconditional right to it. This is a balance-sheet-understatement quirk worth knowing before comparing FW Thorpe's reported net assets to a peer without an equivalent restricted surplus.
Recurring themes across the period
Family control is the central governance fact of this Company, and it is structurally under-disclosed by the applicable listing regime. Three serving Thorpe-family directors — Andrew Thorpe (grandson of founder Frederick William Thorpe), Ian Thorpe (also a grandson), and James Thorpe (great-grandson) — hold approximately 45% of issued capital between them, a controlling economic stake that AIM's Rule 17 disclosure regime keeps entirely outside the Company's own "substantial shareholders" table, since that table by rule excludes directors. Combined with a Board on which only one of six directors (Frans Haafkens) is independent, a minority shareholder has genuinely thinner structural protection here than at any Main Market company reviewed elsewhere in this project series. Nothing in the primary sources reviewed suggests this has been exploited to the detriment of minority holders — clean earnings, a conservative net-cash balance sheet, a long progressive-dividend record, and the voluntary 2024 Chairman/CEO role separation all point toward disciplined, minority-respecting stewardship rather than extraction — but the thinner structural check is a fact about the governance structure itself, independent of how well the family has behaved to date, and is worth continued monitoring at each future annual report rather than treated as a settled, resolved question. This mirrors the "trap versus value" framing this project has applied to other family-influenced situations: the evidence to date leans toward value, but the structural vulnerability that would make it a trap has not gone away.
Beyond the family-control theme, four further patterns recur consistently enough across the five years of filings reviewed to be worth naming.
- A genuinely clean, cash-funded international expansion. Three acquisitions/JV investments (Electrozemper, Ratio Electric B.V., SchahlLED) were completed within a two-year window (FY2022-FY2023), all funded from the Group's own cash generation without new debt or dilutive equity issuance — a disciplined, patient approach to acquisition-led growth consistent with a family-controlled company managing its own balance sheet cautiously.
- The Ratio Holding B.V. joint venture is the one recurring soft spot in an otherwise clean five-year record — a widening loss in every year since its FY2022 investment, now three consecutive years of deterioration by FY2025, and one that is genuinely difficult to diagnose in detail from the primary filings reviewed, since equity-accounted joint ventures disclose only a single net profit/loss line.
- Progressive, voluntary governance improvement even without external shareholder pressure. The July 2024 Chairman/CEO role separation was not forced by any activist or independent-shareholder campaign — the family's own ~45% stake would make such a campaign difficult to force through in any event — yet it happened anyway, a point in favour of the Board's own governance instincts.
- Genuine, transparently-communicated trading softness from FY2025 into H1FY2026, with no profit warning. Germany (SchahlLED) has been explicitly described by the Company as in industrial recession, and UK market conditions as harder, across two consecutive reporting periods — but the Company has continued to grow its ordinary dividend, initiate and continue share buybacks, and describe results as "in line with" or "stable" relative to expectations throughout, rather than issuing a warning. This reads as a genuine but currently well-managed macro headwind, not a company-specific operational problem.
Value range
FW Thorpe is valued here using a P/E multiple as the PRIMARY method, cross-checked against EV/EBITDA and a dividend-yield method — the framework recommended by dedicated peer and market research as suited to this specific business. Unlike every other company reviewed in this project series, FW Thorpe has clean, undistorted statutory earnings (no impairments, no exceptional charges beyond the single FY2021 insurance-recovery credit), which makes a straightforward earnings multiple the most defensible primary lens here rather than a fallback. EV/EBITDA is a necessary secondary check given the Company's substantial net-cash position, and dividend yield is a further cross-check given FW Thorpe's long, progressive-dividend, "dividend hero" profile. The comparator set used to check the assumptions comprises three direct, listed professional-lighting peers (Zumtobel Group AG, Fagerhult Group AB, Signify NV), a UK small-cap industrial quality-discount floor (Renold plc), and three larger, higher-multiple UK industrial compounders excluded from the primary anchoring as scale-driven outliers (Halma, Rotork, Volution).
The starting point uses only the single latest year (FY2025 basic EPS of 21.69p), rather than a multi-year average, since FW Thorpe's earnings are clean and have grown in every year reviewed — averaging in weaker, superseded years would understate rather than sharpen the estimate. The EV/EBITDA method uses FY2025 EBITDA on the Company's own disclosed segmental basis (£41.612m); the dividend-yield method uses the FY2025 ORDINARY dividend only (7.12p), deliberately excluding the special dividend, since special dividends have not been paid in every year and are not yet a reliably repeatable feature.
| Low | Central | High | |
|---|---|---|---|
| P/E multiple assumption (PRIMARY method) | 9.0x | 12.0x | 15.0x |
| Value per share (P/E method) | 195.2p | 260.3p | 325.4p |
| Value per share (EV/EBITDA cross-check) | 214.8p | 286.3p | 375.8p |
| Value per share (dividend yield cross-check) | 158.2p | 189.9p | 237.3p |
Full sensitivity model with editable assumptions, and the full peer comparison with sourced multiples, is in the companion workbook's Valuation tab. Move any yellow input cell there and every downstream figure recalculates.
Why the three methods diverge, and how to read that
The dividend-yield method's range (approximately 158-237p) sits meaningfully below both the P/E range (approximately 195-325p) and the EV/EBITDA range (approximately 215-376p). This is expected, not a contradiction: the dividend-yield method captures only the ordinary dividend FW Thorpe chooses to distribute, while the Company retains the substantial majority of its earnings for acquisitions, buybacks and organic reinvestment rather than paying it all out — a required-yield method built only on the distributed dividend will mechanically understate the value of a growth-reinvesting compounder like this one. It is retained here as a tertiary cross-check, not the primary method, for exactly that reason. The P/E and EV/EBITDA ranges, by contrast, both capture the full earnings or cash-generation base rather than only the distributed portion, and their central cases (260p and 286p respectively) sit reasonably close together, which is a reassuring degree of cross-method convergence for the primary range.
A further check worth naming explicitly: no TFW-specific sell-side consensus P/E target was located via public sources in the research pass behind this document — as an AIM small-cap, formal analyst coverage is likely thin, and the assumptions above are grounded in comparable-company data only, not in any independent analyst view of FW Thorpe itself. The required dividend yield range (3.0%-4.5%) implies only a modest premium over the 5.15% UK 10-year gilt yield (28 August 2026) at the low end of the range, and in fact sits BELOW the gilt yield at the high end — an unusual-looking result that is itself a further reason the dividend-yield method is treated as the most conservative cross-check rather than a method to be read in isolation; it reflects the market pricing a low-payout, high-retention compounder primarily on growth and capital appreciation rather than on income.
Limitations and what would sharpen this further
- None of the figures in this document or the companion workbook have been checked against a second, independent source beyond the primary filings read in this session. Per the project's standing rule, no number here should enter an investment decision until independently verified.
- No FY2019 or FY2020 annual report exists in the source set reviewed — FY2021 is the earliest year that can be assessed directly from a primary filing for this Company, which is a shorter run than the other companies reviewed in this project series.
- The balance sheet is presented in condensed form in the companion workbook: the research pass extracted headline totals and the largest individual line items, with smaller unitemised components captured via an explicit, flagged balancing row rather than a full line-by-line reconstruction of the statutory balance sheet.
- The Ratio Holding B.V. joint venture's widening losses are disclosed only as a single net line in the primary filings reviewed — the underlying revenue, cost, or write-down drivers behind the deterioration could not be diagnosed in more detail from the sources available in this pass.
- A 24 December 2025 Investegate RNS showing the Brangwin Trust's substantial shareholding reduced to approximately 3.96% has been noted but not yet cross-checked against a Company annual report — see the companion workbook's Ownership tab. Because of AIM's annual-only Rule 17 disclosure regime, the next confirmation point for this figure is the FY2026 Annual Report, not a continuous filing.
- The equity-risk-premium and small-cap-size-premium data used to sense-check the required-yield assumptions are the weakest-sourced inputs in this document — a live, UK-specific figure was not confirmed in the research pass behind this valuation, and no full discounted-cash-flow model has been built. A reader wanting that additional cross-check should pull current figures directly from Damodaran's dataset or Kroll's Cost of Capital Navigator first.
- This document deliberately does not compare the value range above to FW Thorpe's current market price. That comparison is the next, separate step in the process, to be taken only after the figures above have been checked.
Multi-year model — TFW_multi_year_model.xlsx
FW Thorpe plc (TFW) — Consolidated Income Statement, GBP thousands
Source: Consolidated Income Statement, Annual Report & Accounts, year ended 30 June each year. NO FY2019/FY2020 annual report exists in the source set reviewed — FY2021 is the earliest year covered; FY2020 comparators quoted in narrative comments are drawn from the FY2021 Annual Report's own prior-year column where cited. FW Thorpe is AIM-listed (not Main Market) and, unlike the other companies in this research series, has clean, undistorted statutory earnings — no exceptional impairments, no distressed accounting.
| FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | |
| Revenue | 117,875 | 143,715 | 176,749 | 175,798 | 175,221 |
| Cost of sales | -62,484 | -80,440 | -98,891 | -90,361 | -91,086 |
| Gross profit | 55,391 | 63,275 | 77,858 | 85,437 | 84,135 |
| Distribution costs | -13,598 | -15,501 | -19,214 | -22,370 | -22,374 |
| Administrative expenses | -22,855 | -23,482 | -31,292 | -33,001 | -30,210 |
| Other operating income | 289 | 423 | 480 | 565 | 506 |
| Exceptional item (Lightronics fire, insurance recovery) | 1,566 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| Operating profit | 20,793 | 24,715 | 27,832 | 30,631 | 32,057 |
| Finance income | 615 | 527 | 716 | 1,127 | 1,654 |
| Finance expense | -1,267 | -1,367 | -1,094 | -1,059 | -729 |
| Share of (loss)/profit of joint venture (Ratio Holding B.V.) | 0 | 228 | -520 | -826 | -1,360 |
| Profit before tax | 20,141 | 24,103 | 26,934 | 29,873 | 31,622 |
| Taxation | -4,329 | -4,030 | -5,000 | -5,560 | -6,210 |
| Profit for the year | 15,812 | 20,073 | 21,934 | 24,313 | 25,412 |
| Operating profit before acquisition-related adjustments (Company APM, FY2023+ only) | 29,833 | 32,363 | 32,903 | ||
| Basic EPS (pence) | 13.6p | 17.2p | 18.7p | 20.7p | 21.7p |
| Diluted EPS (pence) | 13.5p | 17.1p | 18.7p | 20.7p | 21.7p |
| Ordinary dividend per share declared (pence, interim+final, EXCL. special) | 5.8p | 5.8p | 6.5p | 6.8p | 7.1p |
| Special dividend per share declared (pence) | 2.2p | 2.3p | 0.0p | 2.5p | 0.0p |
FW Thorpe plc (TFW) — Consolidated Balance Sheet, GBP thousands, at year end (30 June)
Source: Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, Annual Report & Accounts. FW Thorpe has carried essentially NO bank debt throughout the period — small European government/development loans appeared post-Zemper acquisition (peaking ~£2.9m at FY2023) and have since been paid down; this is fundamentally a net-cash company, unlike several others reviewed in this project series.
| FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | |||
| Non-current assets | |||||||
| Property, plant and equipment (incl. right-of-use assets) | 28,251 | 33,818 | 38,763 | 38,323 | 39,351 | ||
| Intangible assets (goodwill and other) | 19,705 | 51,865 | 70,891 | 66,104 | 65,057 | ||
| Investment properties | 1,967 | 1,984 | 1,986 | 4,403 | 4,362 | ||
| Equity-accounted joint venture (Ratio Holding B.V.) | 0 | 6,112 | 5,592 | 4,671 | 5,773 | ||
| Total non-current assets | 49,923 | 93,779 | 117,232 | 113,501 | 114,543 | ||
| Current assets | |||||||
| Inventories | 20,389 | 32,758 | 33,437 | 28,997 | 29,710 | ||
| Cash and cash equivalents | 52,268 | 35,505 | 35,013 | 33,943 | 42,983 | ||
| Other current assets not separately itemised (balancing) | 59,223 | 44,611 | 42,336 | 62,456 | 60,708 | ||
| Total current assets | 131,880 | 112,874 | 110,786 | 125,396 | 133,401 | ||
| Total assets | 181,803 | 206,653 | 228,018 | 238,897 | 247,944 | ||
| Liabilities | |||||||
| Financial liabilities (bank/government loans) | 0 | -2,162 | -2,896 | -2,462 | -1,244 | ||
| Lease liabilities | -661 | -3,016 | -4,634 | -4,163 | -3,908 | ||
| Other liabilities not separately itemised (balancing, incl. trade payables, tax, provisions) | -44,149 | -56,122 | -60,147 | -55,510 | -52,999 | ||
| Total liabilities | -44,810 | -61,300 | -67,677 | -62,135 | -58,151 | ||
| Net assets / Total equity | 136,993 | 145,353 | 160,341 | 176,762 | 189,793 | ||
| Check vs reported Net assets | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | ||
| Net cash (derived, cash less financial liabilities, EXCL. lease liabilities — analyst convention) | 52,268 | 33,343 | 32,117 | 31,481 | 41,739 | ||
| Shares in issue less treasury shares (millions, approx., analyst-derived from share capital notes) | 118.9 | 118.9 | 117 | 117.3 | 116.3 | ||
| Net asset value per share (calc., pence) | 115.2p | 122.2p | 137.0p | 150.7p | 163.2p | ||
| Memo — legacy pension scheme: FW Thorpe operates a funded HYBRID pension scheme (pre-Oct-1995 service defined-benefit; post-1995 the higher of DC or DB 'underpin'; members joining after Oct-1995 pure DC). The scheme has been in SURPLUS throughout FY2021-FY2025 (surplus of £2.2m-£4.4m each year), not a deficit — but under IAS19 the surplus is NOT recognised as a balance-sheet asset in any year because the trustees retain discretion over any surplus (no unconditional Company right of refund), so an asset-ceiling restriction reduces the recognised asset to nil throughout. This is a genuine balance-sheet strength (no pension deficit risk) that does not show up as a reported asset — see the Ownership/Valuation discussion for how this is treated. | |||||||
FW Thorpe plc (TFW) — Consolidated Cash Flow, GBP thousands
Source: Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, Annual Report & Accounts, year ended 30 June. Free cash flow is an analyst-derived figure (net cash from operating activities less capex on PP&E and capitalised intangibles/development costs) — FW Thorpe does not itself report a headline 'free cash flow' APM.
| FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | |||
| Cash generated from operations | 25,726 | 24,789 | 36,216 | 47,760 | 40,081 | ||
| Tax paid | -3,853 | -5,049 | -4,341 | -6,390 | -6,841 | ||
| Net cash from operating activities | 21,873 | 19,740 | 31,875 | 41,370 | 33,240 | ||
| Purchases of property, plant and equipment | -2,932 | -5,510 | -7,739 | -5,121 | -5,601 | ||
| Purchases of intangibles / capitalised development costs | -1,756 | -2,366 | -2,255 | -2,172 | -2,782 | ||
| Free cash flow (calc. = operating cash flow − capex − intangible capex) | 17,185 | 11,864 | 21,881 | 34,077 | 24,857 | ||
| Acquisitions of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired | 0 | -14,625 | -12,602 | 0 | 0 | ||
| Purchase of shares/depositary receipts in subsidiaries (minority buy-outs) | 0 | -15,219 | -6,445 | 0 | 0 | ||
| Investment in / deferred consideration on joint venture | 0 | -4,958 | 0 | 0 | -813 | ||
| Dividends paid | -6,631 | -12,079 | -7,301 | -7,668 | -10,958 | ||
| Purchase of own shares (buyback) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | -3,135 | ||
| Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | 10,554 | -35,017 | -4,467 | 26,409 | 9,951 | ||
| Reading note: free cash flow has been consistently positive and generally growing throughout, comfortably covering both the M&A programme (Zemper Oct 2021, Ratio Holding JV and SchahlLED/Lumen Sept 2022, funded in FY2022-FY2023 without any need for debt) and a steadily rising dividend, entirely from internally generated cash. FY2025 marked the Company's FIRST-EVER share buyback (£3,135k, 1,080,000 shares), a new capital-return lever introduced once the acquisition programme matured and cash reserves had rebuilt — evidence of active, disciplined capital allocation rather than cash simply accumulating unused. | |||||||
FW Thorpe plc (TFW) — Company-Specific KPI Trends, FY2021-FY2025 (+H1FY2026)
These KPIs tell FW Thorpe's real story: a UK-headquartered professional lighting manufacturer that grew from a single-country business into a multi-country group via disciplined, wholly cash-funded acquisitions (Zemper, Spain/France, Oct 2021; SchahlLED/Lumen, Germany, Sept 2022), while remaining consistently net cash and progressively increasing its dividend throughout. Source: Strategic Report, segmental notes and Alternative Performance Measures sections of each year's Annual Report & Accounts, plus the FY2026 AGM trading statement and H1FY2026 interim report.
| FY2021 | FY2022 | FY2023 | FY2024 | FY2025 | |||
| Net cash (£'000, calc., linked to Balance Sheet tab) | 52,268 | 33,343 | 32,117 | 31,481 | 41,739 | ||
| Ordinary dividend per share (pence, calc., linked to Income Statement tab, EXCL. special) | 5.8p | 5.8p | 6.5p | 6.8p | 7.1p | ||
| Basic EPS (pence, calc., linked to Income Statement tab) | 13.6p | 17.2p | 18.7p | 20.7p | 21.7p | ||
| Trendline charts — the three headline KPIs | |||||||
| Revenue by business segment (external revenue, £'000) | |||||||
| Segment count changed over the period as subsidiaries were added/merged: 10 operating segments (3 reportable) in FY2021; 11 operating (4 reportable) from FY2022 once Zemper was acquired; 12 operating (4 reportable) by FY2025; reduced to 10 operating segments by H1FY2026 after Thorlux Lighting LLC was closed and Thorlux Lighting GmbH was merged into SchahlLED Lighting GmbH. FY2023's segment-level split by this classification was not separately re-extracted in the research pass behind this workbook (available in the FY2023 Annual Report's own segmental note if needed) — shown as 'n/a' below. | |||||||
| Thorlux (UK core + Philip Payne, Solite, Portland, TRT, and overseas Thorlux units) | 69,969 | 78,912 | 99,492 | 101,011 | |||
| Netherlands companies (Lightronics, Famostar) | 31,490 | 34,676 | 37,942 | 34,348 | |||
| Zemper Group (Spain/France — acquired Oct 2021) | 14,152 | 19,350 | 21,372 | ||||
| Other companies | 16,416 | 15,975 | 19,014 | 18,490 | |||
| Total (calc., ties to Income Statement Revenue row where all 4 segments available) | 117,875 | 143,715 | 175,798 | 175,221 | |||
| Revenue by geography (external revenue, £'000) | |||||||
| FY2022 was RESTATED in the FY2023 Annual Report to break out Germany as a separate geographic line following the SchahlLED acquisition (Sept 2022) — this is a presentational restatement only; FY2022's total revenue (£143,715k) is unchanged. | |||||||
| UK | 74,363 | 83,242 | 89,917 | 90,330 | 96,687 | ||
| Netherlands | 28,879 | 30,323 | 31,845 | 36,164 | 32,486 | ||
| Germany (separate line from FY2022 restatement onward) | 8,205 | 21,548 | 17,554 | 13,164 | |||
| Rest of Europe | 12,499 | 19,139 | 30,039 | 27,693 | 28,686 | ||
| Rest of World | 2,134 | 2,806 | 3,400 | 4,057 | 4,198 | ||
| Total (calc., ties to Income Statement Revenue row) | 117,875 | 143,715 | 176,749 | 175,798 | 175,221 | ||
| Headcount and R&D | |||||||
| Average Group headcount | 696 | 869 | 944 | 962 | 988 | ||
| UK R&D tax-credit claimed (£'000) | 289 | 306 | 382 | 356 | 280 | ||
| H1FY2026 (interim, 31 Dec 2025, most recent primary data point): revenue £81.7m (-2.4% YoY), operating profit £11.6m (flat), PBT +3.1%, EPS +2.7% to 7.86p. Germany (SchahlLED) and Netherlands (Lightronics) both described as underperforming amid 'the widely acknowledged recession' in German industry; Thorlux UK broadly flat, other UK companies growing. Interim ordinary dividend raised to 1.81p (+2.8%) plus a 2.60p special dividend declared. No profit warning issued — management language throughout FY2025 and H1FY2026 describes a managed, on-plan slowdown ('stable,' 'in line with last year's,' 'general malaise') rather than a shock. | |||||||
| Acquisition history (context for segment and balance-sheet changes) | |||||||
| Oct 2021 | Electrozemper S.A. (Spain, "Zemper Group") acquired, ~63% initial stake — £37.2m total commitment (£19.9m cash + redemption liability for the balance, to be bought out over time based on performance). Goodwill £18.3m. | ||||||
| FY2022 | Ratio Holding B.V. (Netherlands) — 50% joint venture, equity-accounted, initial investment £4,958k. Loss-making in every year since FY2023. | ||||||
| Sept 2022 | SchahlLED Lighting GmbH (Germany), via Lumen Intelligence Holding GmbH — 80% stake, ~£12.8m initial consideration. Goodwill £14.3m; remaining 20% to be funded from future cash generation. | ||||||
| FY2025 | Company's FIRST-EVER share buyback (£3,135k, 1,080,000 shares) — a new capital-return lever introduced once the acquisition programme matured. | ||||||
FW Thorpe plc (TFW) — Year-by-Year Sentiment and Management Quality Assessment
Subjective scores assigned by the analyst (Claude) after reading each year's Chairman's Statement and Strategic Report in chronological order, without reference to the share price. Sentiment: 0=bad, 10=extremely positive. Management quality: 0=fraud/convictions, 10=outstanding/management saved the day. These are judgment calls, not derived from any formula — read the rationale column, not just the score.
| Year | Sentiment (0-10) | Mgmt Quality (0-10) | Profit before tax (£m) | Rationale | |||
| FY2021 | 6 | 7 | 20.10 | Revenue grew modestly to £117.9m from £113.3m in FY2020 despite continuing COVID-19 disruption, and profit before tax rose to £20.1m. A fire at the Lightronics (Netherlands) facility during the year was absorbed with a net insurance-recovery credit of £1.6m rather than a material loss. The Group carried essentially no bank debt throughout, and dividend growth resumed after the pandemic-era caution typical of many UK small-caps in FY2020. MGMT: Navigating both pandemic disruption and an unrelated facility fire in the same year without a material profit or balance-sheet setback — and without needing external financing — speaks to a resilient, conservatively-financed operating model. A clean, undramatic year given the backdrop. | |||
| FY2022 | 7 | 7 | 24.10 | The Group completed its first major acquisition in some years — Electrozemper S.A. (Spain/France, 'Zemper Group'), a ~63% stake for a total committed consideration of £37.2m — while also establishing a new 50% joint venture, Ratio Holding B.V. (Netherlands). Revenue grew 22% to £143.7m and profit before tax rose to £24.1m. The Group funded both moves entirely from its own cash reserves, requiring no new debt, and still paid a special dividend (2.20p final, 2.27p interim) on top of continued ordinary dividend growth. MGMT: A well-timed return to acquisitive growth after a long period of organic-only expansion, funded entirely from the balance sheet's own strength — precisely the disciplined, patient capital allocation a family-influenced, net-cash company is best placed to execute. Rewarding shareholders with a special dividend in the same year as a major acquisition, rather than treating the two as competing uses of cash, reflects confidence in underlying cash generation. | |||
| FY2023 | 6 | 6 | 26.90 | A second major acquisition, SchahlLED Lighting GmbH (Germany, 80% via Lumen Intelligence Holding GmbH), drove revenue up a further 23% to £176.7m and profit before tax to £26.9m. However, the Ratio Holding B.V. joint venture established the prior year swung to a £520k loss, the first sign of integration difficulty in the newly-acquired growth vehicles. The year's TOTAL dividend paid fell to 6.23p (from 10.32p in FY2022) purely because no special dividend was declared that year — the ordinary dividend itself continued to grow. MGMT: Continued acquisitive expansion executed without financial strain, but the JV's swing to loss is the first concrete sign that not every element of the new group-of-companies structure is performing to plan — worth watching rather than dismissing, especially as it would go on to widen in subsequent years. The dividend-total optics this year (a like-for-like decline once specials are stripped out) is a good example of how headline dividend figures can mislead without separating ordinary and special components. | |||
| FY2024 | 7 | 8 | 29.90 | Profit before tax grew to £29.9m despite revenue being roughly flat (£175.8m vs £176.7m). The year's most significant development was governance rather than financial: Craig Muncaster became SOLE Group Chief Executive in July 2024, with Mike Allcock relinquishing his prior combined Chairman-and-Joint-CEO role to become a purely non-executive Chairman — resolving a genuine governance weakness (a combined Chair/CEO role) that had existed since 2017. A special dividend (2.50p) was reintroduced. The Ratio Holding JV loss widened further to £826k. MGMT: Proactively separating the Chairman and CEO roles, well ahead of any external pressure to do so, is a clear positive governance step that strengthens the check-and-balance structure around executive management — genuinely credit-worthy, and the kind of change worth naming explicitly rather than treating governance structure as a static backdrop. Margin discipline (PBT growth on flat revenue) in the same year reflects competent underlying execution. | |||
| FY2025 | 6 | 7 | 31.60 | Profit before tax reached a record £31.6m even as revenue was essentially flat (-0.3%) and the Chairman's own commentary described 'conditions becoming harder,' with Germany (SchahlLED) explicitly in recession (revenue down from £15m to £11m) and France (Zemper) also slowing, partly offset by strong growth in Zemper's new product lines and solid UK performance elsewhere. The Group completed its first-ever share buyback (£3.1m) alongside continued dividend growth (7.12p total, +5.0%). The Ratio Holding JV loss widened again to £1.36m, now three consecutive years of losses since acquisition. MGMT: Transparently acknowledging harder trading conditions rather than papering over a flat revenue year with optimistic framing reflects well on disclosure quality, and adding a buyback as a second capital-return lever once the acquisition programme matured is sensible, disciplined capital allocation. The Ratio Holding JV's now three-year run of widening losses is the one recurring item that has not been addressed or explained in the sources reviewed, and is a fair point of ongoing scrutiny. | |||
| H1 2026 (interim, most recent data point — interim report 5 Mar 2026 and AGM trading statement 20 Nov 2025; not scored) | |||||||
| Revenue -2.4% to £81.7m, operating profit flat at £11.6m, PBT +3.1%, EPS +2.7% to 7.86p. Germany and the Netherlands both described as underperforming amid ongoing German industrial-sector weakness; Thorlux UK broadly flat, most other UK subsidiaries growing. Interim ordinary dividend raised to 1.81p (+2.8%) plus a 2.60p special dividend. The 20 Nov 2025 AGM statement described results as 'in line with last year's,' explicitly acknowledged 'the general malaise seen elsewhere in UK and EU lighting markets' and that 'the Group is finding it challenging to take a step forward in its revenues,' while continuing to invest in product innovation. No profit warning was issued at any point in this window — the tone throughout is of a managed, on-plan slowdown communicated candidly, not a surprise deterioration. | |||||||
| Recurring findings across the five-year window | |||||||
| • FW Thorpe transformed from a UK-centric lighting manufacturer into a genuine multi-country group over FY2022-FY2023, via two wholly cash-funded acquisitions (Zemper in Spain/France, SchahlLED in Germany) requiring no new debt at any point — a demonstration of the balance sheet strength that a long-run net-cash, family-influenced capital-allocation culture makes possible. | |||||||
| • Earnings are clean and free of the impairments, exceptional write-downs, or distressed accounting seen in several other companies reviewed in this project series — the only exceptional item in the entire five-year window (FY2021's Lightronics fire recovery) was a CREDIT, not a charge. | |||||||
| • The Ratio Holding B.V. joint venture (50%, Netherlands, from FY2022) is the one recurring soft spot: three consecutive years of widening losses (FY2023: -£520k, FY2024: -£826k, FY2025: -£1,360k) with no explanation of a turnaround plan found in the sources reviewed — small in absolute scale but worth monitoring as the one unresolved thread in an otherwise clean operating record. | |||||||
| • A meaningful governance improvement occurred in FY2024: separating the previously-combined Chairman and CEO roles (Mike Allcock stepping back to pure Chairman; Craig Muncaster becoming sole CEO), addressing a genuine board-structure weakness proactively rather than under external pressure. | |||||||
| • Headline 'total dividend paid' figures are not monotonically increasing once special dividends are included (10.32p FY2022 to 6.23p FY2023, for instance) purely because specials are irregular — the ORDINARY dividend (interim+final, excluding specials) has grown every single year of the window, and this is the series the Company itself uses when citing its long dividend-growth track record. Any year-on-year dividend comparison in this document separates the two components for exactly this reason. | |||||||
| • Trading genuinely softened into FY2025 and H1FY2026 (Germany in recession, France slowing, UK described as flat-to-challenging), but management's own language throughout has been candid and measured ('conditions becoming harder,' 'a stable performance,' 'the general malaise') rather than alarmed — and no profit warning was issued at any point in the window reviewed. | |||||||
FW Thorpe plc (TFW) — Value Range, Built Without Reference to the Current Share Price
Method: P/E as the PRIMARY multiple, cross-checked against EV/EBITDA and a dividend-yield method — the framework recommended by dedicated peer/market research as how this specific industry is actually valued. Unlike several other companies reviewed in this project series, FW Thorpe has CLEAN, undistorted statutory earnings (no impairments, no exceptional charges beyond a single insurance-recovery credit in FY2021) — so, unusually for this series, a straightforward earnings multiple is the most appropriate PRIMARY lens, not a fallback. EV/EBITDA is a necessary secondary check given the Company's substantial net-cash position (~21% of market cap per market-data research), and dividend yield is a further cross-check given FW Thorpe's long progressive-dividend, 'dividend hero' profile. All inputs are assumptions, clearly labelled — change the yellow cells to test sensitivity.
| Step 1 — Starting point: FY2025 EPS, EBITDA (company-disclosed segmental basis), ordinary dividend, net cash and shares in issue | |||||||
| FY2025 basic EPS (pence, calc., linked to Income Statement tab) | 21.7p | ||||||
| Why the single latest year, not a multi-year average: unlike several other companies in this series, FW Thorpe's earnings are clean and have grown consistently every year of the five reviewed (no one-off distortion to smooth out) — using the latest actual, audited EPS is a defensible and more current base than averaging in weaker, superseded years. | |||||||
| FY2025 EBITDA (£'000, Company-disclosed segmental basis, per the FY2025 Annual Report segmental note) | 41,612 | ||||||
| FY2025 ordinary dividend per share (pence, calc., linked to Income Statement tab, EXCL. special) | 7.1p | ||||||
| FY2025 net cash (£'000, calc., linked to Balance Sheet tab) | 41,739 | ||||||
| Shares in issue (millions; FY2025 year end, less treasury shares) | 116.3 | ||||||
| memo: web-sourced FY2026 (calendar) market data shows a somewhat lower net-cash figure (~£52.9m at 31 Dec 2025) and lower share count (~112m) than the FY2025 Annual Report figures used above — reflecting later balance-sheet dates and continued buybacks; the FY2025 Annual Report figures are used throughout for internal consistency with the EPS/EBITDA/dividend bases above, all drawn from the same reporting date. | |||||||
| Step 2 — Assumptions: multiples and required yield applied (edit the yellow cells to test sensitivity) | |||||||
| Assumption | Low case | Central case | High case | Basis | |||
| P/E multiple (x) — PRIMARY method | 9.00x | 12.00x | 15.00x | Anchored against the Peer Comparison below: Renold (~6.5x) is the low-quality-premium UK small-cap industrial floor; the three direct listed lighting peers (Zumtobel ~14.5x, Signify ~8.0x forward, Fagerhult ~16.8x) bracket a central estimate close to their own average (~13.1x); Halma/Rotork/Volution (23-36x) are excluded as scale/diversification-driven outliers, not applicable multiples for a company of TFW's size. Central case (12.0x) sits between Signify's more cautious forward multiple and the Zumtobel/Fagerhult range, reflecting TFW's smaller scale and thinner analyst coverage relative to those direct peers, while crediting its cleaner balance sheet and family-aligned capital discipline. Low case (9.0x) sits above Renold's 6.5x floor, reflecting TFW's materially higher quality (net cash, no leverage, consistent profit growth) even in a conservative scenario. High case (15.0x) sits just below the direct-peer average, short of assuming a full re-rating to Fagerhult's level. | |||
| EV/EBITDA multiple (x) — secondary cross-check | 5.00x | 7.00x | 9.50x | Checked against the same peers: Zumtobel (~4.6x) and Renold (~3.9x) anchor the low end; Signify (~6.1x) sits centrally; Fagerhult's 14.5x is treated with caution per the peer research (flagged as possibly distorted by a re-rating cycle or dividend-timing effect) rather than used as a ceiling. Central case (7.0x) sits above Zumtobel and close to Signify, crediting TFW's superior balance sheet quality (material net cash, versus Zumtobel's more leveraged, lower-margin profile) without assuming a re-rating to Fagerhult's level. | |||
| Required dividend yield (%) — tertiary cross-check | 4.5% | 3.8% | 3.0% | Anchored against Zumtobel's 3.84% trailing yield — the closest direct-peer income comparator with a normal (non-distorted) yield, since Fagerhult's 6.32% and Signify's 6.19% are both flagged in the peer research as running higher than would be expected for their respective profiles (special-dividend timing or FX effects for Fagerhult; Signify's larger scale/lower growth profile). Central case (3.75%) sits close to Zumtobel; low case (4.5%, i.e. a MORE conservative, LOWER value) and high case (3.0%, a less conservative, HIGHER value) bracket it. Dividend-yield methods generally understate a growth-reinvesting compounder's value since they capture only the payout, not retained earnings — this is why the method is treated as a tertiary cross-check, not the primary. | |||
| Step 3 — Implied value per share by method | |||||||
| Low | Central | High | |||||
| PRIMARY — P/E method (FY2025 basic EPS base) | |||||||
| Value per share (pence) = EPS x multiple | 195.2p | 260.3p | 325.4p | ||||
| CROSS-CHECK — EV/EBITDA method (FY2025 EBITDA base) | |||||||
| Implied enterprise value (£'000) | 208,060 | 291,284 | 395,314 | ||||
| plus: net cash (£'000) = implied equity value (£'000) | 249,799 | 333,023 | 437,053 | ||||
| Value per share (pence) | 214.8p | 286.3p | 375.8p | ||||
| CROSS-CHECK — Dividend yield method (FY2025 ordinary dividend base, EXCL. special) | |||||||
| Value per share (pence) = ordinary DPS / required yield | 158.2p | 189.9p | 237.3p | ||||
| SUMMARY — value range, current price deliberately excluded from this analysis | |||||||
| Low | Central | High | |||||
| Value per share (pence) — P/E method (PRIMARY) | 195.2p | 260.3p | 325.4p | ||||
| memo: cross-check — EV/EBITDA method (pence) | 214.8p | 286.3p | 375.8p | ||||
| memo: cross-check — dividend yield method (pence) | 158.2p | 189.9p | 237.3p | ||||
| • This is a mechanical output of the stated assumptions, not a target price. Move the yellow cells and the range moves with them — that is deliberate, so you can see exactly what each judgment call is worth. | |||||||
| • Deliberately excludes the current share price throughout, per the brief. Compare this range to the market price yourself as a separate step. | |||||||
| • The dividend-yield cross-check is the most conservative of the three methods, as expected: it captures only the payout FW Thorpe chooses to distribute, not the larger share of earnings it retains for acquisitions, buybacks and organic reinvestment — a structural understatement for any growth-reinvesting compounder, which is why it is a tertiary check, not the primary method. | |||||||
| • This valuation does not build a full discounted cash flow (DCF) model — the peer research behind this workbook recommends a DCF only as a further sanity check, using UK gilt yields (5.15%, 28 Aug 2026) plus an equity risk premium and small-cap size premium that were not pinned to a precise, current, UK-specific figure in the research pass. A reader wanting that additional cross-check should pull current ERP/size-premium figures directly (Damodaran, Kroll Cost of Capital Navigator) before building it. | |||||||
| • Not verified against any primary document beyond what was read in this session — treat every figure as provisional until independently checked, per the project's standing rule that no number enters a decision without primary-source verification. | |||||||
| • FW Thorpe's legacy pension scheme is in SURPLUS (see Balance Sheet tab) but that surplus is not recognised as a balance-sheet asset (IAS19 asset-ceiling restriction) and is NOT added to net cash in the EV/EBITDA method above — a conservative simplification, since the trustees retain discretion over the surplus and the Company has no unconditional right to it. | |||||||
| PEER COMPARISON — sanity-checking the assumptions against 7 sourced comparables | |||||||
| Why this section exists: there is no single clean comp for FW Thorpe. The set below spans direct listed European lighting-sector peers (Zumtobel, Fagerhult, Signify), a UK small-cap industrial-manufacturer floor without FW Thorpe's balance-sheet/governance quality premium (Renold), and UK quality/style references illustrating the multiple ceiling that scale and diversification can command (Halma, Rotork, Volution) — useful for framing a possible re-rating, not for direct multiple application. Data as of ~25-29 Aug 2026. TFW is deliberately excluded from this table — the point is to check the assumptions against the market, not to price TFW directly off peer multiples. | |||||||
| Why these 7, specifically | |||||||
| Zumtobel Group AG (Austria) — live, Vienna-listed | |||||||
| The closest DIRECT, pure-play professional/architectural lighting peer by product and customer type (indoor/outdoor lighting for commercial, industrial and public buildings) — genuinely the same industry. Weaker on quality/margin profile than TFW (more leveraged, more cyclical, lower and less consistent profitability historically), which likely explains its low EV/EBITDA (4.6x) despite a broadly comparable P/E (14.5x). Useful as the closest OPERATIONAL peer, with quality caveats. | |||||||
| Fagerhult Group AB (Sweden) — live, Stockholm-listed | |||||||
| The other closest direct listed lighting peer (indoor/outdoor professional lighting across Northern Europe, similar end-markets to Thorlux). Trades at a materially higher EV/EBITDA (14.5x) and P/E (16.8x) alongside a high dividend yield (6.3%) — the peer research flags this yield as possibly overstated by special-dividend timing or FX effects and recommends treating it with caution rather than as a clean income comparator. | |||||||
| Signify NV (Netherlands) — live, Amsterdam-listed | |||||||
| Far larger and more diversified (consumer + professional + horticultural lighting, global footprint) — not a like-for-like on scale or mix, but relevant as the scale/competitive benchmark smaller lighting players are measured against, and as evidence that even the largest listed lighting company currently trades on a single-digit forward P/E (~8.0x) with a high yield (~6.2%) — i.e., the market is pricing the broader lighting-manufacturing sector cautiously overall. | |||||||
| Renold plc (UK) — live, AIM-listed | |||||||
| A UK AIM-listed industrial-component manufacturer (chains, torque-transmission products) of broadly similar market-cap scale to TFW, but with a materially different quality/balance-sheet profile (more leveraged, more cyclical, lower and less consistent dividend, no comparable net-cash position or family-ownership structure). Its low multiples (6.5x P/E, 3.9x EV/EBITDA) are a useful LOWER-BOUND reference for a UK small-cap industrial manufacturer without TFW's balance-sheet and governance quality premium — the gap between Renold's rating and TFW's is a reasonable proxy for what the market pays for TFW's net cash, family alignment and dividend consistency, holding 'UK small-cap industrial manufacturer' constant. | |||||||
| Halma plc (UK) — live, Main Market (quality ceiling, not a valuation anchor) | |||||||
| A UK-listed, high-quality, decentralised group-of-subsidiaries industrial/safety-technology company with a very long progressive-dividend history — similar in CULTURAL positioning (long-termism, decentralised model) to how TFW is often described, but ~46x TFW's market cap, far more diversified (life sciences, environmental/analysis, safety — lighting is not part of its mix), and trading on multiples (36x P/E, 21.8x EV/EBITDA) reflecting decades of structural growth TFW has not yet earned in its own rating. An aspirational STYLE reference only. | |||||||
| Rotork plc (UK) — live, Main Market (quality ceiling, not a valuation anchor) | |||||||
| A similarly-styled UK industrial-equipment company (flow-control/actuation) with a reputation for quality and reliability-critical end markets, but much larger (~£4bn) and trading on growth/quality multiples (26.5x forward P/E, 21.1x EV/EBITDA) reflecting global market leadership in its own niche and diversification across oil & gas/water/chemical end-markets. A directional quality-premium reference only, not comparable in scale. | |||||||
| Volution Group plc (UK) — live, Main Market | |||||||
| A UK-listed ventilation-products manufacturer with a market cap larger than TFW but a genuinely similar STYLE: building-products/construction-cycle exposure, founder/management-driven capital discipline, consistent M&A-led growth — and a market that has rewarded it with a premium rating (23.7x P/E, 13.2x EV/EBITDA) relative to TFW. Useful as a 'what a well-executed UK building-products compounder can command' reference, though more acquisitive/growth-oriented and less net-cash-concentrated than TFW, and not a lighting-sector peer. | |||||||
| Peer | P/E (x) | EV/EBITDA (x) | EV/Revenue (x) | Div. yield (%) | Data as of | ||
| Zumtobel Group AG | 14.50 | 4.60 | 0.28 | 3.8% | ~12 Jun 2026 | ||
| Fagerhult Group AB | 16.83 | 14.52 | 0.82 | 6.3% | 29 Aug 2026 | ||
| Signify NV | 7.99 | 6.14 | 0.52 | 6.2% | 29 Aug 2026 | ||
| Renold plc | 6.53 | 3.91 | 0.61 | 1.2% | ~28 Aug 2026 | ||
| Halma plc | 36.20 | 21.82 | 5.50 | 0.7% | 25 Aug 2026 | ||
| Rotork plc | 26.52 | 21.11 | 5.07 | 1.8% | 29 Aug 2026 | ||
| Volution Group plc | 23.72 | 13.23 | 1.9% | ~28 Aug 2026 | |||
| Direct lighting-peer average (Zumtobel, Fagerhult, Signify only) | 13.11 | 8.42 | |||||
| TFW — assumption-implied P/E and EV/EBITDA, central case (for comparison to the peer rows above) | |||||||
| 12 | 7 | ||||||
| How this squares: TFW's central-case P/E assumption of 12.0x sits below the direct lighting-peer average (~13.1x across Zumtobel/Fagerhult/Signify), reasonably reflecting TFW's smaller scale and thinner analyst coverage relative to those direct peers, while sitting well above Renold's 6.5x low-quality-premium floor — appropriate given TFW's materially stronger balance sheet and cleaner earnings than Renold. The EV/EBITDA central case (7.0x) sits above Zumtobel (4.6x) and close to Signify (6.1x), crediting TFW's net-cash balance sheet without assuming a re-rating to Fagerhult's 14.5x, which the peer research itself flags as needing a sense-check. Net effect: the peer table does not suggest either assumption needs to move materially — both are anchored specifically against the closest available direct-sector comparables, with the UK quality-ceiling names (Halma, Rotork, Volution) used only to frame how much upside a demonstrated re-rating could represent, not as multiples to apply now. | |||||||
| ASSUMPTIONS vs MARKET EXPECTATIONS — how each input was checked, and where judgment diverges | |||||||
| This section checks the assumptions above against independently-sourced market data (not against TFW's own share price, which is deliberately excluded from this entire valuation) — as of 25-29 Aug 2026. | |||||||
| Assumption | Where this diverges from a strict market read, and why | ||||||
| P/E multiple (9.0x / 12.0x / 15.0x) | Checked directly against the 3 direct lighting-sector peers (Zumtobel 14.5x, Signify 8.0x forward, Fagerhult 16.8x) and the UK small-cap industrial floor (Renold 6.5x) in the Peer Comparison above. | No TFW-specific sell-side consensus P/E target was located via public sources in this research pass (as an AIM small-cap, formal analyst coverage is likely thin) — these cross-checks are grounded in comparable-company data only, not in any independent analyst view of TFW itself. | |||||
| EV/EBITDA multiple (5.0x / 7.0x / 9.5x) | Checked against the same 3 direct peers (Zumtobel 4.6x, Signify 6.1x, Fagerhult 14.5x) and Renold (3.9x). | Fagerhult's 14.5x was deliberately NOT used to anchor the high case, since the peer research itself flags this figure as possibly distorted (special-dividend timing or FX effects) rather than a clean reflection of sustainable market pricing for this business type. | |||||
| Required dividend yield (4.5% / 3.75% / 3.0%) | Checked against Zumtobel's 3.84% trailing yield — the peer research's own recommended anchor, since Fagerhult's 6.32% and Signify's 6.19% are both flagged as running higher than their respective quality/growth profiles would suggest. | This is the most conservative of the three valuation methods by construction (see Step 3 note) — a dividend-yield lens systematically understates a growth-reinvesting compounder like TFW, which retains the majority of its earnings for acquisitions, buybacks and organic investment rather than distributing them. | |||||
| Discount-rate context (for a reader who wants to build a full DCF cross-check) | UK 10-year gilt yield: 5.15% (28 Aug 2026, tradingeconomics.com). A UK-specific, current equity risk premium and AIM/small-cap size premium were not pinned to precise current figures in the research pass behind this workbook. | The peer research recommends, absent a precisely-sourced current figure, a defensible round-number convention of roughly 5.5% UK ERP + 2-3% small-cap size premium (≈12.5-13.5% nominal cost of equity before any AIM-specific illiquidity add-on) — flagged explicitly as a convention, not a precisely sourced figure, consistent with how the equivalent gap was handled for other companies in this series. No DCF is built in this workbook; a reader wanting one should pull current figures from Damodaran's dataset or Kroll's Cost of Capital Navigator first. | |||||
| Sources: peer/market data as tabulated above; tradingeconomics.com (UK 10-year gilt yield, 28 Aug 2026); dedicated peer/valuation research pass, 29 Aug 2026. | |||||||
| Note: this valuation deliberately does not compare the range above to TFW's current market price at any point. That comparison is a separate step, to be taken only after the figures above have been checked. | |||||||
FW Thorpe plc (TFW) — Ownership & Governance Structure
Primary sources: FY2025 Annual Report & Accounts (Directors' Report substantial-shareholdings table, Remuneration Report beneficial-interest table, Corporate Governance Report for board roster/independence, Share Capital note, ESOP/LTIP circular Notice of General Meeting May 2024). FW Thorpe is AIM-listed, NOT Main Market — it follows AIM Rule 17 / Schedule Two paragraph (g), a once-a-year, annual-report-only substantial-shareholder disclosure duty (3%+ of voting rights, EXCLUDING directors' own holdings, which are disclosed separately) — materially lighter than the Main Market's continuous DTR5/TR-1 regime used elsewhere in this project series. One item below is flagged SECONDARY/web-sourced and not yet cross-checked against a primary TFW filing: a 24 Dec 2025 Investegate RNS showing the Brangwin Trust's holding reduced to 3.96%, which postdates the FY2025 Annual Report.
| A. Share capital structure | |||||||
| Ordinary shares in issue less treasury shares, approx. (FY2025 Annual Report, 30 Jun 2025; linked to Balance Sheet tab) | 116.3 | m shares | |||||
| memo: web-sourced, later (H1FY2026 / calendar 2025-26) market data shows a lower share count (~112m) reflecting the FY2025 buyback and further purchases — the FY2025 Annual Report figure above is used for internal consistency with the Valuation tab. | |||||||
| Market capitalisation (secondary source, market-data research pass, ~28 Aug 2026) — for reference only, NOT used in the Valuation tab | ~£291m | ||||||
| B. Board roster and independence classification, as at the FY2025 Annual Report | |||||||
| Name | Role | Classification | Family / Notes | ||||
| Mike Allcock | Non-Executive Chairman | Not independent (former long-serving executive; Chairman only from Jul 2024 role-split) | Not a Thorpe-family member, but a long-tenured Company figure — classified not-independent on Code grounds, not family grounds. | ||||
| Craig Muncaster | Chief Executive Officer (sole CEO from Jul 2024; previously CEO/FD combined) | Executive (not independent) | Not a Thorpe-family member. Role separated from the Chairman position Jul 2024 — a governance improvement (previously combined CEO/FD-adjacent responsibilities). | ||||
| James Thorpe | Executive Director, Joint Managing Director, Thorlux Lighting | Executive (not independent) | THORPE FAMILY. Runs the largest operating subsidiary (Thorlux) day-to-day. | ||||
| Andrew Thorpe | Non-Executive Director | Not independent (Thorpe family) | THORPE FAMILY. ~21.8% of issued capital individually (see Section C) — one of the largest single shareholdings. | ||||
| Ian Thorpe | Non-Executive Director | Not independent (Thorpe family) | THORPE FAMILY. ~21.1% of issued capital individually (see Section C). | ||||
| Frans Haafkens | Non-Executive Director; Audit & Risk Committee Chair | INDEPENDENT — the only independent director on the Board | Appointed Oct 2022. Not a Thorpe-family member and holds no material shareholding disclosed. Sole independent check on a Board otherwise split between family NEDs/executives and long-tenured non-family executives. | ||||
| Board composition: 6 directors — 2 executives (CEO, James Thorpe), 1 non-independent Chairman, 2 non-independent Thorpe-family NEDs, and just 1 independent NED (Haafkens). This is NOT a majority-independent board by UK Corporate Governance Code standards — a direct consequence of, and consistent with, family control of ~45% of the share register (see Sections C and F). | |||||||
| Recent board changes: Peter Mason (independent NED) retired Jan 2024; Frans Haafkens appointed Oct 2022; Chairman/CEO roles separated Jul 2024 (Allcock to Chairman-only, Muncaster to CEO-only) — a governance improvement, though it did not change the underlying independence balance. | |||||||
| C. Directors' beneficial shareholdings (FY2025 Annual Report, audited) | |||||||
| Director | Shares held | % of issued capital (calc.) | Notes | ||||
| Andrew Thorpe (NED) | 25,370,000 | 21.8% | THORPE FAMILY | ||||
| Ian Thorpe (NED) | 24,540,000 | 21.1% | THORPE FAMILY | ||||
| James Thorpe (Executive Director) | 3,194,502 | 2.7% | THORPE FAMILY; combined with the two above, the three serving Thorpe-family directors hold 53,104,502 shares in total | ||||
| Craig Muncaster (CEO) | 366,000 | 0.3% | Not Thorpe family; includes ESOP/LTIP interests — see Section E | ||||
| Mike Allcock (Chairman) | 120,000 | 0.1% | Not Thorpe family | ||||
| Frans Haafkens (NED) | 0 | 0 | No disclosed beneficial shareholding | ||||
| Total, all 6 current directors (calc.) | 53,590,502 | ||||||
| As % of issued capital (calc., linked to Section A share count) | 46.1% | ||||||
| of which: the 3 serving Thorpe-family directors alone (Andrew + Ian + James Thorpe), % of issued capital (calc.) | 45.7% | ||||||
| ⚠ Because AIM Rule 17 substantial-shareholder disclosure (Section D below) EXCLUDES directors, the single largest and most governance-relevant ownership fact about FW Thorpe — that serving directors from the founding Thorpe family control roughly 45% of the Company between them — does NOT appear in the "substantial shareholders" table at all. It only becomes visible by reading the Remuneration Report's director-shareholding table, as done here. | |||||||
| D. Substantial shareholders, 3%+ of voting rights, EXCLUDING directors (AIM Rule 17 / Schedule Two para. (g) — annual disclosure only) | |||||||
| Holder | % (FY2025 Annual Report) | Nature of holder | |||||
| Liontrust Investment Partners LLP | 5.8% | Conventional UK institutional/fund manager (incl. its "Special Situations" and UK smaller-companies fund ranges); no activist history found against TFW. Reported at 5.8% in the FY2025 Annual Report (5.7% in the prior year) — broadly stable. | |||||
| Mr N Brangwin / the Brangwin Trust (Estate) | 4.2% | A long-standing individual/family estate holder, historically linked to the Company's early shareholder register — NOT part of the Thorpe founding family. Declining trend: 4.2% at the FY2025 Annual Report date, versus a higher prior-year figure. | |||||
| ⚠ SECONDARY-SOURCE UPDATE, not yet in any TFW annual report — flagged, needs primary cross-check at next filing | |||||||
| An Investegate RNS dated 24 December 2025 (found via the ownership research pass, not yet reconciled to a TFW annual report) shows the Brangwin Trust's holding reduced to approximately 3.96% of voting rights — a further decline from the 4.2% FY2025 Annual Report figure above. This is a genuine regulatory-style disclosure but postdates the FY2025 Annual Report; treat the 3.96% figure as indicative pending confirmation in the Company's next annual report (AIM's Rule 17 regime means the next confirmation point is the FY2026 Annual Report, not a continuous filing). | |||||||
| E. Employee Share Ownership Plan (ESOP/LTIP) summary | |||||||
| • Approved by shareholders at a General Meeting, per the Notice of General Meeting/circular (May 2024). Maximum dilution: up to 2.1 million shares, approx. 1.8% of issued capital at the time of approval. | |||||||
| • 5-year vesting period (materially longer than the more common 3-year UK market-standard LTIP vesting, reflecting the Board's stated intent to reward sustained, long-term performance rather than short-term results). | |||||||
| • Performance conditions: 80% weighted to EPS growth, 10% to relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR), 10% to ESG-related metrics — a conventional financial-metric-led structure with a modest, explicit ESG component. | |||||||
| • Confirmed granted 30 May 2024 to Craig Muncaster (CEO) and James Thorpe (Executive Director) — the two most senior executives, one of whom (James Thorpe) is also a Thorpe-family shareholder in his own right (Section C). | |||||||
| • Governance reading: a conventional, shareholder-approved, performance-conditioned incentive structure — unremarkable in its design, and its modest dilution ceiling (1.8%) is small relative to the ~45% the Thorpe family already holds outright, so it does not materially change the family's controlling economic position even at maximum vesting. | |||||||
| F. Ownership concentration summary | |||||||
| Thorpe family (3 serving directors) as % of issued capital (calc., linked above) | 0.46 | ||||||
| All directors + Liontrust + Brangwin combined, approx. (calc.) | 0.56 | ||||||
| • This is a founder-family-CONTROLLED company in economic terms: the three serving Thorpe-family directors hold roughly 45% of the issued share capital between them — far short of the 50%+ needed for an outright vote-count majority on ordinary resolutions, but easily enough, combined with normal small-cap AGM attendance/proxy patterns, to be functionally decisive on most matters that come to a shareholder vote. | |||||||
| • No non-family shareholder comes close to the family's stake: Liontrust (~5.8%) and Brangwin (~4.2%, declining) are the only disclosed 3%+ non-family holders, and both are conventional, non-activist, financial holders. | |||||||
| • Unlike SNWS, KMK, NAH and ARBB reviewed earlier in this project series (all dispersed-institutional-ownership companies with no controlling shareholder), TFW's governance dynamic is closer to the 'family control' pattern discussed in this project's existing Pernod Ricard trap-vs-value research note — the key question there, as here, is whether family control is being exercised for the benefit of all shareholders (disciplined capital allocation, professionalised day-to-day management) or in a way that could disadvantage minority holders (self-dealing, weak independent oversight, resistance to value-accretive corporate action). See Section G below for FW Thorpe's specific evidence on this question. | |||||||
| • The Board itself reflects this concentration directly: 2 of 6 directors are Thorpe-family NEDs, a 3rd (James Thorpe) is a family executive director, and only 1 of 6 (Haafkens) is independent — a Board structure that would not meet UK Corporate Governance Code 'majority independent' expectations at a Main Market company, though AIM companies are not required to comply with the full Code. | |||||||
| G. What this ownership structure means for governance (plain language) | |||||||
| The core tension in any family-controlled company is whether the controlling family's interests are aligned with, or diverge from, minority shareholders' interests. FW Thorpe shows several concrete signs pointing toward alignment rather than divergence: day-to-day executive management has been progressively professionalised and separated from the family and from the Chairman role (Muncaster as sole CEO from Jul 2024, an internal long-tenured non-family executive, not a family member parachuted into the top operating job), and James Thorpe's own executive role (Joint MD of Thorlux) is an operating role with disclosed remuneration and normal LTIP participation, not a passive family sinecure. | |||||||
| The Company's 23-year (per its own investor materials) run of increasing ordinary dividends, its net-cash balance sheet, and its habit of funding acquisitions from cash rather than debt or dilutive equity raises are all consistent with a family that benefits from the Company's cash generation primarily through dividends on its ~45% stake and through long-term share-price appreciation — rather than through related-party transactions, above-market remuneration, or other extraction mechanisms not visible in the ordinary financial statements reviewed here. | |||||||
| Set against this: the Board's independence is thin by conventional (Main Market/Code) standards — a single independent NED (Haafkens) is a modest check, and AIM's lighter governance regime (no mandatory Code compliance, and the once-a-year Rule 17 disclosure that keeps the family's own stake outside the 'substantial shareholders' table) both mean a minority shareholder has less institutional protection here than at a Main Market peer. Nothing in the primary sources reviewed suggests this has been exploited to the detriment of minority holders — but the structural protection is genuinely lighter, and that is a fact about the structure, not a prediction about future conduct. | |||||||
| The recommended reading, echoing this project's own Pernod Ricard trap-vs-value framework: family control is not, by itself, evidence of either a 'trap' (family enrichment at minority expense) or 'value' (disciplined long-term stewardship) — the evidence here leans toward the value side (professionalised management, clean earnings, conservative balance sheet, long dividend record) but a shareholder should keep watching the same signals reviewed here (independent-director count, related-party disclosures, capital-allocation discipline) at each future annual report, precisely because the structural check on the family is thinner than at a typical Main Market company. | |||||||
| The Ratio Holding B.V. joint venture's recurring, widening losses (see Income Statement tab) are worth watching through this same lens: it is a normal-looking, arms-length joint-venture investment on the evidence reviewed (not a related-party transaction with the Thorpe family), but any further deterioration would be a genuine test of the Board's capital-allocation discipline, in a governance structure where the family's own board representation could make a swift write-down or exit decision harder to force than at a company with a fully independent board. | |||||||
| Sources: FY2025 Annual Report & Accounts (Directors' Report, Remuneration Report, Corporate Governance Report, Share Capital note); Notice of General Meeting / ESOP circular (May 2024); dedicated ownership/governance research pass, 29 Aug 2026, incl. Investegate (24 Dec 2025 RNS, flagged secondary) for the one item explicitly marked above. | |||||||
Provenance table — TFW_provenance.md
FW Thorpe plc · LSE AIM: TFW · Research prepared 29 August 2026
Built from five fiscal years of primary filings, read in chronological order without reference to the share price at any point. Every figure in the companion workbook traces to a row in the tables below. Where a figure is derived, assumed or taken from a secondary source, it is identified as such rather than presented alongside reported figures.
Document set
| Document | Period | Role |
|---|---|---|
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2021 | Year ended 30 June 2021 | Primary. Earliest year covered |
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2022 | Year ended 30 June 2022 | Primary |
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2023 | Year ended 30 June 2023 | Primary |
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2024 | Year ended 30 June 2024 | Primary |
| Annual Report & Accounts FY2025 | Year ended 30 June 2025 | Primary |
| H1 FY2026 interim report | Six months ended 31 December 2025 | Primary, most recent position |
| Trading updates | Various | Primary |
| Notice of General Meeting, May 2024 | ESOP and LTIP circular | Primary, incentive arrangements |
| — | FY2019 and FY2020 | No annual report exists in the source set. Not covered |
Statement-level provenance
| Workbook tab | Source statement | Document | Notes |
|---|---|---|---|
| Income Statement | Consolidated Income Statement | Each fiscal year's own Annual Report, year ended 30 June | FY2021 is the earliest year covered. Where FY2020 comparators appear in narrative commentary, they are drawn from the FY2021 Annual Report's own prior-year column and cited as such |
| Balance Sheet | Consolidated Statement of Financial Position | Each fiscal year's own Annual Report, at 30 June | Essentially no bank debt across the period. Small European government and development loans appeared after the Zemper acquisition, peaking at roughly £2.9m at FY2023, and have since been repaid |
| Cash Flow | Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows | Each fiscal year's own Annual Report, year ended 30 June | Free cash flow is analyst-derived, calculated as net cash from operating activities less capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment and capitalised intangibles and development costs. FW Thorpe does not report a headline free cash flow measure of its own |
| Company KPIs | Strategic Report and divisional disclosures | Each fiscal year's own Annual Report, plus H1 FY2026 | Selected to track the shift from a single-country business to a multi-country group through wholly cash-funded acquisitions, Zemper in Spain and France from October 2021 and SchahlLED and Lumen in Germany from September 2022, while remaining net cash throughout |
| Sentiment & Mgmt Quality | Chairman's Statement and Strategic Report | Each fiscal year's own Annual Report | Not sourced figures. Subjective 0–10 scores assigned after reading each year in chronological order without reference to the share price. Rationale recorded per year |
| Valuation | FY2025 statutory earnings, EBITDA and dividend | FY2025 Annual Report | P/E as primary multiple, cross-checked against EV/EBITDA and a dividend-yield method, following dedicated peer research on how the industry is valued. Statutory earnings are clean here, with no impairments and no exceptional charges beyond a single insurance recovery. All inputs are assumptions, individually labelled |
| Ownership | Directors' Report substantial-shareholdings table; Remuneration Report beneficial-interest table; Corporate Governance Report; Share Capital note; May 2024 ESOP and LTIP circular | FY2025 Annual Report | See the disclosure-regime note below. This is the most important provenance point for this company |
Non-primary and flagged items
| Item | Source | Status |
|---|---|---|
| Free cash flow, all years | Analyst calculation | Derived. The company publishes no free cash flow measure. The formula is stated on the tab so the figure can be recomputed or replaced |
| Brangwin Trust holding reduced to 3.96% | Announcement dated 24 December 2025, retrieved via Investegate | Secondary and not yet cross-checked against a primary FW Thorpe filing. It post-dates the FY2025 Annual Report. Flagged separately, not merged into the primary table |
| FY2020 comparators in narrative commentary | FY2021 Annual Report prior-year column | Derived. Used only in commentary, never in the model series |
Standing limitations
The disclosure regime is materially lighter than for the other companies in this series. FW Thorpe is AIM-listed rather than Main Market, and follows AIM Rule 17 and Schedule Two paragraph (g): a once-a-year, annual-report-only substantial shareholder disclosure duty covering holders of 3% or more of voting rights, excluding directors' own holdings, which are disclosed separately. There is no equivalent of the Main Market's continuous DTR5 and TR-1 regime.
In practice this means the ownership picture is a single annual snapshot rather than a running record, and register movements between annual reports are invisible unless a holder volunteers an announcement. The single secondary item above exists precisely because of that gap.
Only five fiscal years are covered, against six or seven for the others in this series. FY2019 and FY2020 are absent from the source set, so the period does not include a pre-COVID baseline.